BK Comp 000065de

business engl. 24 Std Schmutzt.
18.09.2003
13:21 Uhr
Seite 2
Englisch
in 24 Stunden
DER NEUE SCHNELL-LERN-KURS
Emily A. Grosvenor
Compact Verlag
2011 Compact Verlag GmbH Mnchen

Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Nachdruck, auch auszugsweise,
nur mit ausdrcklicher Genehmigung des Verlages gestattet.
Redaktion: Helga Aichele
Fachredaktion: Dr. Angela Bogner, Nathalie Russell, Fiona Wood
Produktion: Wolfram Friedrich
Gestaltung: Axel Ganguin
Umschlaggestaltung: Axel Ganguin
Titelabbildungen: Getty Images, IFA-Bilderteam
ISBN 978-3-8174-7527-8
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
www.compactverlag.de
10 9 8 7 6 5 4
Vorwort
Vorwort
Englisch in 24 Stunden ist der umfassende Selbstlernkurs, mit dem Sie sicher
und schnell in die moderne englische Sprache eingefhrt werden. Durch seine
didaktische Aufbereitung und den ansteigenden Schwierigkeitsgrad ist das Buch fr
Anfnger und Wiedereinsteiger gleichermaen geeignet.
In 24 Kapiteln werden die wichtigsten Themen aus dem Alltag behandelt. Ob am
Bahnhof, beim Einkaufen, auf der Bank oder beim Arzt zu jeder Situation finden
Sie die wichtigsten Redewendungen, den notwendigen Wortschatz sowie die
Grundlagen der Grammatik.
Jede Lektion enthlt Mustertexte und Dialogbeispiele, die Ihnen das wichtigste
Vokabular zum jeweiligen Thema vermitteln. In interessanten Infoboxen finden Sie
sprachliche Hintergrundinformationen, die auf Besonderheiten und Sonderflle hinweisen.
Innerhalb einer Lektion knnen Sie anhand abwechslungsreicher bungen das
Gelernte wiederholen und festigen. Durch Zuordnungen, bersetzungsaufgaben,
Rtsel und Fragen zu Text und Grammatik werden die gelernten Inhalte trainiert. Die
Lsungen werden direkt ins Buch eingetragen.
Auf der CD finden Sie zum Zuhren, Mitsprechen und Mitlesen die wichtigsten Dialoge vertont; im Buch sind diese durch ein CD-Symbol gekennzeichnet. Hren Sie
sich die Texte zunchst nur an. Sprechen Sie sie danach auch mit, um ein erstes
Gefhl fr die neue Sprache zu bekommen und die korrekte Aussprache zu erlernen. In einem dritten Schritt sollten die Dialoge dann im Buch mitgelesen werden,
um Schriftbild und Aussprache miteinander zu verknpfen.
Nehmen Sie sich nicht zu viel vor! Lernen Sie lieber in kleinen Einheiten, aber dafr
regelmig!
Viel Erfolg!
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Vorwort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6
6
10
12
2 Sich selbst und andere beschreiben.

A Haben Sie meine Mutter gesehen? . . .
B Er war sehr attraktiv ... . . . . . . . . .
C Das Vorstellungsgesprch. . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15
15
17
20
3 Familie und Freunde. . . . .

A Wie war das frher? . . . . .
B Das erste Kennenlernen . . .
C Ich muss dir etwas erzhlen!
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
24
24
27
30
4 Lebensmittel .
A Auf dem Markt
B Im Supermarkt
C Hm ... lecker! .
1 Erste Gesprche fhren.

A Das erste Treffen . . . . .
B Darf ich vorstellen? . . .
C Verstndigungsprobleme
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
33
33
36
38
5 Kleidung . . . . . . . . . . .
A Welche Gre? . . . . . . .
B Im Schuhgeschft . . . . .
C Eine Party mit Verkleidung
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
42
42
45
47
6 Zu Hause . . . . . . . . . . .
A Das bisschen Haushalt ... .
B Im Garten . . . . . . . . . .
C Kchenspa. . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
51
51
53
57
7 Verabredungen und Termine . . . . . . .

A Haben Sie noch einen Termin frei?. . . . .
B Zum Essen verabreden Ein Telefonat . .
C Geschftliche Termine am Telefon absagen
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
60
60
62
65
8 Ausgehen . . .
A Im Restaurant .
B In der Bar . . .
C Im Caf . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
69
69
72
75
9 Unterwegs . . . . . . . . .
A Wir fliegen nach London
B Wie war die Reise? . . . .
C Im Zug . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
78
78
81
85
10 Urlaub und Reisen . . . . .

A Einfach beneidenswert . . .
B The Big Apple . . . . . .
C Hotel oder Campingplatz? .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
87
87
90
94
11 Lnder und Nationalitten .

A Der Weltenbummler . . . . .
B Ein frhliches Wiedersehen .
C Wo kommst du her? . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 96
. 96
. 99
102
12 In der Stadt . . . . . . . . .
A Auf Shakespeares Spuren .
B Die Fahrt zur Arbeit . . . .
C Rechts oder links? . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
105
105
109
111
13 Umwelt und Natur . . .

A Eine Wettervorhersage .
B Im Botanischen Garten.
C Im Zoo . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
114
114
117
119
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Inhaltsverzeichnis
14 Hobbys und Freizeit . . . . . .
A Sport . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B Was ist deine Lieblingsmusik?
C Im Literaturtreff . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
123
123
125
128
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
132
132
135
138
16 Beim Arzt . . . . . . . . . . .
A Wo tut es weh? . . . . . . . .
B Bei der Ernhrungsberatung
C Ein Notfall. . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
141
141
144
146
17 Post und Bank . . . . . . . . .

A Ein Konto erffnen . . . . . . .
B Eine Beschwerde bei der Bank
C Bei der Post. . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
150
150
153
156
18 Kommunizieren. . . .
A Generationenkonflikte
B Umweltschutz. . . . .
C Haushaltsplanung . .
15 Feste und Feierlichkeiten.

A Weihnachten zu Hause. . .
B Zu Ostern . . . . . . . . . .
C Eine schne Hochzeit . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
159
159
161
164
19 Im Bro . . . . . . . . . . .
A Das neue Firmengebude
B Das neue Bro . . . . . .
C Das erste Meeting . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
168
168
170
174
20 Berufe und Weiterbildung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

A Die Stellenanzeige . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
B Die Bewerbung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
21 Telefon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A Schn, dich zu hren! . . . . . .
B Die Telefonrechnung. . . . . . .
C Ich mchte nicht gestrt werden
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
186
186
190
192
22 Korrespondenz . . . . . . .
A Was hast du erlebt? . . . .
B Geschftskontakte knpfen
C Ein Beschwerdebrief . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
195
195
197
199
23 Medien . . . . . . . . .
A Immer gut informiert .
B Zeitschriften. . . . . .
C Fernsehen und Radio
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
204
204
207
209
24 Technik . . . . . .
A Der Computer .
B Das Internet . . .
C Das erste Handy
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
213
213
216
219
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Der wichtigste Wortschatz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Lsungen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Erste Gesprche fhren
A Das erste Treffen

n
Sarah trifft Simon zufllig in einem Park in
London. Sie kennt ihn bereits vom Sehen.
Sarah: Hello, how are you?

Simon: Fine, thanks. And you?
Sarah: Great! My name is Sarah Mayes.
Simon: Im Simon. Its nice to meet you.
Sarah: Are you from London?
Simon: No, actually I grew up in South
Africa. In Capetown, close to the famous
Table Mountain. Where are you from?
Sarah: I grew up right here in London.
Do you live here now?
Simon: Yes, I do. I came here six years ago.
Sarah: What do you do?
Simon: Im a pianist. And you?
Sarah: I work in a bank.
Vokabeln
actually
to be from ...
capital
close to
to do did done
six years ago
great
to grow up
to like
to live
to meet met met
now
right here
suburb
what
where
eigentlich
kommen aus ...
Hauptstadt
nahe bei
machen
vor sechs Jahren
(hier:) toll
aufwachsen
mgen
wohnen
treffen
jetzt
genau hier
Vorort
was
wo
to work
Fine, thanks!
Hello!/Hi!
How are you?
How do you do? (GB)
arbeiten
Gut, danke!
Hallo!
Wie gehts?
Schn, Sie kennen zu lernen.
Im .../I am ...
Ich bin ...
I would like ...
Ich mchte ...
Its nice to meet you. Es ist schn,
dich/Sie kennen
zu lernen.
My name is ...
Mein Name ist ...
Where are you from? Woher kommen
Sie/kommst du?
Grammatik
Die Kleinschreibung
Im Englischen werden Wrter, wenn sie nicht am
Satzanfang stehen und es sich um keine Eigennamen handelt, in der Regel klein geschrieben.
Die Verben to be, to have und to do
Die Verben to be (sein), to have (haben) und to
do (machen/tun) gehren zu den wichtigsten
und hufigsten Wrtern.
Der Infinitiv der Verben wird in der englischen
Sprache oft mit to gekennzeichnet.
Das Verb to be was/were been sein
I (ich)
am
you (du/Sie)
are
he/she/it (er/sie/es)
is
we (wir)
are
you (ihr/Sie)
are
they (sie)
are
Neben den so genannten long forms/Langformen, den Standardformen in der geschriebenen
Sprache, sind die short forms/Kurzformen bei
einigen Verben ein wesentliches Merkmal der
gesprochenen Sprache.

Kurzformen:
Im, youre, hes, shes, its,
were, youre, theyre
Das Verb to have-had-had haben
I
have
you
have
he/she/it has
we
have
you
have
they
have
Kurzformen:
Ive, youve, hes, shes, its,
weve, youve, theyve
Das Verb to do-did-done tun, machen
I
do
you
do
he/she/it does
we
do
you
do
they
do
Besonderheit:
Bei to do gibt es nur verneinte Kurzformen:
do not
dont
does not
doesnt
Die Satzstellung
Es gibt in der englischen Sprache hauptschlich
Aussagestze (.), Fragestze (?) und Ausrufe (!)
als hufigste Satztypen. In der gesprochenen
Sprache erkennt man Fragestze auer an
der vernderten Satzstellung auch daran,
dass der Sprecher mit der Stimme nach oben
geht, um die Aufmerksamkeit des Hrers auf
sich zu lenken und ihm zu signalisieren, dass er
eine Antwort erwartet.
So wird ein englischer Aussagesatz gebildet:
S(ubjekt) P(rdikat) O(bjekt)
I
love
the atmosphere.
Ich liebe die Atmosphre.
She
works
in London now.
Sie arbeitet jetzt in London.
He
grew up
in Capetown.
Er wuchs in Kapstadt auf.
They
live
in London.
Sie leben in London.
Peter
arrives
at the hotel.
Peter kommt im Hotel an.
Das Subjekt sagt aus, wer oder was etwas tut
oder ist.
Das Prdikat sagt aus, was getan wird, was sich
ereignet, was ist.
Das Objekt sagt aus, auf wen die Handlung
gerichtet ist.
Zur Bildung von Fragen setzt man die fr die
jeweilige Person zutreffende Form von to do im
Simple Present/Prsens (do/does) und im Simple Past/Prteritum (did) vor das Subjekt.
Hilfsverb Subjekt Vollverb
Does
Pete
work here?
Arbeitet Pete hier?
Do
you
like soccer?
Magst du/Mgen Sie Fuball?
Did
he
grow up in London?
Ist er in London aufgewachsen?
Did
they
live in New York?
Haben sie in New York gelebt?
Bei Stzen, die eine Form des Hilfsverbs to be enthalten, werden Subjekt und Prdikat umgestellt:
Hilfsverb
Subjekt Hilfsverb
I
am
Ich bin ein Pianist.
Am
I
Bin ich ein Pianist?
She
is
Sie ist ein braves Mdchen.
Is
she
Ist sie ein braves Mdchen?
Objekt
a pianist.
a pianist?
a good girl.
a good girl?
Die Fragewrter
Fragen werden auch vielfach mit Fragewrtern
gebildet.
Who (wer) (Frage nach Personen/Subjekten)
Who is that boy over there?
Wer ist der Junge dort drben?
Whose (wessen) (Frage nach Besitz/Zugehrigkeit)
In der Antwort auf eine Frage mit whose muss
ein Possessivpronomen stehen, z. B. mine
(meine, meiner, meines), yours (dein, Ihr, euer),
his (sein), hers (ihr) ...
Whose bike is this?
Wem gehrt dieses Fahrrad?
Its mine.
Es gehrt mir.
Where (wo/woher)
Where are you?
Wo bist du?
What (was)
Mit what fragt man nach Dingen. Man kann
nach dem Subjekt oder Objekt eines Satzes fragen.
What are you doing?
Was machst du gerade?
Which (welcher, welche, welches)
Mit which wird nach Dingen oder Personen
einer begrenzten Anzahl gefragt.
Which colour do you prefer, blue or red?
Welche Farbe magst du lieber, blau oder rot?
How (wie)
How many cows have they got?
Wie viele Khe haben sie?
How much milk have you bought?
Wie viel Milch hast du gekauft?
How did you do that?
Wie hast du das gemacht?
Infobox
How much/how many
How much wird bei Fragen mit Substantiven
im Singular verwendet oder mit Substantiven,
die man nicht zahlenmig erfassen kann.
How many wird bei Fragen im Zusammenhang
mit Substantiven im Plural verwendet.
Der s-Genitiv
Will man ausdrcken, dass jemand oder etwas
(zu) einer Person gehrt, so verwendet man den
s-Genitiv.
Wird von einer einzelnen Person gesprochen,
so hngt man s im Singular an.
Bsp.:
Sandras books
Sandras Bcher
her brothers bike
das Fahrrad ihres Bruders
Wird von mehreren Personen gesprochen, so
hngt man an die Pluralform an.
Bsp.:
These are my friends stamps.
Dies sind die Briefmarken meiner Freunde.
This is the Greens house.
Dies ist das Haus der Greens/der Familie Green.
Bei unregelmigen Pluralformen wird s an die
Pluralform angehngt.
Bsp.:
The mens cars are too fast.
Die Autos der Mnner sind zu schnell.
The childrens parents are young.
Die Eltern der Kinder sind jung.
bung 1:
bung 3:
Bilden Sie Fragen! Verwenden Sie hierfr die gelernten Fragewrter!
Finden Sie die am besten passende Antwort!
1. _ _ _ _ _ are you from?
1. How are you?

a. I grew up in Oxford.
Im from Germany.
2. Where are you from?

b. Yes, Im from a suburb of the capital.
2. _ _ _ _ _ do you live?
I live in London.
3. What is your name?

c. Im from South Africa.
3. _ _ _ _ _ is your name?
4. Do you live here in London?

d. I came here six years ago.
My name is John Stuart.

4. _ _ _ _ _ are you?
5. Where did you grow up?

e. Im fine, thanks.
Im fine, thank you.
6. Are you Sarah Mayes?

f. No, I live in Manchester.
5. _ _ _ _ _ did you grow up?
7. When did you come to London?

g. No, Im not.
I grew up in Capetown.
6. _ _ _ _ _ you from London?
No, Im from Oxford.
bung 2:
Setzen Sie das passende Wort in die Lcke ein!
(fine, meet, suburb, grew, town, from, years, are)
1. She has been living in London for six
8. Are you from the capital?

h. My name is Steven Higgins.
bung 4:
Setzen Sie die richtige Form von to be, to have
und to do in die Lcke ein!
1. She _ _ _ _ _ going to the theatre. (to be)
2. He _ _ _ _ _ a flat (Wohnung). (to have)
_________.
3. We _ _ _ _ _ in London. (to be)
2. What _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ you doing?
4. _ _ _ _ _ he work at a bank? (to do)
3. I live in a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of the capital.
5. I _ _ _ _ _ from Capetown. (to be)
4. It is nice to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ you.
6. They _ _ _ _ _ a bank. (to have)
5. Sarah _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ up in London.
7. It _ _ _ _ _ a nice day. (to be)
6. Im _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , thanks.
8. He _ _ _ _ _ a pianist. (to be)
7. Capetown is a _ _ _ _ _ in South Africa.
9. _ _ _ _ _ you know a town in South Africa?
8. Where are you _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ?
(to do)
bung 5:
Welches ist die richtige englische Satzstellung?
1. likes music John
Steven: Pleased to meet you.

Simon: Hello, Steven. Do you like jazz,
_________________________
too?
Steven: Oh yes, I do. I like it a lot.
2. do in London you live?
Sarah: Steven and I met at the bank
_________________________
where we both work.

Simon: Its great that you both could
3. pianist am a I
_________________________
come tonight. I have to warm up. Maybe

Ill see you after the show?
4. father your from is South Africa?
Sarah and Steven: Sure! Good luck!
_________________________
5. likes my mother jazz music
_________________________
B Darf ich vorstellen?

n
Simon und Sarah begegnen sich in der Jazzkneipe
The Blue Note. Nach ein paar Minuten setzt sich
Sarahs Freund Steven an den Tisch.
Simon: Nice to see you again.
Sarah: Yes, its great to see you.
Simon: Are you enjoying the music?
Sarah: I love jazz. Is it your first time
here?
Simon: Actually, I work here.
Sarah: Thats right! You said you play the
Vokabeln
a lot
after
again
to be right
to enjoy
to have to
to introduce sb. to so.
maybe
music
nice
to play
to say said said
to warm up
to work
you both
Good luck!
I would like to ...
Is it your first
time here?
It is my turn.
Pleased to meet you.
piano.
Simon: Correct. At 10 oclock its my turn.
Sarah: Simon, Id like to introduce you
to my boyfriend, Steven. Steven, this is
Simon.
10
Sure!
Thats right!
sehr viel
nach
wieder
Recht haben
genieen
mssen
jdn vorstellen
vielleicht
Musik
(hier:) schn
spielen
sagen
aufwrmen
arbeiten
ihr beide
Viel Glck!
Ich wrde gerne ...
Bist du zum
ersten Mal hier?
Ich bin dran.
Schn, dich/Sie
kennen zu lernen
Sicher!
Das stimmt!/
Richtig!

Grammatik
Die Personalpronomen
Pronomina sind wichtige Bestandteile im Satzgefge. Das Personalpronomen kann Subjekt
eines Satzes sein. Wenn man von Dingen oder
Tieren spricht, die keinen Namen haben, wird it
verwendet.
I
you
he/she/it
we
you
they
ich
du/Sie
er/sie/es
wir
ihr
sie
me
you
him/her/it
us
you
them
mir
dir/Ihnen
ihm/ihr
uns
euch
ihnen
bung 6:
Setzen Sie das passende Pronomen ein!
1. This is Susans book. Its _ _ _ _ _ (ihr) book.
Its _ _ _ _ _ (ihres).
Die Possessivpronomen
Das Possessivpronomen steht immer vor einem
Substantiv. Es zeigt den Besitz an.
2. Can _ _ _ _ _ (du) bring _ _ _ _ _ (mir)
my
your
his/her/its
our
your
their
nes).
mein(e/r/s)
dein(e/r/s)/Ihr(e/r/s)
sein/ihr(e/r/s)
unser(e/er/es)
euer(e/er/es)
ihr(e/er/es)
Will man ein Substantiv nicht wiederholen, so

knnen folgende Formen verwendet werden.
mine
yours
his/hers/its
ours
yours
theirs
Bsp.:
This is Pauls apple. It is his.
Das ist Pauls Apfel. Es ist seiner. (Pauls)
Pronomina knnen nicht nur Subjekt, sondern
auch Objekt des Satzes sein.
Im Englischen gibt es fr das direkte Objekt
(wen oder was?) und das indirekte Objekt nur
eine Form.
_ _ _ _ _ (dein) book? Ive lost _ _ _ _ _ (mei-
3. Have a look at _ _ _ _ _ (ihr, Plural) car.

_ _ _ _ _ (sie) have damaged _ _ _ _ _ (es =
das Auto) in an accident.
4. Sally has lost _ _ _ _ _ (ihr, Plural) book.
5. _ _ _ _ _ (er) must go and buy a ticket.
_ _ _ _ _ (seine) daughter has lost _ _ _ _ _
(seines).
bung 7:
Whlen Sie die passende Antwort aus!
1. Do you like London?
a. No, Im not from here.
b. Yes, I like it.
2. Does she like meeting new people?
a. Yes, she does.
b. No, she doesnt know them.
11
3. Does he like jazz?

a. Yes, he does.
b. No, he does.
4. Do you prefer coffee to tea?
a. Yes, I do.
b. No, I dont like milk.
5. Does he prefer football to tennis?
a. Yes, he prefers tennis.
b. Yes, he prefers football.
bung 8:
C Verstndigungsprobleme
n
Simon ruft Sarah an, um ein bisschen zu reden
und eine Information zu erhalten. Er mchte ins
Theater gehen.
Sarah: Hi Simon, how are you?
Simon: Fine, thanks. And you?
Sarah: Very well, thank you.
Simon: I have a question for you. Do you
bersetzen Sie die Stze ins Englische! Achten Sie

dabei auch auf die Satzstellung!
know where I can buy theatre tickets?

Sarah: At the counter at Piccadilly Circus.
1. Mir gefllt es, ins Theater zu gehen.
Simon: Sorry? I didnt catch that.
_________________________
Can you repeat it, please?

Sarah: At the counter at Piccadilly
2. Du bist dran.
_________________________
Circus. Are you going to see a show?

Simon: Im sorry. Can you say that again,
3. Genieen Sie die Musik?
please?
_________________________
Sarah: Are you going to see a show!?

Simon: Yes. I want to see Chicago.
4. Ich mchte Ihnen meinen Freund vorstellen.

_________________________
5. Mgen Sie Jazzmusik?
_________________________
Sarah: This is a terrible connection.

Could you speak more clearly?
Simon: Pardon?
6. Vielleicht sehen wir uns nach der Show.
Sarah: ... this is a terrible connection!

Simon: OK, lets talk about it later.
_________________________
Sarah: Goodbye!
7. Ich spiele Klavier.

_________________________
8. Viel Glck!
_________________________
9. Das stimmt!
_________________________
12
Vokabeln
at the counter
to be sorry
to buy bought
bought
to catch something
am Schalter
leidtun
kaufen
etwas akustisch
verstehen

connection
to have a question
to know knew
known
to talk
later
terrible
performance
to repeat
this
that
Could you speak more
clearly?
Sorry?
Let us (lets) ...
Pardon?
Verbindung
eine Frage haben
wissen
sprechen
spter
schrecklich
Vorstellung
wiederholen
diese/r/s
jene/r/s
Knnten Sie/kannst
du bitte deutlicher
sprechen?
Entschuldigung?
Lass uns ...
Wie bitte?
Infobox
Britisches Englisch/Amerikanisches Englisch
Englisch ist eine Weltsprache, die an verschiedenen Orten auch verschieden gesprochen
wird. Die Hauptunterschiede finden sich zwischen britischem und amerikanischem Englisch
in Aussprache, Schreibweise und Wortschatz.
Bsp.:
theater (US)
theatre (GB)
check (US)
cheque (GB)
flavor (US)
flavour (GB)
They are going to have dinner quite late.

Sie haben vor, recht spt zu Abend zu essen.
She is going to introduce us to her boyfriend.
Sie hat vor, uns ihrem Freund vorzustellen.
Das Verb to have to
Das Verb to have to bildet eine Aussage.
Etwas muss gemacht werden.
Bsp.:
I have to go.
She has to write.
Ich muss gehen.

Sie muss schreiben.
bung 9:
Sie haben etwas nicht verstanden. Whlen Sie die
passende Antwort aus!
1. Sie haben etwas akustisch nicht verstanden.
a. Could you repeat that?
b. Are you sure?
2. Sie wollen, dass der Sprecher sich wiederholt.
a. How do you do?
b. Sorry?
3. Sie mchten sagen, dass Sie jemanden nicht
verstanden haben.
a. Pardon, you understand me?
b. Im sorry, I didnt catch that.
4. Sie mchten sich entschuldigen.
a. Im sorry.
b. Do you know?
Grammatik
Das Futur mit going to
Going to bringt zum Ausdruck, dass eine Aktion
in der Zukunft fest geplant ist oder es sich um
ein festes Vorhaben handelt. Es ist eine Ersatzform fr das Futur.
bung 10:
Bsp.:
I am going to go to the theatre.
Ich habe vor, ins Theater zu gehen.
2. catch I that didnt.
Bringen Sie die Wrter in die richtige Reihenfolge!

1. going theatre are you the to?
_________________________
_________________________
13
3. connection is this a terrible.
2. (to make a connection)
_________________________
_________________________
4. see are going you show to the?
3. (to listen to music)
_________________________
_________________________
5. running I in the like park.
4. (to go to the bank)
_________________________
_________________________
6. talk it lets about later.
5. (to live in London)
_________________________
_________________________
7. introduce has to she boyfriend her.
6. (to start a conversation)
_________________________
_________________________
bung 11:
Bilden Sie richtige Stze! Folgen Sie dem Beispiel!
Bsp.: (to walk in the park)
Im going to walk in the park.
1. (to see a show)
_________________________
14
Infobox:
How do you do? (GB) gehrt zu den Grufloskeln und sollte nicht als persnliche Frage verstanden werden! Die korrekte Antwort ist ebenfalls How do you do?
Sich selbst und andere beschreiben

A Haben Sie meine Mutter
n
gesehen?
Marys Mutter ist zu Besuch. Beim Einkaufen in
einem Kaufhaus verlieren sie sich. Mary fragt den
Verkufer, ob er ihre Mutter gesehen hat.
Mary: Excuse me, have you seen a
woman walking through here?
Salesman: What does she look like?
Mary: Shes about fifty-five years old,
and she has got blue eyes.
Salesman: What colour is her hair?
Mary: Shes got short hair. Its dark but
going grey.
Salesman: Whats she wearing?
Mary: Well, shes wearing a pair of jeans,
a red shirt and green glasses.
Salesman: Ah yes, she is in the changing
rooms.
Mary: Thank you! Mum, there you are!
What are you doing?
Mother: Im trying on these black
trousers.
Mary: They look great on you!
Mother: Thank you. I think Ill buy them.
Vokabeln
changing room
dark
department store
glasses pl
going grey
into
Umkleidekabine
dunkel
Kaufhaus
Brille
grau werden
in ... hinein
to look for ...

mum
old
a pair of trousers
shop/sales assistant
to sell sold sold
shirt
to go shopping
short
these
those
to think thought
thought
to try on
visiting
to walk through
to wear worn
worn
woman
young
Excuse me.
There you are!
They look great
on you!
What are you doing?
What colour is ...?
What does she look
like?
suchen nach ...

Mama
alt
Hose
Verkufer
verkaufen
Hemd
einkaufen
kurz
diese/r/s
jene/r/s
denken
anprobieren
zu Besuch
durchlaufen,
entlang gehen
tragen
Frau
jung
Entschuldigung.
Da bist du ja!
Sie steht/stehen
dir toll!
Was machst du?
Welche Farbe
hat ...?
Wie sieht sie aus?
Infobox
Die Farben
black
blue
brown
green
grey
orange
red
white
yellow
schwarz
blau
braun
grn
grau
orange
rot
wei
gelb
15
Grammatik
Der Artikel
Der bestimmte Artikel
Der bestimmte Artikel heit im Englischen
immer the, sowohl im Singular als auch im
Plural.
Aussprache:
Wenn ein Wort, das unmittelbar nach dem
Artikel folgt, mit einem Vokal beginnt, muss der
Artikel [thie] ausgesprochen werden.
Der unbestimmte Artikel
Der unbestimmte Artikel heit a vor Konsonanten, an vor Vokalen.
a dog
a cake
a picture
an apple
an idea
an egg
ein Hund
eine Torte
ein Bild
ein Apfel
eine Idee
ein Ei
In einigen Fllen gibt es feste Wendungen zum

Gebrauch des Artikels.
to play the guitar
to listen to the radio
to have a cold
to be in a hurry
half an hour
all the time
Gitarre spielen
Radio hren
Schnupfen haben
in Eile sein
eine halbe Stunde
die ganze Zeit
Die Pluralbildung der Substantive

Will man ein Substantiv in den Plural setzen, so
hngt man an die Singularform ein -s an.
one girl Mdchen
one book Buch
one hand Hand
two girls
five books
two hands
Besonderheiten in der Schreibung

und Aussprache
Endet der Singular auf einen Zischlaut (nmlich
-s, -ss, -sh, -ch, -x), dann lautet der Plural
Zischlaut + -es.
16
Bsp.:
one bus Bus
one class Klasse
one match Streichholz
one box Schachtel
two buses
two classes
two matches
two boxes
Endet der Singular auf Konsonant + y, so lautet

der Plural Konsonant + -ies.
one family Familie
one country Land
two families
two countries
Endet der Singular auf Vokal + y, so lautet der

Plural Vokal + -ys.
one boy Junge
one day Tag
two boys
two days
Daneben gibt es einige unregelmige Pluralformen:

a pair of trousers (GB)
a pair of glasses
man men
child children
sheep sheep
eine Hose
eine Brille
Mann Mnner
Kind Kinder
Schaf Schafe
bung 1:
Korrigieren Sie das falsche Wort in jedem Satz!
Schreiben Sie den Satz aus!
1. I is shopping in the department store.
_________________________
2. On nice days, the sky is black.
_________________________
3. Sam is trying at a shirt.
_________________________
4. The glasses look great by you.
_________________________
5. How does she look like?
3. The girl is looking for _ _ _ _ _ answer.
_________________________
4. The man has _ _ _ _ _ old dog.
6. She went into the dressing rooms.
5. She is buying _ _ _ _ _ orange pair of trou-
_________________________
sers.
6. They are taking _ _ _ _ _ holiday.
bung 2:
Beschreiben Sie die Person in ganzen Stzen!
Bsp.: Sams hair is black. He is wearing brown
shoes.
1. Marys hair blond shirt red
_________________________
_________________________
2. Mothers hair brown green glasses
_________________________
_________________________
3. Steves hair black a pair of grey trousers
_________________________
_________________________
4. Jakes hair red a pair of jeans
bung 4:
bersetzen Sie!
1. Seine Haare werden grau.
_________________________
2. Er probiert das Hemd an.
_________________________
3. Was machst du?
_________________________
B Er war sehr attraktiv ...

n
Mary trifft sich mit ihrer Freundin Katherine zu einem Kaffee. Sie diskutieren ber die Eigenschaften,
die ihnen an einer Person gefallen.
_________________________
Mary: Tell me, how was your date last
_________________________
night?
Katherine: Not bad. He was quite attract-
bung 3:
ive.
Fllen Sie die Lcke mit dem passenden unbestimmten Artikel!
Mary: Whats his name?

Katherine: His name is John Forbes.
1. The young man is wearing _ _ _ _ _ shirt.
Mary: What does he look like?

Katherine: He is tall, slim, and has light
2. The woman is walking through _ _ _ _ _

department store.
brown hair.
17
Mary: He sounds quite handsome.

Whats he like?
Katherine: John was very polite. He was
intelligent, funny, and curious. He asked
impressive
kind
last night
lawyer/attorney
lazy
life partner
beeindruckend
freundlich
letzte Nacht
Rechtsanwalt
faul
Lebensgefhrte;
Lebengefhrtin
sympathisch
neugierig (negativ)
nicht schlecht
Persnlichkeit
hflich
Eigenschaften
ganz
echt, wirklich
klein (Gre)
dnn, schlank
sich anhren,
klingen
gro (Krpergre)
jene dort drben
zu (sehr), auch
unattraktiv
witzig
Wie ist er so?
a lot of questions. He was really nice.

Mary: Those are great qualities in a
person. How old is he?
Katherine: He is thirty-one years old.
Mary: And what does he do for a living?
Katherine: He is a lawyer at an international law firm.
Mary: That sounds impressive.
Katherine: Mary, what do you like most
in a partner?
Mary: I like someone who is witty,
charming and good-looking, but not too
attractive. I dont like people who are
arrogant, nosy or lazy.
18
tall
those
too
unattractive
witty
Whats he like?
Grammatik
Vokabeln
age
arrogant
to ask
attractive
boring
charming
curious
date
dull
to do something
for a living
funny
good-looking
handsome
impolite
nice
nosy
not bad
personality
polite
qualities pl
quite
really
short
slim
to sound
Alter
arrogant
fragen
attraktiv
langweilig
charmant
neugierig
Rendezvous
stumpfsinnig
einen Beruf
ausben
lustig
gut aussehend
hbsch (Mnner)
unhflich
Das Simple Past (Past Tense)

Das Simple Past drckt im Englischen einen
abgeschlossenen Vorgang in der Vergangenheit
aus.
Bei regelmigen Verben wird an die Form des
Infinitivs einfach -ed angehngt.
to watch he watched
to listen he listened
to walk he walked
er schaute zu
er hrte zu
er ging
Sonderflle
Nach einem einzelnen betonten Vokal wird ein
einzelner Endkonsonant verdoppelt (p, b t, d, g,
m, n)

to stop
to plan
he stopped er stoppte
he planned er plante
Ein stummes e fllt weg

to arrive
to move
he arrived
he moved
er kam an
er bewegte sich
Die Endung Konsonant + y wird zu Konsonant

+ ied
to try
to carry
he tried
he carried
er versuchte
er trug
Es gibt eine Reihe von unregelmigen Formen.

Diese sind im Vokabelteil immer dem Infinitiv
hinzugefgt. (Bsp.: to go went).
Weiter wird hier auch das Partizip aufgefhrt,
das man braucht, um die Vergangenheitsform
Present Perfect zu bilden. (Bsp.: to go went
gone). Das Present Perfect wird in Kapitel 7 eingefhrt.
Das Verb to have im Simple Past
I had
ich hatte
you had
du hattest
he/she/it had
er/sie/es hatte
we had
wir hatten
you had
ihr hattet
they had
sie hatten
bung 5:
Wie sieht er/sie aus? Wie ist er/sie?
Bsp.: the woman, brown hair, nice, funny,
yellow shirt
The woman was nice and funny. She had
brown hair and wore a yellow shirt.
1. (the man, slim, attractive, intelligent)
_________________________
_________________________
2. (the old man, kind, polite, grey hair, short)
_________________________
_________________________
bung 6:
Fllen Sie die Lcke mit der Past Tense Form von
to be oder to have!
1. She _ _ _ _ _ brown hair.
2. He _ _ _ _ _ going to the shop.
3. They _ _ _ _ _ nice and polite.
4. On the date, she _ _ _ _ _ really nosy.
Das Verb to be im Simple Past

I was
ich war
you were
du warst
he/she/it was
er/sie/es war
we were
wir waren
you were
ihr wart
they were
sie waren
5. He _ _ _ _ _ good qualities.
Die Verneinung des Past Tense (Simple Past)

erfolgt in Analogie zum Simple Present:
I do not like her.
Simple Present
I did not like her.
Simple Past
bung 7:
I am not at home.
I was not at home.
Simple Present
Simple Past
6. They _ _ _ _ _ quite a good blind date.

7. He _ _ _ _ _ very polite.
8. Last night, you _ _ _ _ _ quite arrogant.
Was ist richtig? Kreuzen Sie an!

1. Wie heit eine Verabredung, bei der zwei
Personen sich noch nie gesehen haben?
a. meeting
b. blind date
19
2. Wo kann man Kleidung einkaufen?

a. department store
b. grocery store
Mary: Im hard-working, committed,

creative, caring, work well under
3. Welche zwei Wrter sind Synonyme?

a. handsome, attractive
b. unattractive, polite
pressure and am always on time.

Mr Hastings: Could you tell me any per-
4. Welche Wrter beschreiben eine Person, mit

der man viel Spa hat?
a. dull, lazy
b. witty, funny
sonal weaknesses?
5. Mit welchem Wort zeigt man berraschung?

a. Really?
b. Yes!
C Das Vorstellungsn
gesprch
Mary stellt sich bei einer Firma vor und beantwortet Fragen zu ihrer Person.
Mr Hastings: Well, Mary, I see from your
CV that you grew up in York.
Mary: Yes, I did. After my A-levels, I
went to Manchester University to study
business.
Mr Hastings: Do you have a job at the
moment?
Mary: At the moment, Im working
in the marketing department of a
small internet company. However,
Im looking for a job with more
challenges.
Mr Hastings: Mary, what do you think
are your best personal characteristics?
Your most important strengths?
20
Mary: Well, I am a perfectionist.

Mr Hastings: Where would you like to
see yourself someday?
Mary: Eventually, I would like to head
my own management team.
Vokabeln
A-levels (GB)
always
any
to answer
to apply for a job
at the moment
the best
business
can (to be able to)
caring
challenge
characteristic
committed
company
conversation
creative
currently
CV (curriculum
vitae) (GB)
eventually
from ... to
hard-working
to head
important
dem deutschen
Abitur vergleichbarer Abschluss
immer
irgendwelche/r/s
antworten
sich bewerben
im Moment
der, die, das Beste
(hier:) Wirtschaft
knnen
einfhlsam
Herausforderung
Eigenschaft
engagiert
Firma
Gesprch
kreativ
im Moment
Lebenslauf
eines Tages,
schlielich
von ... bis
fleiig
fhren
wichtig, bedeutend

inflexible
job interview
to make made
made
marketing department
more
on time
perfectionist
personal
punctuality
qualification
reference
rsum (US)
right
to see saw seen
small
sometimes
strengths pl
to study
to think thought
thought
to tell told told
under pressure
university
weaknesses pl
wrong
Well, ...
unflexibel
Vorstellungsgesprch
machen
Marketingabteilung
mehr
pnktlich
Perfektionist/in
persnlich
Pnktlichkeit
Qualifikationen
Referenz, Zeugnis
Lebenslauf
richtig, korrekt
sehen
klein
manchmal
Strken
studieren, lernen
denken
sagen, erzhlen
unter Druck
Universitt
Schwchen
falsch, inkorrekt
Also .../Nun ...
Grammatik
Die Demonstrativpronomen
Demonstrativpronomen weisen auf Dinge hin,
die nher beim Sprecher sind (dies/e/er/es hier)
oder weiter von ihm entfernt (jene/r/s dort).
Demonstrativpronomen stehen im Satz an der
gleichen Stelle wie ein Artikel.
Singular
Plural
Bsp.:
This fruit is fresh.
Dieses Obst ist frisch.
Nhe
this
these
Ferne
that
those
These grapes are fresh.

Diese Trauben sind frisch.
Could I have that basket over there?
Knnte ich den Korb dort drben haben?
Could you fetch me those shoes from the other
room?
Knntest du mir die Schuhe aus dem anderen
Zimmer holen?
Die Verlaufsform des Prsens/Present
Progressive
Im Unterschied zum Deutschen gibt es im Englischen zwei Mglichkeiten, das Prsens auszudrcken: das Simple Present, das Sie bereits
kennen, sowie das Present Progressive.
Das Present Progressive wird im Aussagesatz
folgendermaen gebildet:
to be + Stamm des Verbes + -ing
Singular I am working
Ich arbeite
you are singing
du singst
he/she/it is
er/sie/es
sleeping
schlft
Plural
we are dancing
wir tanzen
you are asking
du fragst
they are telephoning sie telefonieren
Beim Fragesatz erfolgt der Tausch von Subjekt
und Hilfsverb to be. Hier gibt es keine Kurzform
des Hilfsverbs to be.
Am I working ...?
Are you working ...?
Arbeite ich gerade ...?

Arbeitest du gerade ...?
Zur Verneinung wird unmittelbar nach dem

Hilfsverb ein not eingefgt:
I am/Im not working ...
Die Kurzformen
Die Kurzformen in der gesprochenen Sprache
bildet man nach folgendem Muster:
Im working, youre singing, hes sleeping ...
21
Die Verwendung
Das Present Progressive wird im Unterschied
zum Simple Present verwendet, wenn jemand
gerade/jetzt/im Augenblick etwas tut, gerade
etwas geschieht oder eine Handlung/ein Vorgang noch nicht abgeschlossen ist.
1. We go to the theatre. (right now)
Bsp.:
At the moment, I am/Im working at a bank.
Im Moment/Zurzeit arbeite ich in einer Bank.
He is/hes currently unemployed.
Im Moment ist er arbeitslos.
Right now, we are/were grocery shopping.
Wir sind gerade dabei, Lebensmittel einzukaufen.
3. They write for the newspaper. (right now)
_________________________
2. He has a party. (at the moment)
_________________________
_________________________
4. I drink coffee. (at the moment)
_________________________
5. It rains too much. (at the moment)
_________________________
Im Vergleich dazu drckt das Simple Present

aus, dass etwas regelmig, blicherweise, oft,
immer, nie geschieht. Hierzu gibt es im Englischen eine Reihe von Signalwrtern:
Always, often, usually, sometimes, every day,
every week, on Saturday, on Monday, never ...
(immer, oft, gewhnlich/blicherweise, manchmal, jeden Tag, jede Woche, samstags, montags, niemals ...)
Infobox
Das Verb to be wird in aller Regel nicht in die
Verlaufsform gesetzt.
Ausnahmen sind sehr emotionsgeladene
Momente, besonders in der gesprochenen
Sprache.
Bsp.:
You are being silly!
Du bist wirklich doof!
bung 8:
Formulieren Sie die Stze so um, dass die Handlung in diesem Moment/gerade passiert! Benutzen
Sie die Signalwrter in Klammern!
22
Infobox
False friends
Viele Wrter sehen im Englischen und im Deutschen hnlich aus, haben aber unterschiedliche
Bedeutungen.
Das englische Wort eventually klingt zwar hnlich wie das deutsche Wort eventuell, heit
aber schlielich, endlich. Eventuell heit auf
Englisch possibly.
bung 9:
Bringen Sie den Dialog in die richtige Reihenfolge!
a. Im fine. How was your holiday?
b. Really? How was it?
c. It was really good. Very informative.
d. Did you get the job?
e. Fine, and you?
f. Not bad. I had a job interview.
g. Yes, I did. Im really happy about it.
h. Hi, Sam, how are you?
i. That is wonderful. Im happy for you.
bung 10:
bung 12:
Setzen Sie den richtigen bestimmten Artikel oder

ein Demonstrativpronomen ein!
Welches ist die richtige Wortstellung? Schreiben

Sie die Stze aus!
1. At _ _ _ _ _ moment, he is at _ _ _ _ _
1. charming is nice he man a
grocery shop.
_________________________
2. Is _ _ _ _ _ the right shirt?
_________________________
3. Are you selling _ _ _ _ _ shoes over there?
2. was very interview informative the
4. Are _ _ _ _ _ the right directions?
_________________________
5. I am going to walk _ _ _ _ _ dog in the park.
_________________________
6. Is _ _ _ _ _ the right colour for those
3. your qualities best what are ?
trousers?
_________________________
7. _ _ _ _ _ answer is absolutely wrong.
_________________________
8. _ _ _ _ _ CV is very impressive.
4. university the study at to important is it
9. Are you looking for _ _ _ _ _ man?
_________________________
10. Could you tell me _ _ _ _ _ name of this
_________________________
street?
5. looking currently I for job a new am

_________________________
bung 11:
_________________________
Richtig oder falsch? Kreuzen Sie an!

right
1. Es gibt nur eine Art
und Weise, im Moment
zu sagen.
wrong
6. bad there no questions are

_________________________
_________________________
2. Der einzige unbestimmte

Artikel im Englischen ist a.
3. Characteristics und
qualities sind Eigenschaften.
4. Mr Hastings fragt Mary nach
ihren Strken.
23
Familie und Freunde
A Wie war das frher?

n
Elizabeth sitzt auf dem Scho ihres Grovaters. Sie
will genau wissen, wie das Leben frher war.
Grandfather: Of course. But I was more

interested in playing football and building engines.
Elizabeth: Were you a good player?
Elizabeth: Grandpa, what was it like
Grandfather: Yes, I believe I played
when you were young?
rather well.
Elizabeth: Did you want to play pro-
Grandfather: Im still young!

Elizabeth: You know what I mean! Be
serious! What was it like when you were
a little boy?
fessional football?
Grandfather: Not really, it was just a
hobby. What do you want to be when
Grandfather: Well, when I grew up, it

was after the war. We had very little
you grow up?

Elizabeth: I want to be a vet!
food and had to work all the time.
Grandfather: Come on, give me a hug!
Elizabeth: Why didnt you just go to the

grocery shop?
Grandfather: It wasnt that easy. They
didnt have any food either.
Elizabeth: Did you go to school like I do?
Grandfather: Yes. But I only went until I
was sixteen. I had to support the family
after your great grandfather died.
Elizabeth: And then mum came!
Grandfather: Yes. She was the first in a
line of three daughters and two sons.
My wife, that is your grandmother and I
didn't waste any time!
Elizabeth: What was mum like when she
was my age?
Grandfather: She read books all day long.
Elizabeth: Did your dad make you do
homework like my dad does?
24
Vokabeln
all the time
to be good at
something
child, children
to come came
come
daughter
to die
to eat ate eaten
easy
father
food
the first
to go to school
grandfather
grandmother
grocery shop
homework
hug
husband
in a line of ...
die ganze Zeit

etwas gut
machen
Kind, Kinder
kommen
Tochter
sterben
essen
einfach
Vater
Essen
der/die/das Erste
in die Schule
gehen
Grovater
Gromutter
Lebensmittelgeschft
Hausaufgaben
Umarmung
Ehemann
in einer Reihe
von ...
Familie und Freunde

just
little
to mean meant
meant
mother
often
parents
pastime
to play
professional
rather
to remember
something
school
serious
sixteen
son
to support
until
vet(erinarian)
the War
to waste
wife
Come on!
What were you like?
gerade, hier: halt

klein, wenig
meinen
Mutter
oft
Eltern
Freizeitaktivitt
spielen
professionell
ziemlich
sich an etwas
erinnern
Schule
ernst, seris
sechzehn
Sohn
untersttzen
bis
Tierarzt
der (2. Welt-)
Krieg
verschwenden
Ehefrau
Komm!
Wie warst du?
Infobox
Sich erinnern und jemanden an etwas erinnern
sind im Englischen zwei verschiedene Wrter.
to remember
I remember when I was a little boy ...
Ich erinnere mich, als kleiner Junge ...
to remind someone of something/someone
She reminds me of my mother.
Sie erinnert mich an meine Mutter.
Grammatik
Die Befehlsform
In der englischen Sprache gibt es keinen Unterschied zwischen der familiren du- und der
hflichen Sie-Anredeform von you. Um Befehle

zu geben und Aufforderungen zum Ausdruck
zu bringen, benutzt man im Englischen einfach
den Infinitiv ohne to.
Bsp.:
Be good!
Sei brav!
Be nice to your sister! Sei nett zu deiner
Schwester!
Believe me!
Glaub mir!
Have a piece of cake! Nimm ein
Stck Kuchen!
Think of me!
Denk an mich!
Take some bread!
Nimm etwas Brot!
Machen Sie ihre Befehle hflicher, indem Sie sie
nach folgendem Muster umschreiben oder ein
zustzliches please einfgen.
Das hierzu verwendete Verb could ist gleichzeitig die Past Tense-Form des Hilfsverbs can.
Bsp.:
Be nice!
Sei nett!
Take out the rubbish!
(Mll)
Trag den Mll raus!
Could you please be nice.

Knntest du bitte
netter sein.
Could you please take
out the rubbish.
Knntest du bitte den
Mll raustragen?
Die Verwendung des Past Tense

Das Past Tense drckt im Englischen aus, dass
es sich um einen Vorgang oder ein Ereignis in
der Vergangenheit handelt.
Auch kann es sich um eine Geschichte drehen,
die in der Vergangenheit gespielt hat. Die
Situationen sind abgeschlossen und reichen
nicht bis in die Gegenwart.
Dementsprechend gibt es bestimmte Signalwrter, die auf einen Zeitraum/Zeitpunkt in der
Vergangenheit hinweisen, z. B. yesterday
(gestern), two minutes ago (vor zwei Minuten),
25
Familie und Freunde
last Friday (letzten Freitag), five years ago (vor

fnf Jahren), ...
Bsp.:
When I was a little girl, I played outside a lot.
Als kleines Mdchen habe ich viel drauen
gespielt.
A year ago I wanted to be a firefighter.
Vor einem Jahr wollte ich Feuerwehrmann
werden.
Der Ausdruck used to dient dazu, abgeschlossene, regelmige Aktionen in der Vergangenheit zu beschreiben.
Bsp.:
When I was 12, I used to play the piano.
Als ich 12 war, habe ich regelmig Klavier
gespielt/pflegte ich Klavier zu spielen.
We used to go to the mountains when we lived
in Germany.
Als wir in Deutschland lebten, sind wir regelmig in die Berge gefahren.
bung 2:
Geben Sie Befehle!
1. to give your father a hug
_________________________
2. to remember to support your children
(hfliche Form)
_________________________
3. to be careful
_________________________
4. to wait for the bus
_________________________
5. to remind me to do my homework
(hfliche Form)
_________________________
_________________________
bung 1:
Fllen Sie die Lcken mit dem jeweils passenden
Wort!
(school, little, food, little, grandfather, sure, good)
1. He is a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ student. He always
does his homework.
2. James likes going to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
3. After World War Two, there was _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ . (2 Wrter)
4. I am absolutely _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ that he is
coming to the party.
5. My _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is the father of my father.
26
bung 3:
Vollenden Sie die Stze! Kreuzen Sie den richtigen
Satzteil an!
1. When Geoffrey was little,
a. he is going to play football.
b. he often played football.
2. When Sandra was eight,
a. she used to play tennis as a child.
b. she used to read until night came.
3. When I was a girl,
a. I loved horses.
b. remember just a little.
4. As a child,
a. Brett was never good.
b. Brett is taking out the rubbish.
Familie und Freunde
bung 4:
bersetzen Sie!
1. Sie haben ganz wenig zu essen gehabt.
Nancy: That is quite a history.

Ted: Yes, Fred is supposed to inherit the
_________________________
business some day.

Fred: Dad, could you please not bring
2. Vor 10 Jahren ist er in die Schule gegangen.
that up right now?
_________________________
Ted: I suppose it can wait. Yes, that

seems to be a sore subject in this house.
3. Sei hflich!
_________________________
Jill: So what is your family like? Have

you got any brothers and sisters?
4. Sie untersttzt nach der Schule ihre Familie.
Nancy: Yes, I have two brothers and one
_________________________
sister. The two brothers are older and

my sister is younger.
B Das erste Kennenlernen

n
Ted: And what do they do?

Nancy: My family believes that education is very important. We all went to
Nancy trifft sich zum ersten Mal mit ihren zuknftigen Schwiegereltern. Am Tisch sitzen Fred und
Nancy sowie Jill und Ted, Freds Eltern.
university or did further studies.

Strangely enough, we all ended up in
Jill: So, Nancy, Fred tells me that you are

a nurse.
he didnt tell us where you two met.
Nancy: Actually, it runs in the family.

My mother and grandmother were also
nurses. Theyre both retired now.
Ted: Did you grow up in Salisbury,
Nancy?
Nancy: I spent my childhood in Brighton.
And you?
Jill: For nine generations the Kingsleys
have been involved in textiles in Salisbury.
the field of health.

Ted: Fred has told us a lot about you, but
Fred: Nancys aunt and uncle introduced
us at a picnic they had last summer. We
started going out in autumn. Actually,
Ive asked Nancy to marry me.
Jill: Dont you think this is a little bit
rushed?
Nancy: I think that we are both ready.
Fred: We are both at a point in our lives
where we are financially secure and looking towards the future. Besides, the
wedding wouldnt be until spring next year.
27
Familie und Freunde
Vokabeln
Tante
Herbst
an etwas
beteiligt sein
glauben
auerdem
beide
erwhnen, zur
Sprache bringen
brother
Bruder
brothers and sisters pl Geschwister
certainly
sicherlich
childhood
Kindheit
daughter-in-law
Schwiegertochter
education
Bildung, (hier:)
Ausbildung
to end up
enden, landen
exclusively
exklusiv
fall (US)
Herbst
father-in-law
Schwiegervater
field of health
Gesundheitssektor
financially secure
finanziell sicher
further
(hier:) weiterfhrend
generation
Generation
to get got got
bekommen,
erhalten, werden
to go out
(zusammen)
ausgehen, weggehen
heritage
Erbe, Erbschaft
to inherit
erben
to introduce someone jdn vorstellen
to look towards
in die Zukunft
the future
schauen
marriage
Ehe
to marry
heiraten
to meet met met kennen lernen
to mention
erwhnen
mother-in-law
Schwiegermutter
nurse
Krankenschwester
past
Vergangenheit
quite a history
eine ganz schn
lange Tradition
ready
retired
to run in the family
aunt
autumn (GB)
to be involved in
something
to believe
besides
both
to bring up
28
rushed
to seem
sister
situation
son-in-law
a sore subject
to spend spent
spent
spring
to start
strangely enough
textile
to be supposed to
to suppose
to take place
uncle
until now
wedding
bereit, fertig
pensioniert
in der Familie
liegen
voreilig
scheinen
Schwester
Situation, Lage
Schwiegersohn
ein heikles Thema
(hier:) verbringen
Frhling
anfangen
komischerweise
Stoff
sollen
annehmen, denken
stattfinden
Onkel
bis jetzt
Hochzeit
Grammatik
Die Adjektive
Mit einem Adjektiv kann man detailliertere
Aussagen ber Eigenschaften oder Merkmale
eines Substantivs machen. Im Englischen
bleiben Adjektive in ihrer Form immer gleich,
egal ob sie mnnlich oder weiblich sind.
the
a
a
careful vorsichtig
stupid dumm
terrible schrecklich
driver
dog
noise
Die Steigerung der Adjektive

Adjektive werden gesteigert, indem man die
Grundform des Adjektivs verndert:
Anhngen von -er/-est an alle einsilbigen
Adjektive:
Familie und Freunde
small smaller smallest

short shorter shortest
fat fatter fattest
large larger largest
2. Das Erste findet statt, das Zweite ist eine

Institution.
a. wedding, marriage
b. marriage, wedding
Anhngen von -er/-est an alle zweisilbigen

Adjektive, die auf -er oder -y enden (y wird zu i):
3. Geschwister
a. sisters
b. brothers and sisters
clever cleverer cleverest

silly sillier silliest
angry angrier angriest
hungry hungrier hungriest
Voranstellen von more/most bei den meisten
zweisilbigen Adjektiven, die nicht auf -y enden:
careful more careful most careful
famous more famous most famous
afraid more afraid most afraid
Voranstellen von more/most bei allen
Adjektiven mit mehr als zwei Silben:
terrible more terrible most terrible
beautiful more beautiful most beautiful
interesting more interesting most interesting
dangerous more dangerous most dangerous
Sonderflle der Adjektivsteigerung
good better best
gut besser am besten
bad worse worst
schlecht schlechter am schlechtesten
much more most
viel mehr am meisten
little less least
wenig weniger am wenigsten
bung 5:
Whlen Sie die richtige Antwort aus!
1. Der Vater meiner Frau ist ...
a. my grandfather
b. my father-in-law
4. Ein heikles Thema ist ...

a. a sore subject
b. a look to the future
5. Welche Jahreszeit folgt nach dem Winter?
a. spring
b. summer
6. Wer arbeitet im Krankenhaus?
a. stewardess
b. nurse
7. Mein Vater ist 65 Jahre alt und ...
a. ready
b. retired
8. Bildung, Ausbildung
a. education
b. childhood
9. Geschwister gehren zur selben ...
a. generator
b. generation
Infobox
Beachten Sie den Unterschied zwischen to suppose und supposed to be.
Bsp.:
I suppose they will get married.
Ich nehme an, dass sie heiraten werden.
They are supposed to be at home at six oclock.
Sie sollen um sechs Uhr zu Hause sein.
He is supposed to become a doctor.
Er soll einmal Arzt werden.
29
Familie und Freunde
bung 6:
Bilden Sie Stze nach dem folgenden Beispiel!
Bsp.:
Bill is strong.
Bill ist stark.
Jake is stronger.
Jake ist strker.
Alan is the strongest.
Alan ist am strksten.
C Ich muss dir etwas

n
erzhlen!
Jessica und Kathy treffen sich zu einem Kaffee und
tauschen Geschichten ber ihre Familien aus.
Jessica: Oh Kathy, Im so glad we both
had time to meet today!
1. Stan Luke Tracy nice
Kathy: Its been so long! And you were
_________________________
always there for me!

Jessica: What have you been up to?
_________________________
2. Stacy Mary Sue funny
Kathy: Well, Frank and I have bought a

new house.
_________________________
Jessica: Wait, let me guess ... are you
_________________________
...?
Kathy: Thats right! Im pregnant!
3. Adam Brian Liam intelligent

_________________________
Jessica: Im so happy for you! A baby!

When is it due?
_________________________
Kathy: In April. We only found out last
4. Lucy Melissa Angela hungry
week and were very excited. But what

about you? What has happened with
_________________________
_________________________
5. Matt Florian Joe to be good at football
_________________________
_________________________
Infobox
Time is money (Zeit ist Geld). Im Englischen
wird sowohl Geld als auch Zeit ausgegeben.
to spend time doing sth.
to spend money on sth.
30
you and Jason?

Jessica: Actually, we have just broken
up. It just wasnt working out. We were
looking for different things.
Kathy: Oh, Im so sorry!
Jessica: Thats all right. He was never my
dream man anyway. Our lifestyles just
fitted together so well.
Kathy: And your cousin? How is she?
Jessica: She is better. After the accident
she couldnt walk for about a month.
Familie und Freunde

Now shes on her feet again and back at
work.
Kathy: Thats wonderful! By the way,
what are you doing this weekend?
Jessica: My niece and nephew are
having a birthday party theyre twins.
I have to help them out.
Kathy: Oh, well, Im afraid I have to go
now. I have to prepare supper for the
family. Maybe we can get together
another time.
Vokabeln
accident
another time
at home
to be there for so.
to be on ones feet
again
baby
to be back
birthday party
to break up
boyfriend
cousin
different
dream man
to be due
to find out
to fit
excited
to get together
friendship
girlfriend
glad
to guess
to happen
its been so long
Unfall
ein anderes Mal
zu Hause
fr jdn da sein
wieder auf den
Beinen sein
Baby
zurck sein
Geburtstagsparty
Schluss machen,
sich trennen
Freund
Cousin, Cousine
unterschiedlich
Traummann
da sein, fllig
herausfinden
passen
aufgeregt
sich treffen
Freundschaft
Freundin
froh
raten
passieren
wir haben uns
lange nicht gesehen
lifestyle
long
niece
nephew
offer
pregnant
to prepare
supper
thing/s
today
to trust
twins
What are you up to?
weekend
to work out
Lebensstil
lang
Nichte
Neffe
Angebot
schwanger
vorbereiten
Abendessen
Ding/e, Sache/n
heute
vertrauen
Zwillinge
Was machst du so?
Wochenende
klappen, funktionieren
Im so happy for you! Ich freue mich
fr dich!
Im sorry!
Es tut mir leid!
Grammatik
Das Verb to let lassen
Let kann mit lassen bersetzt werden. Es ist
eine umgangssprachliche Art, einen Wunsch
oder eine Bitte zu formulieren. Die hflichere
Variante lautet: Could you please ...
Bsp.:
Let me guess.
Let her go.
Could you please
let me through?
Lass mich raten.

Lass sie gehen.
Knnten Sie mich bitte
durchlassen?
Wie im Deutschen kann man mit to let auch

eine Empfehlung aussprechen.
Let us (Lets) go to the cinema. Lass uns ins
Kino gehen./Wollen wir ins Kino gehen?
Die Verwendung von just
Just kommt in vielen Dialogen vor und bedeutet sowohl einfach/eben als auch gerade.
31
Familie und Freunde
Bsp.:
Thats just the way it is.
So ist es eben.
We were just about to go.
Wir waren gerade dabei zu gehen.
It is just not true!
Es ist einfach nicht wahr!
bung 8:
Die Verwendung von anyway"

Anyway ist ein so genanntes Fllwort in der
gesprochenen Sprache.
Es kann je nach Kontext verschiedene Bedeutungen haben:
_________________________
Bsp.:
He missed the bus anyway.
Er hat den Bus trotzdem/sowieso/ohnehin verpasst.
What is she doing there anyway?
Was macht sie berhaupt/eigentlich dort?
Anyway, lets get back to what we were discussing.
Wie auch immer/Also, lasst uns wieder zum
Thema zurckkommen.

1. always family supports your you
_________________________
2. beach go lets to the
3. woman dream my strengths both and has

weaknesses
_________________________
4. is son sister of her nephew the her
_________________________
bung 9:
bersetzen Sie!
1. Ich freue mich so fr dich!
_________________________
bung 7:
2. Es tut mir sehr leid!
Setzen Sie die richtigen Pronomen ein!
_________________________
1. Let _ _ _ _ _ take you to the cinema. (I)
3. Wir mssen ihren Namen herausfinden.
2. I enjoy _ _ _ _ _ personality. (she)
_________________________
3. They are taking _ _ _ _ _ to the vet. (it)
4. Sie war nach einem Monat zurck in der Arbeit.
4. We are giving _ _ _ _ _ a birthday present. (he)
_________________________
5. Guess what she showed _ _ _ _ _ . (she)
5. brigens, was machst du am Wochenende?
6. She has to help _ _ _ _ _ out. (we)
_________________________
7. I invited _ _ _ _ _ to my party. (they)
6. Findet die Geburtstagsparty heute statt?
8. He is on _ _ _ _ _ feet again. (he)
_________________________
32
Lebensmittel
A Auf dem Markt
n
Bruce ist auf dem Markt und mchte Obst kaufen.
Er ist sich aber nicht sicher, welches frisch ist und
der Jahreszeit entspricht.
Stand owner: We have five different

suppliers in Europe and South America
who deliver them to us daily.
Bruce: Fantastic. Id like to make
a fruit salad and need some of them,
Bruce: Excuse me, Id like to serve

strawberry shortcake to some guests tonight. Are these strawberries fresh? And
what is the price?
Stand owner: Yes! They cost 2.99 for a
punnet.
Bruce: Thats a bit expensive. Is there a
reason why they cost so much? Arent
they in season?
Stand owner: Yes, theyre in season. But
they are also completely organic, which
means that the farmers used no chemicals to grow them.
Bruce: All right then, can you recommend the other berries as well?
Stand owner: Yes. The blueberries are
firm, and the raspberries are also quite
delicious.
Bruce: Good, Ill take two punnets of
strawberries and one punnet each of the
others. Are those pears ripe yet?
Stand owner: No, but maybe in four days.
Bruce: Ill take five of them.
Stand owner: Of course.
Bruce: Where do your bananas and
apples come from?
too. Finally, Id like four pints of your

freshly-squeezed orange juice.
Stand owner: Certainly!
Vokabeln
box
cheap
chemicals pl
certainly
to cost cost cost
daily
delicious
to deliver
Europe
expensive
fantastic
farmer
finally
firm
fresh
freshly-squeezed
guests
to be in season
juice
lettuce
market
organic
pint
price
punnet
to recommend
ripe
salad
season
Schale
billig
Chemikalien
sicher, gewiss
kosten
tglich
lecker
liefern
Europa
teuer
fantastisch
Landwirt
schlielich, letztendlich
fest
frisch
frisch gepresst
Gste
es ist Saison
Saft
Blattsalat
Markt
aus biologischem Anbau
Pint
Preis
Schale, Krbchen
empfehlen
reif
Salat
Saison
33
Lebensmittel
Grammatik
to serve
several
shortcake
South America
stand owner
supplier
to take took taken
type
yet
All right then!
Ill take ...
servieren
einige
Keks aus Butterteig
Sdamerika
Standbesitzer
Lieferant
nehmen
Typ
noch, schon, aber
Also gut, okay.
Ich nehme ...
Infobox
Verschiedene Obstsorten
apple
apricot
avocado
banana
blackberry
blueberry
cherry
grapefruit
grapes pl
lemon
melon
nectarine
orange
peach
pear
pineapple
plum
strawberry
raspberry
Apfel
Aprikose
Avocado
Banane
Brombeere
Heidelbeere
Kirsche
Grapefruit
Weintrauben
Zitrone
Melone
Nektarine
Orange
Pfirsich
Birne
Ananas
Pflaume
Erdbeere
Himbeere
I would like to
Um jemandem Hflichkeit entgegenzubringen,
wenn man etwas mchte, verwendet man die
Phrase I would like to have ... Ich htte gerne ...
Das Verb would ist eine Form des Konditional I
(Kap. 13). Die Formen sind fr alle Personen
gleich:
I would, you would, he/she/it would, we would,
they would (ich wrde, du wrdest ...)
Die Zahlen von 0-20
zero
null
one
eins
two
zwei
three
drei
four
vier
five
fnf
six
sechs
seven
sieben
eight
acht
nine
neun
ten
zehn
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
sixteen
seventeen
eighteen
nineteen
twenty
elf
zwlf
dreizehn
vierzehn
fnfzehn
sechzehn
siebzehn
achtzehn
neunzehn
zwanzig
bung 1:
Fllen Sie die Lcken!
(deliver, recommends, freshly-squeezed, indeed,
several, organic, delicious, all right, ripe)
1. My family eats only _ _ _ _ _ fruit.
2. Bruce bought _ _ _ _ _ kinds of _ _ _ _ _
berries.
Infobox
3. The farmer _ _ _ _ _ his most expensive
Maeinheiten
strawberries.
Whrend die Kontinentaleuroper in Litern

rechnen, verwendet man im englischsprachigen
Raum Pint (GB 0,568 l, US 0,473 l) und Gallon
(4,546 l).
4. _ _ _ _ _ , Ill take six bananas.

5. _ _ _ _ _ orange juice is not cheap.
6. Do they _ _ _ _ _ to the suburbs?
34
Lebensmittel
7. They only eat pears that are _ _ _ _ _ .
3. He to buy 3 firm pears.
8. Thank you very much _ _ _ _ _ .
_________________________
_________________________
bung 2:
Whlen Sie die richtige Antwort aus und kreuzen
Sie an!
1. Was sagt ein Standbesitzer, nachdem
Sie etwas bestellt haben?
a. Finally!
b. Certainly!
2. Wer baut Obst an?
a. stand owner
b. farmer
3. Was mchten viele Leute bei ihrem
frischen Obst vermeiden?
a. suppliers
b. chemicals
4. Wie beschreibt man ein Stck Obst,
das fest ist?
a. firm
b. fresh
5. Was heit Himbeere auf Englisch?
a. raspberry
b. salad
4. The stand owner to ask for a high price.

_________________________
5. He to deliver 6 boxes of blackberries daily.
_________________________
_________________________
Infobox
Mae und Gewichte
Mae
1 inch (in.)
1 foot (ft.)
1 yard (yd.)
1 furlong
1 mile
25,4 mm
30,48 cm
0,914 m
201,17 m
1,609 km
Gewichte
1 ounce (oz.)
1 pound (lb.)
1 stone (st.) (GB)
1 hundredweight
1 ton
28,35 g
0,454 kg
6,35 kg
50,8 kg
1016,05 kg
bung 3:
Bilden Sie Stze mit would like! Schreiben Sie
dabei die Zahlen aus!
bung 4:
1. We to buy 15 punnets of strawberries.
Schreiben Sie den ganzen Preis aus!
_________________________
Bsp.: 6.18 = Six pounds, eighteen pence
2. She to have 6 pints of freshly-squeezed
1. 4.13
orange juice.
_________________________
_________________________
2. 2.19
_________________________
_________________________
35
Lebensmittel
3. 9.16
_________________________
4. 1.07
Bruce: Sure. The green beans and the

tomatoes look good, too.
_________________________
Allison: Theyre both 1.59 per pound.

Take several handfuls and make sure
5. 5.20
theyre not more than a pound each.
_________________________
Bruce: All together they come to two

pounds. Is that OK?
6. 7.11
_________________________
7. 10.12
_________________________
8. 15.03
_________________________
9. 20.17
_________________________
10. 14.08
_________________________
Allison: Yes. While youre at it, can you

get some carrots and red pepper? They
add some colour to the main dishes.
Bruce: No problem!
Allison: What kind of meat do we want
to barbecue?
Bruce: I think we could barbecue the
beef, pork chops and chicken wings.
Allison: What about our friends that are
vegetarian?
Bruce: I think we have enough vegetarian side dishes.
(At the checkout)
B Im Supermarkt
n
Bruce befindet sich mit seiner Freundin Allison in
einem Supermarkt. Sie diskutieren, welches Gemse und welche Sorte Fleisch sie auf ihrer Grillparty
servieren sollen.
Allison: We definitely need a couple of
heads of lettuce for the salad, dont you
think?
36
Cashier: That comes to 76.85, please.

Bruce: Wow! Thats not exactly within
our budget!
Vokabeln
to add
all together
barbecue
beef
budget
cashier
checkout
hinzufgen
insgesamt
Grill, grillen
Rindfleisch
Budget, Haushaltskasse
Kassierer
Kasse
Lebensmittel
chicken
to come came
come to
could
a couple of
definitely
dessert
dish
enough
exactly
handful
head
a head of lettuce
healthy
lettuce
main dish
to make sure
meat
number
pence
pork chops pl
pound
side dish
still
vegetarian
Hhnerfleisch
ausmachen,
kommen auf ...
knnte
einige
auf alle Flle
Nachtisch
Gericht
genug
genau
eine Hand voll
Kopf
Salatkopf
gesund
Salat(bltter)
Hauptgericht
sicherstellen
Fleisch
Zahl
Plural von Penny
Schweinekoteletts
Pfund
Beilage
noch
vegetarisch,
Vegetarier
wings pl
Flgel
within
innerhalb
yet
noch
What kind of ...?
Was fr ein ...?
While you are at it ... Weil du gerade
dabei bist ...
Dont you think ...? Denkst du nicht,
dass ...?
onion
(red/green) pepper
potato
peas pl
tomato
Zwiebel
Paprika
Kartoffel
Erbsen
Tomate
Grammatik
Die Zahlen von 20 100
twenty
20
twenty-one
thirty
30
twenty-two
forty
40
twenty-three
fifty
50
twenty-four
sixty
60
twenty-five
seventy
70
twenty-six
eighty
80
twenty-seven
ninety
90
twenty-eight
a/one hundred 100 twenty-nine
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Infobox
16 ounces = 1 pound
Der Plural von pound ist pounds.
bung 5:
bersetzen Sie!
1. Er ist 48 Jahre alt.
_________________________
2. Stellen Sie sicher, dass das Hhnerfleisch
Infobox
frisch ist.
Verschiedene Gemsesorten
carrot
cauliflower
aubergine (GB)/
eggplant (US)
garlic
green beans pl
Karotte
Blumenkohl
Aubergine
Knoblauch
grne Bohnen
_________________________
_________________________
3. Welche Sorte Gemse ist in dem Gericht?
_________________________
_________________________
37
Lebensmittel
4. Kein Problem. Lassen Sie mich das Essen
3. 76 g
bestellen.
_________________________
_________________________
4. 83 lbs.
_________________________
_________________________
5. Sind Sie sicher, dass das Hauptgericht vege-
5. 33 l
tarisch ist?
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
6. Insgesamt macht das 53.96.
C Hm ... lecker!
n
Tina und Julia gehen einkaufen. Im Supermarkt laufen
sie durch den Gang mit Backzutaten und diskutieren.
_________________________
_________________________
7. Grne Bohnen, Kartoffeln, Auberginen und
Karotten sind sehr gesund.
_________________________
_________________________
8. Wir brauchen Hauptgerichte, Beilagen und
einen Nachtisch.
_________________________
_________________________
Tina: I always love the cakes that my

mother bakes on special occasions. She
really is brilliant at baking.
Julia: I agree. She makes the best cakes
in town! Id really like to ask her for her
recipe for chocolate layer cake sometime. It is divine!
Tina: I have it right here in my bag! She
knew I wanted to go to the supermarket
and asked me to pick up some ingredients.
Julia: Let me see ... Well, she wrote
bung 6:
down the usual: bread, milk, eggs, and

sugar.
Es wird gewogen! Schreiben Sie das Gewicht aus!
Tina: Be careful. She only likes particular
1. 60 kg
brands of flour and baking powder.

Julia: It looks like you are out of cinna-
_________________________
2. 47 lbs.
_________________________
38
mon, salt and yeast as well.

Tina: I think she forgot the vanilla flavour.
Lebensmittel
Julia: Perhaps she had something else in
mind?
Tina: What do you mean?
Julia: Well, she also listed blueberries.
to list
milk
muffin
occasion
particular
Tina: She must be making her famous

blueberry muffins!
Cashier: The total is 32.47.
Tina: Im glad my mum gave me a fiftypound note!
Vokabeln
to agree
bag
to bake
baking powder
to be out of
something
brand
bread
brilliant
butter
cake
careful
cinnamon
divine
egg
either ... or ...
famous
favourite
a fifty-pound note
flavor (US),
flavour (GB)
flour
to forget forgot
forgotten
to have in mind
ingredients pl
layer
zustimmen
Geldbeutel, Tasche
backen
Backpulver
etw. ist ausgegangen
Marke
Brot
brilliant
Butter
Kuchen
vorsichtig
Zimt
gttlich
Ei
entweder ... oder
...
berhmt
Lieblingsein FnfzigPfund-Schein
Geschmack
Mehl
vergessen
im Sinne/Kopf
haben
Zutaten
Schicht
pepper
perhaps
to pick up
powder
recipe
salt
special
something else
sugar
total
to total
town
the usual
vanilla
to write down
yeast
Be careful!
She must be
doing something ...
auflisten
Milch
Muffin
Anlass, Gelegenheit
besonders,
spezifisch
Pfeffer
vielleicht
(hier:) kaufen,
mitbringen
Pulver
Rezept
Salz
besonders,
speziell
etwas anderes/
noch etwas
Zucker
Summe
addieren,
zusammenrechnen
Stadt
das bliche
Vanille
aufschreiben
Hefe
Sei vorsichtig!
Sie macht wahrscheinlich ...
Grammatik
Die Fragewrter
who = wer, wem, wen
Who is that
Wer ist jenes Mdchen
girl over there?
dort drben?
Who collects coins?
Wer sammelt Mnzen?
whose = wessen
Whose parents
Wessen Eltern knnen
cannot come?
nicht kommen?
Whose shoes are these? Wessen Schuhe sind
diese hier?
39
Lebensmittel
what = was
What made Alex and
Diddy nervous?
What did Biggy buy
yesterday?
Was machte Alex und

Diddy nervs?
Was kaufte Biggy
gestern?
which = welcher, welche, welches

Which bus goes to the Welcher Bus fhrt ins
town centre?
Stadtzentrum?
Which boy is the
Welcher Junge ist der
fastest?
schnellste?
Weitere Fragewrter
when
where
why
how
how many
how much
wann
wo
warum
wie
wie viele
wie viel
Infobox
Achtung:
Where = Wo?
Who = Wer?
Either ... or ... /entweder ... oder ...

Diese Konstruktion wird wie im Deutschen
gebildet. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Zeiten in
beiden Teilen des Satzes stimmen.
Either I am going to
the party or I am
staying home.
Matthew was not on
the phone. Either he is
sick or he is on
holiday.
Entweder gehe ich auf

die Party oder ich
bleibe zu Hause.
Matthew war nicht am
Telefon. Entweder er ist
krank oder er ist im
Urlaub.
Infobox
Town bedeutet eigentlich (Klein-)Stadt. Es
kann aber auch die Innenstadt einer groen
Stadt gemeint sein.
40
Die Zahlen von 100 1.000.000.000

100
one/a hundred einhundert
200
two hundred
zweihundert
300
three hundred dreihundert
1000
one/a thousand eintausend
10,000 ten thousand zehntausend
100,000 one/a hundred hunderttausend
thousand
1,000,000 one/a million
eine Million
1,000,000,000 one/a billion eine Milliarde
Die Prpositionen
Prpositionen sind Wrter, die rumliche, rtliche oder zeitliche Beziehungen der Satzglieder
anzeigen.
Einige Prpositionen
about
across
after
against
along
at
before
behind
between
by (bike)
down (the stairs)
during
for
from
in
in front of
inside
into
like
near
next to
of
off
on
ber, wegen
quer, ber
nach, hinter ... her
gegen
entlang
an, auf, bei
vor
hinter
zwischen
mit (dem Fahrrad)
(die Treppe) hinunter
whrend
fr
von, aus
im, in
vor
im, in, innen
in ... hinein
wie
in der Nhe von, nahe
neben
von
von ... herunter
auf (dem Tisch), an (der
Wand)
Lebensmittel
onto
on top of
out of
outside
over
past
round
through
to
towards
under
until
up
with
without
auf ... hinauf

oben auf
aus ... hinaus
drauen
ber
nach
um ... herum
durch
nach, in, an
auf ... zu
unter
bis
hinauf
mit
ohne
5. She forgets the chocolate flavour.

_________________________
_________________________
6. You walk to the park in town.
_________________________
_________________________
bung 8:
Fllen Sie die Lcken!
(flavour, careful, eggs, must, total, forgot,
mind)
bung 7:
1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ are an important ingredient
Schreiben Sie die Stze im Simple Past!
in many cakes.
1. We bake a cake for the birthday party.
2. He _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ be tired from the long
_________________________
trip.
2. Either she stays for the show or she studies
3. Mothers favourite _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is
late.
chocolate.
_________________________
4. We both _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ aunt Sherris birth-
_________________________
day.
3. They want to take a holiday but they have no
5. She had something different in
time.
_________.
_________________________
6. Be _ _ _ _ _ . Make sure you have all the
_________________________
4. She loves flowers.
ingredients.
7. The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is 77.81.
_________________________
_________________________
41
Kleidung
A Welche Gre?
n
Jane geht fr ihre Familie Kleidung einkaufen. Das
ist, wenn die entsprechenden Personen nicht dabei
sind, manchmal gar nicht so einfach ...
This dress is lovely. Is it on special offer?

Salesman: Indeed! This is your lucky day.
It just happens to be 35% off.
Jane: Ill take it.
Salesman: Anything else I can help you
Jane: Hello! Perhaps you can help me.

Im looking for some presents for my
family for the holidays.
Salesman: Well, youre in the right
place. What would you like?
with?
Jane: Yes. Do you know when last seasons bathing suits go on clearance?
Salesman: Certainly. The sale begins on
March sixteenth and lasts all week.
Jane: Well, my son grew rather quickly last

year. None of his clothes fit him any more.
Jane: One last question ... does this shop

have those new tops in stock that are in
Salesman: Are you interested in looking
fashion? My daughter is about this tall

... do you think a size medium will fit?
at shirts and trousers? Formal wear?

Casual wear?
Jane: How about casual wear? He
already has enough suits. Theyre
Salesman: Of course. Anything else on

your list?
Jane: No, thats it. Thanks!
gathering dust in his wardrobe.

Salesman: This checked shirt is quite
nice.
Jane: Do you have a matching sweater?
Salesman: Yes, we do. Its in this
Vokabeln
to accompany
any more
bathing suit
to be interested in ...
section. We stock all the name brands.

Jane: Wonderful. Do you stock plus sizes?
Salesman: Yes, we do. For both sexes.
to be ... % off
Jane: Great! Where is the childrens

wear department?
to begin began
begun
casual wear
Salesman: Its on the second floor. I can

accompany you there ...
Jane: Thank you. I would like to buy my
niece a dress for her first communion.
42
checked
cloth
clothes pl
clothing
cotton
begleiten
nicht mehr
Badeanzug
Interesse haben
an, interessiert
sein an ...
um ... % reduziert sein
beginnen, anfangen
informelle, lssige Kleidung
(hier:) kariert
Lappen, Stoff
Kleidung
Bekleidung
Baumwolle
Kleidung
department
dress
dust
fashion
first communion
to fit
floor GB
formal wear
Abteilung
Kleid, Kleidung
Staub
Mode
Erste Kommunion
passen
Stockwerk
formelle Bekleidung
to gather
sammeln
holiday, holidays pl
Feiertag, Urlaub
in fashion/fashionable modisch
in stock
auf Lager
large
gro
to last
dauern, andauern
last year
letztes Jahr
lovely
schn
to match
zusammenpassen
matching
passend
medium
Medium (Kleidergre)
name brands pl
Markennamen
none
kein
on clearance
im Schlussverkauf
on special offer
im Sonderangebot
on sale
Sonderangebot,
Verkauf
out of fashion/
altmodisch, aus
unfashionable
der Mode
plus sizes
bergren
present
Geschenk
second
zweite/r/s
section
Abteilung
sex
Geschlecht
shirt
Hemd
size
Gre
small
klein
to be in stock
vorrtig sein
stripes
Streifen
suit
Anzug
sweater
Pullover
tall
gro, lang
tie
Krawatte
top
Oberteil
trousers pl
Hosen
wallet
Geldbeutel
wardrobe
Garderobe
to wear wore worn tragen
week
Woche
This is your lucky day. Heute haben Sie
Glck.
Youre in the
Hier sind Sie
right place.
richtig.
Grammatik
Die Ordnungszahlen
1st
(the) first
2nd second
3rd
third
4th
fourth
5th
fifth
6th
sixth
7th
seventh
8th
eighth
9th
ninth
10th tenth
11th eleventh
12th twelfth
13th thirteenth
14th fourteenth
15th fifteenth
16th sixteenth
17th seventeenth
18th eighteenth
19th nineteenth
20th twentieth
(der/die/das) erste
zweite
dritte
vierte
fnfte
sechste
siebte
achte
neunte
zehnte
elfte
zwlfte
dreizehnte
vierzehnte
fnfzehnte
sechzehnte
siebzehnte
achtzehnte
neunzehnte
zwanzigste
Der Punkt im Deutschen bei Ordnungszahlen

wird im Englischen durch st, nd, rd und
th unmittelbar am Ende der Zahl entweder
auf gleicher Hhe wie die anderen Buchstaben
oder drucktypisch hochgestellt wiedergegeben.
43
Kleidung
Weitere Beispiele:
3. I am looking for clothing that is on _ _ _ _ _ .
27th
twenty-seventh
135th a/one hundred and thirty-fifth
2,689th two thousand six hundred and
eighty-ninth
4. They only buy _ _ _ _ _ brands from exclu-
Achtung: Bei Tausenderzahlen steht im Englischen nach dem Tausender ein Komma. Kommazahlen im Deutschen werden im Englischen
mit Punkt wiedergegeben:
1. 27 (one point twenty-seven)
1,27 (eins Komma siebenundzwanzig).
sive department stores.

5. Look in the _ _ _ _ _ and find my _ _ _ _ _ .
6. Do you have _ _ _ _ _ money for the
matching shirt and trousers?
7. This is the _ _ _ _ _ time this week that Ive
left my wallet at home.
bung 1:
8. Im sorry. But we dont _ _ _ _ _ these
Schreiben Sie die englischen Zahlen aus!
checked trousers any more.
1.
9. Glenn wears a size _ _ _ _ _ .
32
_________________________
2.
541
_________________________
3.
at the department store.

11. Is this made out of _ _ _ _ _ ?
12
_________________________
4.
10. The family buys presents for the _ _ _ _ _
19
bung 3:
_________________________
Lesen Sie den Dialog nochmals und markieren Sie

die folgenden Aussagen mit richtig oder falsch (r/
w)!
bung 2:
_ _ _ _ _ 1. Jane was interested in formal wear
Setzen Sie richtig ein!
for her husband.
(special offer, wardrobe, enough, stock, fashion,

accompany, holiday, expensive, medium,
second, sweater, cotton)
_ _ _ _ _ 2. The first communion dress for
1. Those trousers are twenty-seven years old.
_ _ _ _ _ 3. The sale on bathing suits has
They are out of _ _ _ _ _ .
already started.
2. Can you _ _ _ _ _ me to the theatre on
_ _ _ _ _ 4. The salesman accompanied Jane to
March 2nd?
the childrens wear section.
44
Janes niece was reduced.
Kleidung
bung 4:
Unterstreichen Sie das nicht passende Wort!
1. department, tie, section, floor
2. second, third, zero, seventh
3. top, large, medium, plus
4. on clearance, on sale, reduced, expensive
5. wallet, sweater, trousers, shirt
6. to accompany, to fit, to match, to go together
7. lovely, unpleasant, divine, nice
8. cotton, polka dots, stripes, checked
9. formal wear, dress, suits, T-shirts
Salesman: No, unfortunately not. They

are Italian-made, 225.00.
Jane: Ill take them anyway.
Salesman: A fine choice.
Jane: Are your sandals already in?
Salesman: Yes, they are.
Jane: Lets have a look. Oh, these flat
shoes are fabulous. And these shoes! Id
like to try on these red stiletto heels in a
size 7.
B Im Schuhgeschft
n
Salesman: Right away, madam.

Jane: Theyre a little tight. Ill have to try
Jane setzt ihren Groeinkauf fort. Jetzt braucht sie

noch Schuhe fr ihren Mann und vielleicht auch
fr sich selbst ...
on a size 8.
Salesman: Im sorry, were out of that
size.
Jane: Good afternoon. Could you direct
Jane: All right, then. How about a nice

pair of slippers?
me to mens shoes?
Salesman: Just behind that column,
Salesman: The slippers are in the next

aisle, madam.
right after the childrens footwear.

Jane: Do you have these shoes in black?
Jane: Thank you very much!
Salesman: No, we dont stock them in

black. We have brown and tan.
Jane: Oh, well. Could you recommend
something more fashionable?
Salesman: We have these very comfortable black shoes.
Jane: Do you have narrow-fitting ones?
Salesman: We have all mens sizes from
3-16, narrow to wide.
Jane: Are they reduced?
Vokabeln
aisle
to be out of (a size)
to be reduced
behind
to carry something
childrens
choice
column
comfortable
Gang
(eine Gre)
nicht mehr vorrtig haben
reduziert sein
hinter
etwas tragen,
etwas dabei haben
KinderWahl
Sule
bequem
45
Kleidung
to direct
fabulous
fancy
flat
footwear
to have a look at
(high) heels pl
loose
madam
mens
narrow
a pair
to put on
right after
reduced
sandals
shoe/s
sir
slippers pl
stiletto
shop window
to take off
tight
to try on
uncomfortable
unfortunately
wide
How about ...?
in eine Richtung
schicken
fabelhaft
modisch
flach
Schuhwerk
einen Blick auf
etwas werfen
(hohe) Abstze
locker
(meine) Dame
fr Mnner
schmal
ein Paar
anziehen, anprobieren
direkt nach
reduziert
Sandalen
Schuh/e
(mein) Herr
Hausschuhe
Stilettoabstze
Schaufenster
ausziehen
eng
anprobieren
unbequem
leider
breit
Wie wrs mit ...?
Allerdings gibt es auch Ausnahmen, die man

am besten als Vokabeln lernt:
child
woman
man
ox
sheep
children
women
men
oxen
sheep
Kinder
Frauen
Mnner
Ochsen
Schafe
Hinweis: Sehr oft haben diese Substantive

etwas mit Menschen oder Tieren zu tun.
bung 5:
Finden Sie die Gegenteile!
1. loose
2. in fashion
3. heels
4. wide
5. to put on
6. in stock
a. out of stock
b. narrow
c. to take off
d. flat shoes
e. tight
f. unfashionable
bung 6:
Setzen Sie die Verben in der richtigen Zeitform ein!
Achten Sie dabei auch auf die jeweiligen Zeiten
(Present Past Future) und Signalwrter!
(to be, to have, to try, to reduce, to take)
1. She _ _ _ _ _ taking her mother to buy shoes.
Grammatik
2. The shoes _ _ _ _ _ in fashion two years ago,
Die unregelmigen Pluralformen bei Substantiven

Wie bereits erwhnt, sind die meisten Pluralformen im Englischen durch Anhngen von s oder
es zu bilden.
but they _ _ _ _ _ not now.
kid
shoe
tomato
bus
4. They _ _ _ _ _ on their slippers yesterday
46
kids
shoes
tomatoes
buses
Kinder
Schuhe
Tomaten
Busse
3. Let us _ _ _ _ _ a look in the shop window.

Maybe we will see something nice.
evening.
5. Let me _ _ _ _ _ on that red shirt.
Kleidung
6. I _ _ _ _ _ the blue stiletto shoes for my
daughter tomorrow.
2. Diese drei Frauen gehen am liebsten in das

groe Geschft in der Carnaby Street. Dort gibt
es Badeanzge im Sonderangebot.
7. Are they _ _ _ _ _ the bathing suits at the
_________________________
end of the season?
_________________________
8. Do you want to _ _ _ _ _ a walk through town?
_________________________
9. Please _ _ _ _ _ off your shoes before you
_________________________
come in the house.
bung 9:
bung 7:
Richtig oder falsch (r/w)?
Setzen Sie den Dialog in die richtige Reihenfolge!
1. _ _ _ _ _ The mens shoes are on a different
1. Are you interested in mens or womens shoes?

2. Womens.
3. I think they are a little tight.
4. Hi, I am looking for a pair of shoes.
5. Oh, these stilettos are fabulous. Can I try
them on in a size 7?
6. This brand is quite narrow. Would you
like to try on an 8?
7. Right this way, please. Here are the sandals,
the high heels, and the flat shoes.
8. Certainly. Ill be right back.
9. Yes, please. They are much more comfortable. I think Ill take them.
floor.
_________________________
2. _ _ _ _ _ The shop had the heels that Jane

wanted in stock.
3. _ _ _ _ _ Size 7 was a little tight for Jane.
4. _ _ _ _ _ Jane buys the black shoes.
5. _ _ _ _ _ Jane looked at the sandals for a
long time.
6. _ _ _ _ _ The shop has shoes in brown.
7. _ _ _ _ _ The shoe department has both narrow and wide shoes.
bung 8:
bersetzen Sie!
1. Die Mnner ziehen sich gerade unbequeme
Schuhe und ihre Smokings an.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
C Eine Party mit

n
Verkleidung
Fancy dress parties, Parties unter einem besonderen Motto mit Verkleidung, erfreuen sich immer
grerer Beliebtheit. Feiern wir doch mit den
Schotten St Andrews Day am 30.11., dem Tag des
Schutzheiligen von Schottland.
47
Kleidung
Jane: How about organising a party on

St Andrews Day for the whole street?
table flags, and maybe blue and white

balloons for the kids.
Sonja: You know were new here, were

from Italy. Could you explain to me what
Jane: Sonja, do you know what, were

the perfect team!
that means?
Jane: Well, let me give you some background information. As you might know,
St Andrew is the patron saint of
Scotland and his feast day is on November 30th yet another opportunity to
party ... The Saints Day is usually a
celebration of being Scottish with traditional Scottish food, music (especially
bagpipes), dancing, and, of course,
excellent whisky.
Sonja: Marvellous. So what do we need?
Jane: Well, I suggest Ill take care of inviting everyone and you look after decorating the room and setting the tables? Ill
tell everyone to dress up as Scots. You
know to dress up in a Scottish costume
with kilt and sporran, tartan sash, and
things like that. If enough guests are
interested, we could even have a fancy
dress contest.
Sonja: Excellent, Jane. So how about if I
get the right table cloths, cups and
plates, cutlery, and things like that?
Additionally, Id suggest decorating the
room in blue and white, the Scottish
colours. We could have waving flags and
48
Vokabeln
additionally
as you might know
background
information
bagpipes pl
balloon
card hat
to celebrate
celebration
contest
costume
cutlery
to decorate
to dress up
fancy dress
feast
feast day
general
to invite
Italy
kilt
to look after ...
marvellous
maybe
to organise
patron saint
saint
sash
Scot
Scotland
Scottish
to set the table
sporran
auerdem
wie dir/Ihnen
wohl/vielleicht
bekannt ist
Hintergrundinformation
Dudelsack
Luftballon
Papphut
feiern
Fest, Feier
Wettbewerb
Kostm, Tracht
Besteck
dekorieren
sich verkleiden
Verkleidung,
Kostm
Fest, Festmahl
Festtag
allgemein
einladen
Italien
Schottenrock, Kilt
sich kmmernum ...
herrlich, wunderbar, prima
vielleicht
organisieren
Schutzheiliger
Heilige/r
Schrpe
Schotte/Schottin
Schottland
schottisch
den Tisch decken
Felltasche bei
Schottentracht
Kleidung
sufficient
to suggest
table cloth
tableware
tartan
tartan skirt
whisky
whole
yet another
opportunity
Its now my chance.
Were the perfect
team.
ausreichend
vorschlagen
Tischdecke
Geschirr und
Besteck
Schottenstoff
karierter Damenrock
Whisky
ganz
noch eine
(weitere) Gelegenheit
Jetzt ist meine
Chance gekommen.
Wir sind das
perfekte Team.
Infobox
Fancy dress parties erfreuen sich nicht nur im
angelschsischen Raum immer grerer
Beliebtheit. Die Anlsse sind zahlreich, z. B.
traditionelle Gelegenheiten wie Geburtstage,
Jahrestage, Halloween (31.10.), Weihnachten
und Neujahr oder aber auch Sportereignisse
wie Weltcuprennen oder Fuballweltmeisterschaft.
Grammatik
Die unregelmigen Verbformen im Simple Past
Die folgenden Verbformen sollten auswendig
gelernt werden, weil sie sehr oft in der Konversation vorkommen.
buy
bring
catch
choose
come
kaufen
bringen
fangen
whlen
kommen
bought
brought
caught
chose
came
do
forget
forgive
give
go
lay
leave
make
pay
run
see
sit
sing
swim
take
think
write
machen
vergessen
vergeben
geben
gehen
legen
verlassen
machen
zahlen
rennen
sehen
sitzen
singen
schwimmen
nehmen
denken
schreiben
did
forgot
forgave
gave
went
laid
left
made
paid
ran
saw
sat
sang
swam
took
thought
wrote
Die Verlaufsform im Prteritum

Die Verlaufsform Past Progressive wird in
Analogie zum Present Progressive mit dem
Hilfsverb to be im Past Tense gebildet.
Personalpronomen
I
you
he/she/it
we
you
they
Hilfsverb
to be
Past Tense
was
were
was
were
were
were
Partizip
Prsens
running
swimming
writing
paying
sitting
leaving
Die Frage funktioniert analog zum Present Progressive: Was I reading? Were you working? ...
Das Past Progressive drckt aus, dass eine
Handlung oder ein Vorgang zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt in der Vergangenheit gerade im
Gange war.
49
Kleidung
What were the children doing when their

mother came home?
Was machten die Kinder (gerade), als die Mutter nach Hause kam?
I was watching TV when the telephone rang.
Ich habe (gerade) ferngesehen, als das Telefon
klingelte.
8. You _ _ _ _ _ not remember the way to their

house. (can)
9. He _ _ _ _ _ me to the cinema to see the
new film. (to take)
bung 10:
bung 11:
Setzen Sie die richtige Zeitform des Verbs ein!
Lsen Sie das Kreuzwortrtsel, indem Sie die unregelmigen Verbformen eintragen!
1. Last week, she _ _ _ _ _ a new pair of

trousers. (to buy)
2. We _ _ _ _ _ them a wonderful present for
the holidays. (to give)
3. They _ _ _ _ _ 15.49 for the birthday
to buy
_____
to forget
__
___
to think
__
____
to catch
__
___
__
to sit
present. (to pay)
to write
4. For the show, she _ _ _ _ _ a lovely song.
to forgive
(to sing)
to sing
5. They _ _ _ _ _ to the party with their two
Lsungswort: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
children. (to come)

6. Ever since I _ _ _ _ _ her birthday, she does
not call me. (to forget)
7. He _ _ _ _ _ a large fish at the lake.
(to catch)
50
____
__
____
___
Zu Hause
A Das bisschen Haushalt...
n
Karen und ihr Sohn Sammy sitzen im Wohnzimmer
und diskutieren, ob er Taschengeld bekommen
soll. Sammy denkt anscheinend, die Aufgaben im
Haushalt erledigen sich von selbst.
Sammy: Mum, its about time I started
getting pocket money, dont you think?
Karen: Well, Sammy, that comes with a
lot of responsibilities.
Sammy: OK, that doesnt sound bad.

Karen: Once a week I need you to hoover
your bedroom and pick up your things.
And you can help your father clean out
the garage and wash the car.
Sammy: Okay.
Karen: You can also bring your laundry
down yourself from now on. And when
visitors come, you can dust in the living
room and the dining room.
Sammy: What do you mean?

Karen: Well, for one thing, you need to
Sammy: Mum, theres never dust there.

Karen: I know. After that, you can tidy
start helping out around the house.
up your room and feed the dog. And you

can take him for a walk.
Sammy: You mean the chores, right?

Karen: Correct. You dont really do
Sammy: Anything else?
anything to help your father and me

with daily and weekly household chores.
Karen: Nothing else comes to mind.

Sammy: Thank God!
Sammy: What do you have in mind?
Karen: Oh, yes! And Im going to teach

you to iron your own clothes for church.
Karen: It depends on how much money

you want to earn.
Sammy: How about 5 a week? Thats
what my friend Jimmy gets.
Karen: That sounds reasonable. Lets talk
about what you need to do to earn your
allowance.
Sammy: Why didnt we talk about that
before?
Karen: Theres so much that you can do.
For one, I often need help with washing
and drying dishes. You can do that every
other day.
Sammy: I shouldnt have asked.
Vokabeln
adult
after that
allowance
around the house
bedroom
car
chores pl
church
to clean
to clean out
to come to mind
correct
corridor
Erwachsener
danach
Taschengeld
im Haus
Schlafzimmer
Auto, Wagen
(lstige) Pflichten
Kirche
putzen
ausrumen
in den Sinn
kommen, einfallen
korrekt, richtig
Flur, Gang
51
Zu Hause
Grammatik
to depend on ...
ankommen auf
..., abhngen von ...
dining room
Esszimmer
dishes
Geschirr
to dry
abtrocknen
dust
Staub
to dust
Staub wischen
to earn
verdienen
every other day
jeden zweiten Tag
to feed fed fed
fttern
floor
Stockwerk
for one/for one thing zum einen ...
to hoover
Staub saugen
household
Haushalt
to iron
bgeln
laundry
Wsche
living room
Wohnzimmer
often
oft
own
eigene/r/s
to own
besitzen
pocket money
Taschengeld
reasonable
vernnftig
responsibility
Verantwortlichkeit
room
Zimmer, Raum
to shut shut shut schlieen
to teach taught lehren, beibringen
taught
to tidy (up)
aufrumen
toilet
WC
vacuum cleaner
Staubsauger
visitors pl
Besuch
to wash
waschen
yourself
dich
Shut up! fam
Halt die Klappe!
Die Kurzformen
In Kapitel 1 haben Sie bereits einige Kurzformen, die vor allem ein Charakteristikum
der gesprochenen Sprache sind, kennen gelernt. Weitere hufig verwendete Kurzformen
sind:
Langform
that is
let us
do not
does not
did not
there is
cannot
Kurzform
thats
lets
dont
doesnt
didnt
theres
cant
Einmal, zweimal ...

once
twice
einmal
zweimal
Fr alle anderen Zahlen gilt:

Zahlwort +times nach der Zahl:
three times
dreimal
twelve times
zwlfmal
Die Mrchen der Gebrder Grimm beginnen
auf Englisch brigens mit Once upon a time
....
Infobox
Mbel
Infobox
Rume
bathroom
bedroom
dining room
kitchen
living room
nursery
52
Badezimmer
Schlafzimmer
Esszimmer
Kche
Wohnzimmer
Kinderzimmer
armchair
bed
chair
chest of drawers
closet (US)
couch
cupboard (GB)
desk
(book)shelf
table
Sessel
Bett
Stuhl
Kommode
Schrank
Couch
Schrank
Schreibtisch
(Bcher)Regal
Tisch
Zu Hause
bung 1:
Benutzen Sie die Kurzformen!
1. We do not hoover the living room very often.
_________________________
5. Your child forgot to do the dishes.

a. You washed not the dishes.
b. You didnt do the dishes.
6. How do fairy tales start in English?
a. Once upon a time ...
b. Once there was ...
_________________________
2. You are certainly welcome to come with us
to the theatre.
_________________________
_________________________
3. Let us take the next bus into town.
_________________________
bung 3:
Benutzen Sie die Langformen!
1. Weve a new idea for the company.
_________________________
2. Once, he didnt bring his children with him
on holiday.
_________________________
4. I do not know if that is the correct answer.

_________________________
_________________________
3. Im doing the laundry today, so dont forget

to give me your clothes.
_________________________
bung 2:
1. Are you going to help me wash the dishes
tonight?
a. I get pocket money.
b. It depends on how much time I have.
2. What do you say when your child asks for
pocket money?
a. You have to work to earn money.
b. You can sit around the house.
3. Someone asks you a question and you do
not know the answer.
a. I know not.
b. I dont know.
4. You want to recommend a holiday at the
beach.
a. Lets go to the beach.
b. Let them go to the beach.
4. Thats not correct. Youre not on the guest list.

_________________________
5. Therere twice as many people as last year.
_________________________
B Im Garten
n
Karen sitzt mit ihrer besten Freundin Melissa im Garten und spricht ber die neuen Pflanzen und Blumen,
die Karen und ihr Mann Simon angepflanzt haben.
Melissa: What a lovely garden you have!
Karen: Thanks! We work hard at it.
53
Zu Hause
Melissa: What kind of trees are those?

Karen: Those are all fruit trees. The
apartment, so when we bought the

house, we already had plans to build a
cherry tree in the corner of the garden is

slowly beginning to bear fruit and the
patio. By the way, did you see the flowering bushes in the front of the house?
apple tree has great apples in the
Melissa: No, I didnt. We can take a look
autumn. The apricot tree is extremely

difficult to keep free of insects.
at them after lunch.
Melissa: Does Simon mow the grass?

Karen: No, our son takes care of that,
though rather unwillingly. I can barely
make him lift a finger.
Melissa: When did he last mow it?
Karen: Last week, I think. It grows
quickly, doesnt it?
Melissa: Im always impressed by your
flower garden. Whats there this year?
Karen: Well, weve lovely tulips and
daffodils for the spring, roses for the
summer, and dahlias for the autumn.
Melissa: It looks like youve things in
order.
Karen: Barely. I still need to weed the
beds, trim the hedges, and buy fertilizer
for the lawn. And Simon is interested in
planting a vegetable garden this year.
We definitely need a fence to keep out
the rabbits. Its a lot of work but I like to
watch things grow.
Melissa: When did you build this patio?
Its delightful.
Karen: We miss the balcony from our old
54
Vokabeln
apricot
autumn
balcony
barely
to barely lift a finger
Aprikose
Herbst
Balkon
kaum
kaum einen Finger rhren
to bear fruit
Frchte tragen
bed
(hier:) Beet
bird
Vogel
to build - built - built bauen
bush
Busch
cherry
Kirsche
corner
Ecke
daffodil
Osterglocke
dahlia
Dahlie
delightful
herrlich, wunderbar
extremely
extrem
fence
Zaun
fertilizer
Dnger
finger
Finger
flower
Blume
from now on
von jetzt an
furniture pl
Mbel
garden
Garten
grass
Gras
to grow grew
wachsen
grown
to have things in order alles in Ordnung
haben
hedge
Hecke
to impress
beeindrucken
in front of
vor
insect
Insekt
to keep kept kept halten
Zu Hause
to keep free of ...
to keep in order
last
lawn
life pl lives
lunch
to mow
neighbour GB
to nibble
out
patio
to plant
porch
quickly
rabbit
slowly
so
spring
to take care of ...
tree
to trim
tulip
unwillingly
to weed
vegetable garden
yard
frei/sauber
halten von ...
in Ordnung halten
letztens, neulich,
letzte/r/s
Rasen
Leben
Mittagessen
mhen
Nachbar
knabbern
aus
Terrasse
pflanzen
Veranda
schnell
Hase
langsam
also, so
Frhling
sich kmmern
um ...
Baum
zuschneiden
Tulpe
unwillig
Unkraut jten
Gemsegarten
Hof
Falls das Adjektiv mit y endet, wird das y in ein

i verwandelt und dann -ly angehngt:
happy
steady
happily
steadily
glcklich
fest, stetig
Infobox
Sonderformen
Adjektive
good
hard
fast
Adverb
well
hard
fast
Adverbien der Art und Weise bringen zum Ausdruck, wie oder auf welche Art und Weise
etwas geschieht:
Mrs Gust drives carefully.
Frau Gust fhrt vorsichtig.
Das Adverb beschreibt, wie Frau Gust fhrt,
nmlich vorsichtig. Es beschreibt das Verb
nher. Zur Erinnerung: Ein Adjektiv beschreibt
ein Substantiv nher, z. B.:
Mrs Green is a careful driver.
Frau Green ist eine umsichtige Fahrerin.
Die Stellung der Adverbien der Art und Weise
In Stzen ohne Objekt stehen die Adverbien der
Art und Weise nach dem Verb:
Grammatik
Die Adverbien der Art und Weise
Die Adverbien der Art und Weise werden durch
Anfgen der Endung -ly an das Adjektiv gebildet:
Adjektiv
extreme
bare
quick
slow
real
Adverb
extremely
barely
quickly
slowly
really
extrem
kaum
schnell
langsam
echt, wirklich
Sandras team played badly last Sunday.

Sandras Team spielte letzten Sonntag schlecht.
John drives fast in town.
John fhrt schnell in der Stadt.
In Stzen mit Objekt stehen die Adverbien der
Art und Weise nach dem Objekt:
Our teacher speaks English well.
Unser Lehrer spricht gut Englisch.
Tina opened the envelope slowly.
Tina ffnete den Umschlag langsam.
55
Zu Hause
Die Steigerung der Adverbien der Art und Weise

Einsilbige Adverbien werden mit -er/-est
gesteigert:
fast
schnell
faster
schneller
fastest
am schnellsten
hard
harder
hardest
fest/stark
fester
am festesten
Adverbien mit der Endung -ly werden mit

more/most gesteigert:
quickly
schnell
more quickly
schneller
most quickly
am schnellsten
Infobox
Sonderformen
well
better
best
gut
besser
am besten
3. It is nice that they want to help mow our

lawn. (extreme)
_________________________
_________________________
bung 5:
Welches Verb passt im Kontext am besten zu folgenden Substantiven?
1. grass
2. fruit
3. bush
4. insects
5. lawn
6. fence
7. neighbours
8. garden
a. build
b. keep free of
c. impress
d. bear
e. trim
f. plant
g. fertilize
h. mow
bung 6:
bersetzen Sie!
bung 4:
Wie heit das Adverb? Formulieren Sie den ganzen
Satz aus!
1. I bought enough fertilizer for my neighbours
1. Er hat keinen Finger gerhrt.

_________________________
2. Sie hlt alles in Ordnung.
_________________________
lawn as well. (glad)

_________________________
3. Er kmmert sich um die Blumen und Bume

im Garten.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. He looked at us and waited for an answer.
4. Von jetzt an bernehmen die Kinder das
(nervous)
Mhen.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
56
Zu Hause
C Kchenspa
n
Karen und Simon haben zu ihrer Hochzeit ziemlich
viele Kchengerte bekommen, die sie schon lange
nicht mehr benutzt haben.
sauces. Im going to mix and then pour

this batter into the waffle iron and wait
until it browns.
Simon: Lets boil water for hard-boiled
eggs. ... Okay, the water is boiling. Can
Karen: Simon, what are these appliances

for?
Simon: We can use them to make dishes
for a party this weekend. What do you think?
Karen: That sounds complicated. I would
rather keep it simple. Its Sunday. Lets
make a huge breakfast for the kids.
Simon: What a great idea! How about
Belgian waffles, eggs, bacon, and toast?
Karen: Fine. And we can use the blender
to make fruit toppings and shakes.
Simon: Whats the recipe for waffles?
Karen: Well, lets have a look in our
handy cookbook. We need flour, eggs,
milk, a pinch of salt, baking powder, and
vanilla flavouring. Darling, can you get
out the waffle iron and a frying pan?
Simon: Of course, love. You bought a
carton of eggs yesterday, right?
Karen: Yes, we have all the ingredients
that we need.
Simon: (reading) One cup of flour, 1
cups of milk, 2 tablespoons of baking
powder ... Karen, do you want to measure out the dry ingredients, and I the wet?
Karen: Sure. Why dont you start on the
you set the timer for ten minutes?

Karen: All right. Lets wake the kids and
ask them to set the table. Sweetie,
would you like coffee or tea this morning?
Simon: Coffee. I need the caffeine.
Wow! The waffles look great!
Vokabeln
a knob
appliances pl
bacon
baking powder
batter
Belgian waffles pl
to beat beat beaten
blender
to boil
breakfast
to brown
to bubble
caffeine
carton
coffee
complicated
to cook
cookbook
cup
darling
dish
dry
flavouring
to flip
flour
fried egg
from day to day
frying pan
ein Stckchen
Gerte
Speck
Backpulver
Teig
Waffeln
schlagen
Mixer
kochen
Frhstck
anbrunen
Blasen werfen
Koffein
Karton
Kaffee
kompliziert
kochen
Kochbuch
Tasse
Liebling, Schatz
(hier:) Gericht
trocken
-geschmack
wenden
Mehl
Spiegelei
von Tag zu Tag
Pfanne
57
Zu Hause
to grease
handy
hard-boiled
huge
ingredients pl
in the meantime
to lay the table (GB)
to keep it simple
maple syrup
to measure
milk
to mix
mixture
morning
pancake
a pinch of ...
to pour
rather
recipe
sauce
to set set set
to set the table
shake
to shake shook
shaken
simple
soft-boiled
spoonful
substitute
Sunday
tablespoon
tea
teaspoon
timer
topping
to touch
utensil
waffle iron
to wake woke
woken
water
weekend
58
einfetten, einlen
handlich, praktisch
hart gekocht
sehr gro
Zutaten
in der Zwischenzeit
den Tisch decken
es einfach halten
Ahornsirup
messen
Milch
mischen
Mischung
Morgen
Pfannkuchen
ein Prise ...
gieen
eher
Rezept
(Frucht-)Soe
(ein)stellen
den Tisch decken
Shake
schtteln
einfach
weichgekocht
Lffel (Ma)
Ersatz
Sonntag
Suppenlffel
Tee
Teelffel
(hier: Eieruhr)
berzug, Guss
anfassen, berhren
(Kchen-)Gert
Waffeleisen
wecken
Wasser
Wochenende
wet
What a ... (day)!
nass
Was fr ein ...
(Tag)!
Just a moment, please. Einen Moment/
Augenblick, bitte
I would rather ...
Ich wrde lieber ...
Grammatik
Hflichkeitsformen
Why dont you take the garbage out?
Trage bitte den Mll hinaus.
Will man dem Empfnger einer Botschaft
hflich zu verstehen geben, dass einer Bitte
oder einem Wunsch nachgekommen werden
soll, so kann im Englischen eine Frage formuliert werden. Dieser Frage liegen in der
Realitt des Sprechers folgende Gedanken zu
Grunde:
Take the rubbish out! (am wenigsten hflich)
Take the rubbish out, please! (hflicher durch
please)
Could you please take the rubbish out? (sehr
hflich)
Would you mind taking out the rubbish?
(extrem hflich)
Infobox
Kosenamen
darling
love
my dear
sweetie (US)
honey (US)
sugar (US)
Schatz
Liebling
meine Liebe
Se/r
wrtlich: Honig
wrtlich: Zucker
Zu Hause
bung 7:
bung 8:
Formulieren Sie eine hflichere Frage mit Why

dont you ... oder Could you ...!
Lesen Sie das folgende Rezept und beantworten

Sie die Fragen unten!
1. Bake a cake for the party.
A Recipe for Pancakes:

3 cups of flour
1 tablespoons of baking powder
1 teaspoon of salt
cup of sugar
2 cups of milk
1 egg
2 tablespoons of melted butter
Mix dry ingredients; beat egg, add milk, and
pour slowly on first mixture to make batter.
Beat completely, and add a knob of butter.
Drop a big spoonful of batter into a greased
frying pan. When it bubbles, flip and cook on
other side. Serve with butter and maple syrup.
_________________________
2. Mix these four ingredients together.
_________________________
3. Tell me the truth about what you did at school.
_________________________
4. Take some fresh fruit over to the neighbours.
_________________________
5. Pour me some of that freshly-squeezed
1. What are the dry ingredients?

_________________________
orange juice.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. What are the wet ingredients?
_________________________
6. Cook some eggs for breakfast.

_________________________
3. What is the name of the final mixture?

_________________________
7. I have to go to the shop. In the meantime,
4. How do you serve pancakes?
wait here for me, please.
_________________________
_________________________
5. What cooking utensil do you need to make
_________________________
pancakes?
8. Wake the kids and ask them to lay the table.
_________________________
_________________________
6. How much butter goes into the frying pan?
_________________________
_________________________
59
Verabredungen und Termine
A Haben Sie noch

n
einen Termin frei?
Susan fhlt sich nicht wohl und will einen Termin
beim Arzt vereinbaren.
Secretary: Good morning, this is
Dr Stones office, how may I help you?
Susan: Hi, this is Susan Stockton. I wondered if I can come in to see Dr Stone
today.
Secretary: Susan, Dr Stone is completely
booked until noon, but I can probably fit
you in in the afternoon. Is that okay?
Susan: Actually, I have to take my
daughter to piano lessons today. May I
come in on Tuesday?
Secretary: Tuesday doesnt work either,
but we can fit you in on Wednesday, if
you have time.
Susan: That sounds great!
Secretary: Is ten oclock all right?
booked
to come by
completely
the day after
tomorrow
day of the week
(aus-)gebucht
vorbeischauen
vllig, vollkommen
bermorgen
Tag der Woche,

Wochentag
evening
Abend
to fit someone in
jdn hineinschieben
to make an
einen Termin
appointment
vereinbaren
may
drfen
May I help you?
Kann ich Ihnen
helfen?
midday
Mittag
morning
Morgen, Vormittag
night
Nacht
noon
Mittag
office
Bro/Praxis
office hours pl
Sprechstunden
probably
wahrscheinlich
today
heute
tomorrow
morgen
until then
bis dann, bis dahin
(wrist) watch
(Armband-)Uhr
weekday
Werktag
yesterday
gestern
I was wondering if ... Ich wollte wissen, ob ...
Susan: Yes, thats fine.

Secretary: All right then, Susan, well see
you at 10 oclock the day after tomorrow.
Susan: Okay, bye.
Secretary: Goodbye.
Vokabeln
afternoon
appointment
60
Nachmittag
Termin, Verabredung
Grammatik
Die Tage der Woche und wichtige Stze dazu.
Monday
Montag
Tuesday
Dienstag
Wednesday
Mittwoch
Thursday
Donnerstag
Friday
Freitag
Saturday
Samstag
Sunday
Sonntag
We have an appointment on Tuesday.
Wir haben am Dienstag einen Termin.

We are going on holiday at the weekend./
We are going on holiday over the weekend. Wir
fahren ber das Wochenende in Urlaub.
During the week, we have to go to work.
Whrend der Woche mssen wir arbeiten.
On work days, I have to be at work at nine in
the morning. An Arbeitstagen muss ich um
9 Uhr am Arbeitsplatz sein.
08.30
Die Uhrzeit
Es gibt zwei Arten, die Uhrzeit anzugeben:
Bei digitalen Uhren werden einfach die Zahlen
der Stunden und Minuten abgelesen, z. B.:
10.10
07.00
09.43
17.29
Its seven oclock.

Es ist sieben Uhr.
Its nine forty-three.
Es ist neun Uhr dreiundvierzig.
Its seventeen twenty-nine.
Es ist siebzehn Uhr neunundzwanzig.
Ansonsten gelten folgende Grundregeln:

Jede volle Stunde wird wie auch bei Digitaluhren mit It is/Its (one, two, three ...) oclock
angegeben.
Will man ganz genau sein, so kann man on the
dot oder Its exactly ... oclock. hinzufgen.
Bei den Stunden von null bis zwlf Uhr wird
entweder in the morning oder a.m. (aus dem
Lateinischen: ante meridiem = vor dem Mittag)
hinzugefgt.
It is one a.m.
Es ist ein Uhr.
Fr die Stunden ab 13 Uhr fgt man in the
afternoon/in the evening oder p.m. (lateinisch
post meridiem = nach dem Mittag) hinzu.
It is one oclock p.m./in the afternoon.
Es ist dreizehn Uhr.
08.15
20.15
Its (a) quarter past eight a.m./in the

morning. Es ist viertel nach acht.
Its (a) quarter past eight p.m./
in the evening. Es ist viertel nach acht.
20.30
08.45
20.45
10.29
10.31
10.59
00.00
12.00
15 min
30 min
45 min
Its half past eight a.m./

in the morning. Es ist halb neun.
Its half past eight p.m./
in the evening. Es ist halb neun.
Its (a) quarter to nine a.m./
in the morning. Es ist viertel vor neun.
Its (a) quarter to nine p.m./in the
evening. Es ist viertel vor neun.
Its ten past ten.
Es ist zehn nach zehn.
Its twenty-nine past ten.
Es ist eine Minute vor halb elf.
Its twenty-nine to eleven.
Es ist eine Minute nach halb elf.
Its one to eleven.
Es ist eine Minute vor elf.
Its midnight. Es ist Mitternacht.
Its midday. Es ist Mittag.
fifteen minutes fnfzehn Minuten/
eine viertel Stunde
thirty minutes/half an hour
dreiig Minuten/eine halbe Stunde
forty-five minutes/three quarters of
an hour fnfundvierzig Minuten/
eine Dreiviertel-Stunde
Die modalen Hilfsverben

Bei der Verwendung der modalen Hilfsverben
muss auf einige Besonderheiten geachtet werden:
a) kein -s in der 3. Pers. Sing. Prsens
b) Infinitiv immer ohne to
c) Frage und Verneinung ohne do
Hier die wichtigsten Hilfsverben:
positiv
negativ
Langform
Langform Kurzform
can (knnen
cannot
cant
present)
could (knnen could not couldnt
past)
must (mssen)
must not mustnt
may
may not

61
Weitere Hilfsverben sind:

to be allowed to = drfen
Was she allowed to come home late?
Durfte sie spt nach Hause kommen?
to be able to = knnen, in der Lage sein
Is he able to speak French?
Kann er Franzsisch sprechen?
to have to = mssen
Do we have to go to this party?
Mssen wir auf diese Party gehen?
do not need to = nicht mssen/brauchen
(nur Present Tense!)
No, you neednt go.
Nein, du musst/brauchst nicht hinzugehen.
Do I have to go/Must I go to the meeting?
Muss ich zu dem Treffen gehen?
No, you neednt go.
Nein, du brauchst nicht hinzugehen.
No, you mustnt go.
Nein, du darfst nicht hingehen.
bung 2:
bung 1:
by the _ _ _ _ _ ?
Setzen Sie das am besten passende Wort in die

Lcke ein!
(day after tomorrow, midday, afternoon (2),
evening (2), morning)
1. In the _ _ _ _ _ I like to eat breakfast with
the family.
2. In the _ _ _ _ _ I prefer to spend time with
the children.
3. We like to drink tea in the _ _ _ _ _ .
4. The office hours are in the _ _ _ _ _ tomorrow.
5. The doctor is booked until _ _ _ _ _ .
6. She takes her lunch break at _ _ _ _ _ .
7. They already have plans today. Can you come

1. _ _ _ _ _ I can fit you in in the afternoon.
2. _ _ _ _ _ Can I come by at seven?
3. _ _ _ _ _ Its Karen Stevens.
4. _ _ _ _ _ Good-bye.
5. _ _ _ _ _ Yes, until 8 oclock.
6. _ _ _ _ _ Id like to make an appointment
with the doctor.
7. _ _ _ _ _ That doesnt work. Are there office
hours this evening?
8. _ _ _ _ _ Hi, this is Mary, how may I help you?
9. _ _ _ _ _ Certainly. What is your name?
10. _ _ _ _ _ All right, Ms Stevens. Until then.
62
B Zum Essen verabreden

n
Ein Telefonat
Muriel und Faye haben sich seit Monaten nicht
mehr gesehen.
Sie wollen gemeinsam Abend essen gehen, knnen
sich aber whrend des Telefonats auf keinen Termin einigen.
Muriel: Hi Faye, this is Muriel. How are
you?
Faye: Im just fine, and you? It seems like
ages since I last saw you!
Muriel: Faye, thats why Im calling. Im
going to have to postpone dinner again.

Faye: Thats the third time this month!
Muriel: Im so sorry, theres nothing I
can do. I forgot that my son Jims team
has its final cricket match then. Its
completely my fault.
Faye: I guess I can forgive you since its
something so important. We can put it
to forgive forgave
forgiven
to have a ... time
like
to look forward to ...
me too
nothing
not yet
to pencil in
to postpone/to put off
off until another time.

Muriel: How does the 3rd of July look for
since
you?
still
That works.
verzeihen
eine ... Zeit haben
wie
sich freuen auf ...
ich auch
nichts
noch nicht
notieren
verschieben, verlegen
(hier:) nachdem,
weil
(immer) noch
Das geht.
Faye: Im free. Are you sure that you are?

Muriel: Well, I cant be sure, but I can
pencil you in.
Faye: So we are meeting for dinner on
July 3rd. What day of the week is that?
Muriel: Let me have a look at my calendar. Its a Thursday, that works for me.
Faye: All right. Until then, have a wonderful time at the match and Ill see you
next month.
Muriel: Im looking forward to it.
Faye: Me too.
Muriel: Talk to you later.
Faye: Okay, goodbye.
Monate
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Januar
Februar
Mrz
April
Mai
Juni
Juli
August
September
Oktober
November
Dezember
Infobox
Muriel: Goodbye.
Im Englischen schreibt man die Wochentage

und die Monate eines Jahres gro.
Vokabeln
to be free
to be on for something
calendar
fault
final match
for ages fam
Grammatik
frei haben
Plne haben
Kalender
Fehler
Endspiel
schon ewig
bung 3:
Finden Sie die Synonyme!
1. to put off
a. to enjoy
2. to be on for something b. job
63
3. midday
4. to have a good time
5. work
6. weekday
c. to postpone
d. to have plans
e. workday
f. noon
3. What is your favourite month? (May)

_________________________
4. Which month has the most holidays?
(December)
bung 4:
_________________________
bersetzen Sie!
5. Until when did you put off the party? (June)
1. Sie haben das Treffen auf den 23. Mrz verschoben.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. Sie freut sich auf die Geburtstagsparty am
bung 6:
Fragen Sie mit still, ob es immer noch so ist!
12. Februar.
_________________________
1. Are you going to school?

_________________________
_________________________
2. Does she act like nothing happened?
3. Das geht nicht, weil ich am 22. August einen
wichtigen Termin habe.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. Do we have plans to go out for dinner?
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
bung 5:
Bilden Sie Stze! Beantworten Sie die Frage mit
den Wrtern in Klammern!
4. We were wondering if you wear broken

trousers.
1. When are you going skiing? (in March)
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. How long do the holidays last? (April-Sept.)
5. Does your mother go out every Saturday?
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
64

C Geschftliche Termine
n
telefonisch absagen
Grace hat einen geschftlichen Termin mit dem
Chef einer groen Internetfirma. Sie htte gerne
eine neue Website, muss aber bedauerlicherweise
ihren Termin absagen.
Secretary: Hello, this is Allen at Netstyle
Communications, how may I help you?
Grace: Hi, my name is Grace Weather.
Im calling about an appointment that I
make ends meet. Two of my employees

just left.
Mr Andrews: Well, Grace, Im sorry to
hear that. I was looking forward to our
meeting. But those are certainly good
reasons.
Listen, I have just got another call. May I
call you back in about half an hour?
Grace: Im here until 4:45, you can reach
me until then.
have with Mr Andrews. May I speak to

him?
Secretary: He is on the other line. Would
you like to call back at around 2:30 or
just leave a message?
Grace: Actually, can you ...
Vokabeln
about
to be under stress
call
to call back
to cancel
Secretary: Just a moment, please ... his

line has just opened up. I can put you
early
employee
through now.
Grace: Thank you.
employer
excuse
Has s.th. come up?
Mr Andrews: Hi Grace, how are you?

Grace: Fine, and you?
Mr Andrews: Just great. What can I do
for you?
Grace: Well, I regret that I have to cancel our meeting for next week.
Mr Andrews: Oh, what a pity. Has something come up?
to hear heard
heard
late
to leave a message
line
to listen
his line opened up
to make ends meet
Grace: Im just under a lot of stress right

now. My mother passed away recently
May I speak to ...
and business is so slow that I can hardly
meeting
ungefhr
unterStress stehen
Anruf
zurckrufen
absagen, stornieren
frh
Mitarbeiter/in
Angestellte/r
Arbeitgeber
Ausrede
Ist etwas dazwischen gekommen?
hren
spt
eine Nachricht
hinterlassen
(Telefon)leitung
anhren, zuhren
die Leitung ist
frei
ber die Runden
kommen
Kann ich mit ...
sprechen?
Meeting
65

message
midnight
to pass away
pity
to put through
to leave left
left (GB)
to reach
to regret
regretfully
Nachricht
Mitternacht
sterben
Mitleid
verbinden
aufhren, kndigen
erreichen
bedauern
bedauerlicherweise
Hes on the other line. Er ist auf der
anderen Leitung.
Im calling about ... Ich rufe an
wegen ...
My mother passed
Meine Mutter ist
away.
gestorben.
What a pity!
Schade!
Grammatik
Das Present Perfect
Die Bildung
Das Present Perfect wird mit have/has + Partizip Perfekt gebildet.
Positive Stze:
I have cleaned my bike.
Ich habe mein Fahrrad gereinigt.
I have washed your car
Ich habe dein Auto gewaschen.
He/she has stolen the money.
Er/sie hat das Geld gestohlen.
We have broken the window.
Wir haben das Fenster zerschlagen.
You have won the match.
Du hast das Match gewonnen.
They have killed the old man.
Sie haben den alten Mann gettet.
Negative Stze:
Die Verneinung not steht zwischen dem Hilfsverb have im Prsens und dem Partizip Perfekt.
66
Bsp.:
I have not told you that./I havent told ...
Das habe ich dir nicht erzhlt.
Kurzform:
Vor allem in der gesprochenen Sprache kann
man auch die bereits bekannten Kurzformen
mit dem Hilfsverb to have verwenden.
Bsp.: Ive cleaned, youve cleaned, hes stolen ...
Die Satzstellung bei Fragen
Bei Fragen sieht die Satzstellung wie folgt aus:
Have I cleaned .../Have you cleaned ...?
Verwendung
Bisher haben Sie bereits eine Vergangenheitszeit kennen gelernt, mit der ber abgeschlossene Vorgnge in der Vergangenheit berichtet
werden kann.
Im Unterschied dazu wird das Present Perfect
verwendet, wenn man ausdrcken will,
a) dass jemand etwas getan hat oder dass
etwas geschehen ist, dessen Auswirkungen
bis in die Gegenwart reichen.
Mrs Hill has broken her leg. She cant move it.
Frau Hill hat ihr Bein gebrochen. (Folge:)
Sie kann es nicht bewegen.
b) dass ein Vorgang in der Vergangenheit begonnen hat und bis in die Gegenwart andauert.
I have worked for this company since 1990.
Ich arbeite fr diese Firma seit 1990.
They have lived in Canberra for 12 years.
Sie leben (schon) seit 12 Jahren in Canberra.
Since und for
Das Present Perfect wird mit since und for verwendet, wenn man ausdrcken will, wie lange
ein Zustand oder eine Ttigkeit schon andauert.
Since wird bei Zeitpunkten verwendet, zu
denen etwas angefangen hat.
The children have been in the pool since three
oclock. Die Kinder sind seit drei Uhr im Pool.

For wird bei Zeitspannen verwendet, die angeben, wie lange etwas schon andauert.
The children have been at the club for three hours.
Die Kinder sind seit drei Stunden im Club.
8. May I call _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ later?

9. I am calling _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ my appointment with the doctor.
10. Did you _ _ _ _ _ about Graces stress?
Infobox
To listen ist ein aktiver Vorgang, whrend to
hear passiv ist. Es entspricht im Deutschen dem
Unterschied zwischen zuhren und hren.
Listen to me. Hr mir zu.
Do you hear my voice?
Hren Sie meine Stimme?
bung 8:
Beantworten Sie die Frage What time is it?!
Folgen Sie dem Beispiel!
4:26 a.m.
Its four twenty-six in the morning.
1. 10:41 a.m.
bung 7:
_________________________
Fllen Sie das richtige Wort in die Lcke ein!
2. 12:35 p.m.
(ill, about, employees, appointment, hear, listen

to, housewarming party (Einweihungsparty),
message, sorry, pity, back)
_________________________
3. 9:56 p.m.
1. She was _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and didnt come to
_________________________
the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
4. 4:13 p.m.
2. They are planning a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ at 7:15
_________________________
p.m.
3. May I leave a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ with you?
4. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , I must cancel my appointment on Wednesday.
5. He has many _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ who work for
him.
6. What a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ that her mother
passed away.
Infobox
Idioms
Idioms sind feste Redewendungen, hufig auch
bildliche Ausdrcke, die nicht wortwrtlich von
einer Sprache in eine andere bersetzt werden
knnen:
Bsp.:
She has a bun in the oven.
Sie ist schwanger.
Hes not playing with a full deck.
Er spielt nicht mit offenen Karten.
7. They like to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to music.
67
bung 9:
bung 11:
Beantworten Sie die Frage Have you got the

time?! Folgen Sie dem Beispiel!
Nummerieren Sie den Dialog richtig!
Have you got the time? (8:15)

Yes, it is a quarter past eight.
1. 10:15
_________________________
2. 4:30
_________________________
1. _ _ _ _ _ Im afraid she is not in today.

2. _ _ _ _ _ Hello, could you connect me to Ms
Stevens?
3. _ _ _ _ _ All right, Ms Jones.
4. _ _ _ _ _ Hello, this is Kate at Service
Financial Corporation.
3. 12:00 p.m.
_________________________
4. 6:45
_________________________
bung 10:
5. _ _ _ _ _ Sure, what is your name?

6. _ _ _ _ _ Im not sure, she is planning to go
on holiday next week.
7. _ _ _ _ _ Could you tell me when she is back
in the office?
1. _ _ _ _ _ Grace is coming to the meeting
8. _ _ _ _ _ Thank you.
with Mr Andrews.
9. _ _ _ _ _ My name is Sarah Jones. Just tell
2. _ _ _ _ _ Mr Andrews is sorry that Grace is
her that I called and that I would like her to call
not doing well.
me back.
3. _ _ _ _ _ Grace regrets that she cannot come
10. _ _ _ _ _ Maybe I could leave a message?
to the meeting.
4. _ _ _ _ _ Mr Andrews can call Grace back
after 4:45.
5. _ _ _ _ _ Grace didnt have an excuse.
bung 12:
Bilden Sie Stze mit to hear oder to listen! Beachten Sie den Unterschied!
6. _ _ _ _ _ Mr Andrews had a call on the other line.
1. Are you _ _ _ _ _ to me?
7. _ _ _ _ _ Grace left a message for Mr Andrews.
2. Did you _ _ _ _ _ that her father is still
8. _ _ _ _ _ Two of Graces employees just left.
working at the shop?
9. _ _ _ _ _ Graces mother died.
3. I enjoy _ _ _ _ _ to music in the evening.
68
Ausgehen
A Im Restaurant
n
Diane und Graham gehen durch die Straen von
London. Sie haben einen Riesenhunger und mchten gut essen. Schlielich entscheiden sie sich fr
ein indisches Lokal.
one price and get a starter, bread, a

main dish, a side dish, a dessert, and
coffee. Thats something for you, but Im
not that hungry.
Waiter: What would you like?
Diane: I am starving. How about you,

Graham?
Graham: Well, I had a late lunch, but Im
still a little hungry. What do you feel like
eating?
Diane: Something hearty and filling. I
had a light lunch.
Graham: Do you fancy some fish and
chips?
Diane: No, thats too greasy for me. I
would prefer something with less fat.
Lets go somewhere exotic!
Graham: Somehow, I think that youre
hard to please tonight!
Diane: Im usually not so picky. Besides,
did I tell you that Im trying to be a
vegetarian?
Graham: Oh, I had no idea. Someone told
me about an Indian place around the corner. They make great vegetarian dishes.
Diane: What a great idea!
(In the restaurant)
Graham: Could we have the menu, please?
Waiter: Certainly.
Graham: It looks like they have set
menus and la carte items. You can pay
Graham: Id like the chicken curry dish

with rice.
Waiter: Something to drink, sir?
Graham: Yes. A mineral water, please.
Waiter: Very good. And for you, madam?
Diane: Ill take the Palak paneer. How
spicy is it?
Waiter: Not spicy at all. What starter
would you like?
Diane: Id like to try the cucumber salad,
and for dessert, the rice pudding.
Waiter: Anything to drink for you, madam?
Diane: Yes, a coffee and a glass of tap
water. Thank you.
(After dinner)
Waiter: Anything else I can get for you
this evening?
Diane: No thanks, Im quite full.
Graham: Just the bill, please. Diane,
please let me pick up the bill tonight.
Diane: If you insist. Thank you.
Vokabeln
la carte
appetizer
bill BE/check (US)
cucumber
curry
nach Karte
Appetithappen
Rechnung
Gurke
Curry
69
Ausgehen
Grammatik
dessert
dinner
drink
to drink drank
drunk
exotic
to fancy
Nachtisch
Abendessen
Getrnk
trinken
exotisch
mchten, mgen,
Lust haben auf
fat
fett
filling
sttigend
fish and chips
(fritierter) Fisch und
Pommes Frites
full
voll, satt
greasy
fettig, lig
hard to please
schwer zufriedenzustellen
hearty
herzhaft, deftig
hunger
Hunger
hungry
hungrig
to insist on something auf etwas bestehen
Indian
indisch
item
(hier:) Gericht
light fare
leichtes Essen
main dish
Hauptspeise
menu
Speisekarte
mild
mild
mineral water
Mineralwasser
to pick up the bill
zahlen
picky
whlerisch
plenty
genug
to prefer
bevorzugen
pudding
Pudding
rice
Reis
set menus pl
feste Mens
side dish
Beilage
somehow
irgendwie
somewhat
irgendwie
spice
Gewrz
spicy
scharf, wrzig
spinach
Spinat
starter
Vorspeise
tap water
Leitungswasser
Im starving.
Ich bin am Verhungern.
I have no idea.
Ich habe keine
Ahnung.
Ill take ...
Ich htte gerne ...
70
Some und any

Some wird vor allem in Aussagestzen, any in
verneinten Stzen und in Fragen verwendet. Oft
haben some und any keine Entsprechung im
Deutschen bzw. werden gar nicht erst bersetzt.
Bsp. (fr bejahte Stze):
The guests need some milk. And butter?
No, they have still got some.
Die Gste brauchen Milch. Und Butter?
Nein, sie haben noch welche.
Bsp. (fr verneinte Stze):
They do not need any potatoes. And bread? No,
they do not need any.
Sie brauchen keine Kartoffeln. Und Brot?
Nein, sie brauchen keins.
Bsp. (fr Fragen):
Do the children need any biscuits?
Brauchen die Kinder Kekse?
Have they got any sweets?
Haben sie (berhaupt) Sigkeiten?
Bei Fragen wird sehr hufig any verwendet.
Erwartet der Sprecher vom Hrer eine positive
Antwort, so kann man hier auch some gebrauchen.
Have you ever had any Elton John posters?
Hast Du jemals (irgendwelche) Elton John
Poster besessen? (Erwartungshaltung des Sprechers: nein)
Have you still got some of those delicious peaches we had yesterday? Hast Du noch ein paar
von diesen kstlichen Pfirsichen, die es gestern gab?
(Erwartungshaltung des Sprechers: ja)
Die Zusammensetzungen von some und any
Some und any kommen auch in Zusammensetzungen vor.
Die Bedeutung in Aussagestzen
somebody
jemand
Ausgehen
someone
something
somewhere
jemand
etwas
irgendwo(hin)
Die Bedeutung in verneinten Stzen:

anybody
niemand
anyone
niemand
anything
nichts
anywhere
nirgendwo(hin)
2. _ _ _ _ _ _
3.
________
4. _
____
5.
______
6.
_____
7.
___
Die Bedeutung in Fragestzen:

anybody
(irgend)jemand
anyone
(irgend)jemand
anything
(irgend)etwas
anywhere
irgendwo(hin)
8. _ _ _
bung 1:
bung 3:
Finden Sie das jeweilige Gegenteil!

1. greasy
2. full
3. la carte
4. spicy
5. plenty
6. to fancy
7. mineral water
8. dessert
9. hard to please
a. little, few
b. mild
c. light
d. hungry
e. set menus
f. tap water
g. not to like
h. easy to please
i. starter
__
Lsung: Man bertreibt ein bisschen, wenn

man Hunger hat und sagt:
I am _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .

(insisted, full, picky, bill, set menu, plenty, picks)
1. You are being _ _ _ _ _ and hard to please.
2. We are both _ _ _ _ _ . Can you bring the
_____?
3. She _ _ _ _ _ on paying for dinner since he
paid last week.
4. A combination of dishes is called _ _ _ _ _ .
bung 2:
5. There is _ _ _ _ _ of time for dessert.
Entrtseln Sie das Lsungswort!
6. Kate _ _ _ _ _ up the bill for dinner.
1. butter and oil are this

2. the last thing you eat at dinner
3. the first thing you eat at dinner
4. water and coffee are this
5. a common flavour
6. bestehen auf
7. must have
8. to need food (to be ...)
1. _ _ _ _
bung 4:
Setzen Sie some und any in die Lcken ein!
Passen Sie dabei gut auf!
1. I told you _ _ _ _ _ stories.
2. Id like _ _ _ _ _ sandwiches.
71
Ausgehen
3. I dont have _ _ _ _ _ money.

4. Do you have _ _ _ _ _ more bread?
Infobox
Der traditionelle Begriff fr Kellner/in ist waiter
und waitress. Heutzutage sagt man aber auch
hufig server (US).
B In der Bar
n
Graham und Diane gehen nach dem Essen in eine
Bar. Sie sind kein Paar und offen fr neue Kontakte. Diane kommt mit einem Mann ins Gesprch.
Todd: Hi, are you here alone?
Diane: No, Im here with my friend
Graham, who is at the other end of
the bar.
Todd: Can I buy you a drink?
Diane: OK, but if you buy the first round,
then I buy the next, okay?
Todd: Sure. By the way, Im Todd.
Diane: Im Diane. Nice to meet you. Are
you from around here?
Todd: Kind of. Notting Hill, to be exact.
But I work in the vicinity. And you?
Diane: Im from Chelsea, originally, but I
work and live around here.
Todd: What do you do?
Diane: Im a stock analyst for an investment firm. And you?
Todd: I write for the paper. Im a journa-
72
list. Have you chosen what you want to

drink?
Diane: Ill have a pint of beer.
Todd (to bartender): Ill have a pint of
beer and a whisky sour, shaken, not
stirred.
Bartender: Coming up! Seven pounds
fifty pence, please.
Todd: Keep the change!
Vokabeln
alone
around here
allein
diese Gegend,
Umgebung
bar
Bar, Theke
to be exact
um genau zu sein
beer
Bier
change
Wechselgeld
investment firm
Investmentfirma
kind of
so ungefhr
lime
Limette
the next
der/die/das
Nchste
originally
ursprnglich
out of town
von auerhalb
der Stadt
paper
Papier, (hier:)
Tageszeitung
round
Runde
shaken
geschttelt
stirred
gemixt, gerhrt
stock analyst
Brsenanalyst
in the vicinity
in der Nhe
whisky sour
Whisky Sour
Are you from around Sind Sie von
here?
hier/aus der
Gegend?
Coming up!
Sofort!
Keep the change!
Behalten Sie das
Wechselgeld!
Ausgehen
Grammatik
Die Relativpronomen
who
der/die
whose
dessen, deren
which
das/den
that
das/der
die/den
whom
dem/der
den/die
Die Anwendung im Satz
Who wird fr Personen, which fr Dinge und
Tiere im Singular und Plural verwendet. That
kann als neutrale Form fr who und which verwendet werden.
Bsp.:
The little boy who/that is eight years old is my
son. Der kleine Junge, der acht Jahre alt ist, ist
mein Sohn.
The woman in the black dress, to whom I gave
my telephone number, is very nice. Die Frau im
schwarzen Kleid, der ich meine Telefonnummer
gegeben habe, ist sehr nett.
The car which/that they bought is very expensive. Das Auto, das sie gekauft haben, ist sehr
teuer.
Whose wird in der Regel fr Personen und fr
Dinge verwendet. Auf whose folgt immer ein
Substantiv.
Bsp.:
Is that the girl whose mother comes from
Barbados? Ist das das Mdchen, dessen Mutter
aus Barbados kommt?
Whom - Frage nach dem Objekt

(direkt/indirekt)
Whom are you taking Wen nimmst du mit
to the party?
auf die Party?
Which Frage nach Dingen oder Personen
aus einer begrenzten Anzahl
Which of the three
Welches von den drei
dresses did you buy? Kleidern hast du
gekauft?
What Frage nach etwas aus einer
unbegrenzten Anzahl
What comes next?
Was kommt als
nchstes?
Whose" Frage nach dem Besitz
Whose book is this?
Wessen Buch ist das?
bung 5:
Nummerieren Sie von 1 bis 9!
1. _ _ _ _ _ Hi, John, Im Lucy. Are you from
around here?
2. _ _ _ _ _ Are you drinking something too,
John?
3. _ _ _ _ _ Can I buy you a drink?
4. _ _ _ _ _ Me too, I dont know many people here.
5. _ _ _ _ _ Sure, I would like that. Order me a
Die Fragewrter
Etliche Fragewrter sind von der Form her
identisch mit Relativpronomen, erfllen aber
andere Funktionen im Satz.
gin and tonic with lime, please.
Who- Frage nach dem Subjekt

Who is going to the
Wer geht auf die Party?
party?
8. _ _ _ _ _ Yes, but I already have a beer.
6. _ _ _ _ _ Hi, my names John.

7. _ _ _ _ _ Coming up!
9. _ _ _ _ _ No, Im from out of town.
73
Ausgehen
bung 6:
2. He is the doctor. He is taking care of their
grandfather.
1. _ _ _ _ _ Diane bought her beer.
_________________________
2. _ _ _ _ _ To be exact, Todd lives in London.
_________________________
3. _ _ _ _ _ The bar is in the vicinity of Todds
3. There is the woman. She is waiting for us.
work.
_________________________
4. _ _ _ _ _ Diane is originally from London.
_________________________
5. _ _ _ _ _ Todd pays for the first round of
4. She alone is the person. She has all of the
drinks.
right qualities.
_________________________
bung 7:
Setzen Sie who oder whom in die Lcken ein!
1. _ _ _ _ _ are you interested in?
_________________________
Infobox
2. _ _ _ _ _ owns the investment firm?
Wie man ein Gesprch beginnt
3. We are taking Roy to the theatre. _ _ _ _ _
Bei jedem ersten Zusammentreffen ist es wichtig, das Eis zu brechen! Hier sind einige Mglichkeiten, ein Gesprch zu beginnen:
Are you from around Sind Sie von hier/
here?
aus der Gegend?
Do you come here
Kommen Sie fters
often?
hierher?
Hi, Im ...
Hallo, ich bin ...
Can I buy you a drink? Darf ich Sie zu einem
Drink einladen?
are you taking?

4. Do you know _ _ _ _ _ is buying the drinks?
5. To _ _ _ _ _ do you want to give the present?
bung 8:
Relativstze mit who Verbinden Sie die zwei
Stze wie im Beispiel!
Bsp.: This is the man. He is paying for lunch.
This is the man who is paying for lunch.
bung 9:
1. Is she the person? Is she serving dinner
Multiple Choice! Whlen Sie die richtige Antwort

aus!
tonight?
_________________________
_________________________
74
1. Which is largest?
a. pint
b. quart
c. cup
Ausgehen
2. What is not a good way to break the ice?

a. Where are you from?
b. Do you come here often?
c. Buy me a drink.
Diane: Yes, its tea time, isnt it? Ill have

the same, then.
3. What can you tell the waiter after you have

paid?
a. Keep the change.
b. Bring me a starter.
c. Id like the check, please.
of tea, please.
4. How can you tell someone that you are not

from the vicinity?
a. Im from around here.
b. Im from out of town.
c. Im from here originally.
5. How can you tell someone to be polite?
a. Keep the change!
b. You are hard to please.
c. Behave yourself.
Waitress: May I take your order?

Charlotte: Yes, we would both like a cup
Waitress: What kind of tea, madam?
Charlotte: Ill have the Darjeeling.
Diane: Is that like an Earl Grey?
Charlotte: Theyre similar.
Diane: Then Ill have an Earl Grey.
Waitress: Would you like some biscuits
or sandwiches to go with your tea?
Diane: That sounds lovely. Ill have the
tuna salad sandwich.
Charlotte: Nothing for me, thank you. I
Infobox
Eine/n Bekannte/n nennt man im Englischen
friend. Handelt es sich aber um den Partner, so
spricht man von boyfriend, bei der Partnerin
von girlfriend.
always prefer a cup of tea to coffee. Its

a great way to relax in the afternoon,
isnt it?
Diane: Yes, it is. It interrupts the day
quite nicely, doesnt it?
Charlotte: By the way ... how was your
date last night?
C
n
Im Caf
Diane und ihre Freundin Charlotte treffen sich zu

einem Tee in einem Caf. Sie unterhalten sich.
Diane: What are you going to order?
Charlotte: I think Ill have a cup of tea.
After all, its almost four oclock in the
afternoon.
Diane: Just splendid. I can hardly

believe that I met him in a bar! If he asks
me out again, I would definitely like to
go.
Charlotte: If? If and when!
Diane: Im not so sure. We got along
great, but I dont think Im his type.
Charlotte: I keep my fingers crossed for
you!
75
Ausgehen
Vokabeln
after all
to ask out
biscuit
by the way
a cup of tea
sandwich
to get along
I keep my fingers
crossed for you
if
if and when
to interrupt
hardly
to order
to relax
same
similar
splendid
surely
to take the order
teatime
tuna salad
type
schlielich
sich verabreden
Pltzchen, Kekse
brigens
eine Tasse Tee
Sandwich
sich verstehen
Ich drcke dir
die Daumen
falls
wenn berhaupt
unterbrechen
kaum
bestellen
sich entspannen
gleich
hnlich
herrlich, wunderbar, groartig,
super
sicherlich
Bestellung aufnehmen
Teezeit
Thunfischsalat
Typ
Grammatik
Das Futur I
Das Futur I, Will-Future oder Future Simple
genannt, bildet man mit dem Hilfsverb will +
Infinitiv.
I will sing a song.
Ich werde ein Lied

singen.
I will go
Ill go
you will sing
youll sing
76
I will not/
wont go
you will not/
wont sing
he will listen
hell listen
she will phone
shell phone
it will work
itll work
we will travel
well travel
you will win
youll win
they will leave
theyll leave
he will not/
wont listen
she will not/
wont phone
it will not/
wont work
we will not/
wont travel
you will not/
wont win
they will not/
wont leave
Infobox
Parallel zu will gibt es fr die 1. Pers. Sing. und
Plur. die Form I shall, we shall, verneint:
I shant, we shant. Shall kommt eher im
geschriebenen Englisch oder in der gehobeneren Konversation vor, auer wenn shall die
Bedeutung von sollen hat.
Die Verwendung des Will-Future

Das Will-Future wird in folgenden Fllen verwendet:
a) als Aussage ber Zuknftiges, das man nicht
beeinflussen kann:
Sandra will be thirteen next year.
Nchstes Jahr wird Sandra 13.
b) als Ausdruck einer Vorhersage oder Vermutung:
Tom wont get much money for his old car. I
think hell be unhappy about that. Tom wird
(wohl) fr sein altes Auto nicht viel Geld
bekommen. Ich glaube, dass er darber
unglcklich sein wird.
Um Vermutungen ber die Zukunft zu uern,
werden in Zusammenhang mit dem Futur I oft
auch folgende Ausdrcke verwendet:
Ausgehen
I suppose
I think
I imagine
perhaps
probably
ich vermute, ich nehme an

ich denke, ich glaube
ich kann mir vorstellen
vielleicht
wahrscheinlich
Das Going-to-Future und das Will-Future im

Vergleich
Das Going-to Future haben Sie bereits in Kapitel 1 kennen gelernt. Es bringt zum Ausdruck,
dass man etwas fest vorhat oder plant.
Im Unterschied dazu sind Aussagen mit dem
Will-Future weniger beeinflussbar oder planbar,
man uert eher Vermutungen oder macht
Vorhersagen.
The same und similar to
The same beschreibt zwei oder mehrere Dinge,
die gleich sind.
They have the same surname.
Sie haben denselben Nachnamen.
Similar beschreibt Dinge, die sehr hnlich sind.
They are wearing similar colours.
Sie tragen hnliche Farben.
Her clothing is very similar to his.
Ihre Kleidung ist seiner sehr hnlich.
5. Do you fancy a _ _ _ _ _ of tea?

6. Please do not _ _ _ _ _ your mother when
she is speaking.
7. _ _ _ _ _ of Molly, I just saw her yesterday.
8. _ _ _ _ _ , she is the faster of the two.
9. _ _ _ _ _ is usually at four oclock in the
afternoon.
10. I prefer _ _ _ _ _ with my tea.
bung 11:
Setzen Sie the same oder similar to
in die Lcke ein!
1. They have _ _ _ _ _ mother, but their father
is different.
2. Her nose is _ _ _ _ _ his.
3. Do you have _ _ _ _ _ answer as I do for
question number seven?
4. I dont want to make _ _ _ _ _ mistake that
bung 10:
my parents made.
Setzen Sie das richtige Wort in die Lcke ein!

(want, speaking, teatime, relax, milk, order, cup,
after all, splendid, interrupt)
5. His problems are _ _ _ _ _ my problems, but
1. What did you _ _ _ _ _ ?
6. Are you _ _ _ _ _ age as my brother?
2. After a hard day at work, I need to _ _ _ _ _ .
7. Her house is _ _ _ _ _ my house. They are
3. No thank you. I dont _ _ _ _ _ anything at
both red.
they are not _ _ _ _ _ .
the moment.
4. You look _ _ _ _ _ in your new dress!
77
Unterwegs
A Wir fliegen nach London

n
Familie Mller besucht ihre Freunde, die Familie
Snyder in London, zum ersten Mal. Sie buchen
ihre Flugtickets ber eine englische Agentur.
Agent: Are the children under 18?

Herr Mller: Yes, all of them are under 18.
Agent: We have a reduced fare for under18s. Would you like business or economy
class?
Travel Agent: What can I do for you today?

Herr Mller: I would like to book plane
Herr Mller: Economy is fine. We would

like to leave on the 19th and return on
tickets for the whole family to visit our
the 31st.
Agent: There are tickets available for
friends in London.
Agent: Have you ever visited London before?
that flight. I have you in two different
Herr Mller: No, we havent. This is our

first trip.
rows, two window seats and an aisle

seat, but you are basically all sitting
Agent: We have several travel packages
together.
Herr Mller: Great. How many pieces of
that we can offer you.

Herr Mller: Actually, we are interested
luggage may we bring on board?
in your most basic package.

Agent: All right. Have you spoken to
Agent: You may take two to check-in

and one each on board. Last but not
your family about the excursions and
least, you are flying out of Frankfurt and

into Heathrow. Its the largest airport in
day trips you would like to take?

Herr Mller: Yes, I have. But we want to
the world and has good connections into
wait and see what our hosts have planned.

Agent: Thats understandable. Have you
the city. Any questions?

Herr Mller: Just one. May I pay with a
already booked accommodation?

Herr Mller: No, we havent. It isnt
credit card?
Agent: Of course.
necessary because we are staying with

friends.
Agent: All right. Then all we have to
worry about is the airfare. How many
are joining you?
Herr Mller: My wife, my two sons, and
my daughter.
78
Vokabeln
accommodation
all of them
airfare
airport
aisle
basic
Unterkunft
alle (davon)
Flugpreis
Flughafen
Gang
einfach, grundlegend
Unterwegs
basically
im Grunde
genommen
before
bevor, vor
to book
buchen
carry-on luggage
Handgepck
check-in
Check-in
connection
Verbindung
credit card
Kreditkarte
day trip
Tagesausflug
ever
je, jemals
excursion
Ausflug
fare
Preis (fr Verkehrsmittel)
flight
Flug
to fly flew flown fliegen
host
Gastgeber
to join
mitkommen, sich
anschlieen
last but not least
zu guter Letzt
to leave left left verlassen, weggehen (hier:)
abreisen
luggage
Gepck
necessary
ntig
to offer
anbieten
on board
an Bord
package
Paket
piece
Stck
plane
Flugzeug
return
Rckfahrt
to return
zurckfahren/
-kehren
row
Reihe
seat
Sitz
to speak spoke
sprechen
spoken
to stay
bleiben
ticket
Karte
to travel
reisen
trip
Reise
under
unter
to visit
besuchen
to worry
sich Gedanken
machen
to wait and see
abwarten, mal
sehen
window
world
to worry about ...
Fenster
Welt
sich Sorgen
machen um ...
Grammatik
Das Past Perfect
Die Bildung des Past Perfect Simple
Das Past Perfect Simple bildet man durch das
Hilfsverb to have im Past Tense sowie das Partizip Perfekt des betreffenden Verbs.
Bsp.:
I had walked ich war gelaufen, you had written
du hattest geschrieben, he/she/it had returned
er/sie/es war zurckgekommen ...
Die Bildung des Past Perfect Progressive
Das Past Perfect Progressive, das nicht allzu
hufig verwendet wird, wird wie folgt gebildet:
Hilfsverb to have im Past Tense + been + Partizip Prsens.
Bsp.:
The children had been playing outside all
afternoon, so they were tired when they came
in. Die Kinder hatten den ganzen Nachmittag
drauen gespielt, sie waren mde, als sie hereinkamen.
Die Verwendung von Simple Past, Present
Perfect und Past Perfect
Mit dem Simple Past werden abgeschlossene
Handlungen in der Vergangenheit ausgedrckt.
Das Present Perfect bringt zum Ausdruck, dass
eine Handlung in der Vergangenheit begonnen
hat und noch andauert oder gerade erst zu
Ende gegangen ist.
Das Past Perfect deutet auf eine weiter in der
Vergangenheit zurckliegende und abgeschlossene Handlung hin. Werden Past Perfect und
Past Tense im gleichen Satz verwendet, so han-
79
Unterwegs
delt es sich um zwei abgeschlossene Handlungen in der Vergangenheit, von denen diejenige
im Past Perfect vor der Handlung im Past Tense
stattgefunden hat.
Bsp.:
Last year, he had already been in France for five
months before he went to Spain for three
months .
Letztes Jahr war er schon fnf Monate in
Frankreich gewesen, bevor er fr drei Monate
nach Spanien ging.
I had gone to the market before I went home.
Ich bin zuerst zum Markt gegangen, bevor ich
nach Hause ging.
bung 1:
(wait and see, book, see, piece of luggage,
window, security, available, sell, aisle, necessary, credit card)
1. I took the _ _ _ _ _ seat because my sister
likes to look out of the _ _ _ _ _ when we fly.
2. We want to _ _ _ _ _ what our friends have
planned.
3. We want to _ _ _ _ _ a flight to London.
4. A person may bring one _ _ _ _ _ with them
on board the plane.
bung 2:
Wiederholung: Present Perfect und Simple Past
Verwandeln Sie die Aussage nach folgendem Muster in eine Frage!
We saw the new musical.
Have you already seen the new musical?
Wir haben das neue Musical gesehen. Habt ihr
schon das neue Musical gesehen?
1. They went on a day trip to Stonehenge.
_________________________
2. She stayed at an expensive hotel in London.
_________________________
_________________________
3. The family looked at a new house in town.
_________________________
bung 3:
Verbinden Sie die Substantive mit dem am besten
passenden Verb!
1. to make
2. to book
3. to join a
4. to pay for the
5. to offer
6. to carry
7. to travel
8. to fly
a. tickets
b. the world
c. plans
d. family
e. luggage
f. a flight
g. economy
h. a package
5. Do you _ _ _ _ _ any special packages?

6. Lets _ _ _ _ _ if there are tickets _ _ _ _ _ .
7. There is a lot of _ _ _ _ _ at the airport.
8. No thank you. That is not _ _ _ _ _ .
9. May I pay by _ _ _ _ _ ?
80
Infobox
Kollokationen
Kollokationen sind Wrter und Wendungen,
die in bestimmten Zusammenhngen hufig
vorkommen. Es gibt nur zum Teil wrtliche
Unterwegs
3. to visit family in England in 1990 in

Entsprechungen zwischen Mutter- und Fremdsprache. Abweichungen mssen als Wrter
und Wendungen in Sinnzusammenhngen
besonders gelernt werden:
to take a picture
ein Foto machen
to pay attention
Acht geben
to lay the table
den Tisch decken
1999
_________________________
_________________________
4. to forget your mothers birthday in 1995
just yesterday
_________________________
bung 4:
Formen Sie Fragen und Antworten nach dem Beispiel!
Bsp.:
to fly to London 4 years ago two years ago
_________________________
5. to go on holiday in the USA in 1986 as a
student 1997 with my kids
Have you ever flown to London? Yes, I flew to

London four years ago and I also flew there
two years ago.
_________________________
Bist du schon einmal nach London geflogen?

Ja, ich bin vor vier Jahren nach London geflogen und ich bin auch vor zwei Jahren dorthin
geflogen.
6. to go to the supermarket with your
1. to take a day trip in the mountains several
_________________________
_________________________
neighbour last Tuesday two weeks ago

_________________________
years ago last Wednesday

_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. to book airline tickets with a travel agency
9 months ago last Monday
B Wie war die Reise?

n
Die Mllers kommen bei ihren Freunden in London
an. Inzwischen haben sie viele Meilen zurckgelegt
und drei verschiedene Verkehrsmittel benutzt.
_________________________
Mrs Snyder: Oh, its so wonderful to see

you. Have you had a good trip so far?
_________________________
Mrs Mller: Oh yes. It has been
_________________________
fantastic, hasnt it, Johann?
81
Unterwegs
Mr Mller: Yes, just great. We ran into

some delays at the airport, though,
Mrs Mller: Several taxi cabs were waiting for the passengers on our train. We
didnt we?
Mrs Mller: Yes. The queue for security
didnt even describe how to get to your

house. The driver was familiar with the
was horrendous. We waited for over an
area.
hour before we checked in!

Mrs Snyder: Did you have any trouble
Mrs Snyder: He didnt charge too much

for the fare, did he?
with the train?

Mr Mller: No, not at all. The conductors
Mr Mller: No, the price was quite

reasonable.
were incredibly nice, very helpful, right,

dear?
Mrs Mller: Yes, they were. It took us a
long time to find our platform. The signs
werent very clear.
Mr Snyder: You havent bought return
tickets yet, have you?
Mr Mller: No, we havent. Why do you
ask?
Mr Snyder: We hope to drive you to the
airport ourselves when you leave.
Mrs Mller: Thank you. Thats very kind
of you to offer. But we were able to
figure out the price systems. We bought
our tickets from the machine after we
had exchanged our euros for pounds.
Mr Mller: I think we got an excellent
exchange rate, didnt we, darling?
Mrs Mller: Yes, we did. And we havent
paid any fees yet.
Mrs Snyder: And then you took a taxi
from the train station, right?
82
Vokabeln
cab/taxi driver
to charge
clear
conductor
delay
to describe
to drive drove
driven
driver
excellent
to exchange
familiar
fare
fee
to figure out
to hope
horrendous
incredible
machine
ourselves
over
passenger
platform
queue
rate
reasonable
to run into
Taxifahrer
berechnen
klar, deutlich
Schaffner
Versptung
beschreiben
fahren
Fahrer
ausgezeichnet
tauschen, wechseln
vertraut, bekannt
Fahrpreis, Tarif
Gebhr
entziffern, herausfinden
hoffen
schrecklich
unglaublich
Automat
wir selber
ber
Passagier
Gleis
Warteschlange
Kurs, Rate
(hier:) angemessen
zustoen, pltzlich treffen auf ...
Unterwegs
security
several
sign
so far
station
taxi cab
though
train
transportation
trouble
up to now
Sicherheit
verschiedene,
mehrere
Schild, Zeichen
bis jetzt
Station, Bahnhof
Taxi
obwohl, jedoch
Zug
Verkehrssystem
rger
bis jetzt
Infobox
Arriving at the airport
signposts pl
customs pl
passport control
car rental
rail link
exit
baggage claim
toilets
(flight) arrivals pl
bag
hand luggage
escalator
phone booth (GB)
exchange booth
currency
plane, aeroplane
Wegweiser
Zoll
Passkontrolle
Autovermietung
zu den Zgen
Ausgang
Gepckausgabe
Toiletten
Ankunft, ankommende
Flge
Tasche
Handgepck
Rolltreppe
Telefonzelle
Wechselstube
Whrung, Devisen
Flugzeug
Grammatik
Question Tags
In der gesprochenen Sprache findet man im
Deutschen bei Fragen hufig Formulierungen
wie etwa ... nicht wahr?, ... oder? und ...
stimmts?. Im Englischen bildet man solche
Fragezustze, genannt Question Tags, immer

mit einem Hilfsverb + Personalpronomen.
Wenn im Aussagesatz kein Hilfsverb steht,
benutzt man eine Form von to do.
Bejahter Aussagesatz
Ist der Aussagesatz bejaht, ist das Question Tag
verneint.
Bsp.:
Liam is Irish, isnt he?
Liam ist Ire, nicht wahr?
Jenny can speak French, cant she?
Jenny spricht Franzsisch, oder?
Traceys parents live in New York, dont they?
Traceys Eltern leben in New York, nicht wahr?
You saw Alison yesterday, didnt you?
Gestern hast du Alison gesehen, stimmts?
Verneinter Aussagesatz
Ist der Aussagesatz verneint, ist das Question
Tag bejaht.
Bsp.:
Tina isnt working, is she?
Tina arbeitet nicht, stimmts?
You have never seen her before, have you?
Du hast sie noch nie zuvor gesehen, stimmts?
The shop doesnt sell CDs, does it?
In dem Geschft gibt es keine CDs, oder?
The girls didnt help you, did they?
Die Mdchen haben dir nicht geholfen, oder?
Infobox
Im gesprochenen Englisch kann man noch
zustzlich die Betonung und die Satzmelodie
variieren. Wenn man von einem Gesprchspartner Zustimmung zur eigenen Aussage
erwartet, wird das Question Tag mit fallender
Intonation gesprochen.
Ist man unsicher und will beim Gesprchspartner nachfragen, wird das Question Tag mit steigender Intonation gesprochen.
83
Unterwegs
bung 5:
bung 7:
Setzen Sie die richtige Variante in die Lcke ein!
bersetzen Sie!
1. We have had a wonderful day at the beach,
1. Das ist unglaublich nett von dir, aber ich
_____?
a. havent we
b. didnt we
kann mein Gepck selbst tragen.

_________________________
2. The plane tickets are too expensive,
_________________________
2. Das ist ein ausgezeichneter Wechselkurs.
_____?
a. didnt they
b. arent they
_________________________
3. There are delays at the airport, _ _ _ _ _ ?

a. wasnt there
b. arent there
4. He has already gone to the train station,
_____ ?
a. wasnt he
b. hasnt he
_________________________
3. Holen Sie mich um 10:00 Uhr am Gleis fnf
ab!
_________________________
_________________________
4. Mssen Sie Gebhren zahlen?
5. We have all the tickets, _ _ _ _ _ ?

a. dont we
b. hasnt he
_________________________
6. This is the right platform, _ _ _ _ _ ?

a. isnt it
b. hasnt it
bung 8:
1. _ _ _ _ _ The family bought their tickets
bung 6:
1. horrendous
2. over
3. incredible
4. excellent
5. taxi
6. familiar with
a. great
b. older than
c. cab
d. know
e. unbelievable
f. terrible
from a man at a counter.

2. _ _ _ _ _ The Mllers have had some trouble
with transportation.
3. _ _ _ _ _ They had no problem with the
ticket machine.
4. _ _ _ _ _ It was difficult for them to figure
out the price system.
84
Unterwegs
5. _ _ _ _ _ Herr Mller thinks that their

exchange rate was excellent.
6. _ _ _ _ _ They took a taxi from the airport to
Children: We have ours in this folder for

safe-keeping. We didnt want water to
the train station.
touch them and ruin them.

Mr Newman: Thats a good idea. Dont
7. _ _ _ _ _ The Snyders did not pick up the
handle them too much. Your hands will
Mllers at the airport.
soil them if youre not careful.

Mrs Newman: Excuse me, sir, is this the
8. _ _ _ _ _ The cab driver seemed to know the

area where the Snyders live.
train to Edinburgh?
Conductor: Yes it is. It is a very prompt
9. _ _ _ _ _ The taxi fare was unreasonable.
train; be sure to be aboard when it pulls
10. _ _ _ _ _ The Mllers exchanged pounds
out.
Mr Newman: The engine looks powerful.
into euros.
How much horsepower does it have?
Vokabeln
C
n
Im Zug
Familie Newman will mit dem Zug nach Schottland

fahren.
Mr Newman: Our train departs at
5 oclock. We should get a move on.
We dont want to be late.
Mrs Newman: Children, have you forgotten anything?
Children: No mum. Our heads are
screwed on today.
Mr Newman: Theres the conductor at
the end of the platform. Do you have
your ticket? I have mine.
Mrs Newman: More importantly, are the
children carrying theirs?
aboard
anything
careful
to carry
conductor
to depart
engine
first class
folder
to get a move on
good to know
to handle
an Bord
irgendetwas
gewissenhaft
tragen
Schaffner
abfahren
Maschine
erste Klasse
Mappe
sich beeilen
gut zu wissen
anfassen, umgehen mit, behandeln
heads are screwed on alles im Griff
haben, seine
fnf Sinne beieinander haben
horsepower
Pferdestrke
illegal
illegal
passenger
Passagier
platform
Bahnsteig
powerful
mchtig, stark
prompt
pnktlich
to pull out
abfahren
85
Unterwegs
Grammatik
quite a few
to ruin
for safe-keeping
seat
second class
to soil
to touch
train
up to
ziemlich viel(e)
ruinieren
zur Sicherheit
Sitzplatz
zweite Klasse
schmutzig
machen
anfassen, berhren
Zug
bis zu
Infobox
Am Bahnhof
arrivals pl
departures pl
train
compartment
baggage, luggage
luggage trolley
platform
traveller
ticket office
British Rail employee
newsstand
conductor
counter
ticket
to cancel
stop
final destination
timetable
connection
train driver
ankommende Zge
Abfahrt, abfahrende Zge
Zug
Abteil
Gepck
Kofferkuli
Bahnsteig
Reisende/r
Fahrkartenschalter
Angestellte/r
der British Rail
Zeitungsstand
Schaffner
Schalter
Fahrkarte
entwerten
Haltestelle
Entstation
Fahrplan
Verbindung
Lokfhrer
Verstrkende Possessivpronomen
Die normalen Possessivpronomen wurden
Ihnen bereits in Kapitel 1 vorgestellt. Diese stehen immer vor einem Substantiv. Daneben gibt
es die verstrkenden Possessivpronomen. Diese
stehen auch alleine.
my
your
his
her
its
our
your
their
mein
dein/Ihr
sein
ihr
sein
unser
euer/Ihr
ihr
myself
yourself
himself
herself
itself
ourselves
yourselves
themselves
Bsp.:
I can write the letter myself.
Ich kann den Brief selber schreiben.
The baby cannot walk by itself.
Das Baby kann nicht selber/alleine laufen.
bung 9:
Setzen Sie richtig ein!
1. Die Kinder lesen das Buch selbst!
The children read the book _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ !
2. Ich mach das selbst!
I do it _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ !
3. Er selbst hat es mir gesagt!
He told me _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
86
Urlaub und Reisen

A Einfach beneidenswert
n
Jennifer erzhlt ihrer Freundin Nicole von einem
Urlaub auf Mallorca, den sie neulich gebucht hat.
10
Jennifer: Of course. In the meantime, I

had better pack my luggage and tie up
some loose ends here at home. I feel like
I have a million things to do.
Nicole: So, tell me what you are doing
Nicole: I can imagine. By the way, do
for the holidays.
you need anyone to be a pet-sitter for

your dog?
Jennifer: Well, Ive just booked a weeks

holiday on Mallorca through a local
travel agency. Its an all-inclusive resort,
right next to the beach!
Nicole: Thats fantastic! Have you ever
been to an island in the Mediterranean Sea?
Jennifer: No, this is my first time. Im
really excited about it.
Nicole: I bet you are. Is it some kind of
deal? What does it include?
Jennifer: The price covers everything
from accommodation to meals and
activities. We also have direct access to
bikes, roller blades, surf boards, and
other recreational activities. There is an
indoor pool as well. Everyone says such
nice things about Mallorca.
Nicole: Thats true. You cant complain
about constant blue skies, sun, a tropical
atmosphere and fantastic parties.
Jennifer: Actually, Im more interested in
the island itself than parties. I want to
go everywhere and see everything!
Nicole: I envy you. Youd better send me
a postcard, okay?
Jennifer: That is awfully nice of you, but

Ive already made plans to take Ruffles to
the kennel for a week. Thanks anyway.
Nicole: No problem.
Vokabeln
access
activity
atmosphere
Zugriff, Zugang
Aktivitt
Atmosphre,
Stimmung
all-inclusive
alles inklusive
awful
schrecklich
beach
Strand
bed and breakfast
bernachtung
mit Frhstck
to be excited
sich freuen auf,
aufgeregt sein
to bet bet bet
wetten
bike
Fahrrad
to complain about ... sich beklagen
ber ...
constant
stndig, konstant
to cover
decken, beinhalten
deal
(hier:) Pauschalangebot
to envy
beneiden
(full) board and
Vollpension
lodging
half board
Halbpension
I had better (pack)
Ich sollte (packen)
to imagine
sich vorstellen
in the meantime
in der Zwischenzeit
87
10
Urlaub und Reisen
to include
einschlieen,
beinhalten
indoor pool
Hallenbad
island
Insel
kennel
Hundepension
local
rtlich
meantime
Zwischenzeit
Mediterranean Sea
Mittelmeer
overnight stay
bernachtung
to pack
packen
pet-sitter
Haustiersitter
postcard
Postkarte,
Ansichtskarte
resort
(hier:) Ferienanlage
recreational
Freizeit-, Erholungsroller blades
Inlineskates
to send sent sent senden
sky
Himmel
to shine shone
scheinen
shone
some kind of ...
eine Art von ...
sunblock
Sonnencreme
surf board
Surfbrett
to tie up loose ends Dinge regeln
travel agency
Reisebro
tropical
tropisch
true
wahr
Thanks anyway.
Danke trotzdem.
Grammatik
Die zusammengesetzten Formen des Wortes
every und ihre Verwendung
Wie bei some und any gibt es auch bei every
einige zusammengesetzte Formen:
every
jede/r/s
everything
alles
everyone/everybody
alle
everywhere
berall
Bsp.:
The woman paid over a pound for every apple.
Die Frau hat fr jeden Apfel ber ein Pfund
bezahlt.
88
I have taken care of everything for my trip to

England.
Fr meine Reise nach England habe ich mich
um alles gekmmert.
Everyone is going on holiday in August.
Im August gehen alle in den Urlaub.
I envy your sister. She has been everywhere.
Ich beneide deine Schwester. Sie ist wirklich
schon berall gewesen.
Infobox
Unterknfte
Es gibt vielfltige Mglichkeiten, auf einer Reise
zu bernachten. Hier einige Beispiele:
bed and breakfast
bernachtung mit
Frhstck
board and lodging
Unterkunft und
Verpflegung
boarding house
Pension
campsite
Campingplatz
holiday home
Ferienhaus
hotel
Hotel
motel
Motel
youth hostel
Jugendherberge
Had better + Infinitiv

Had better erfllt die Funktion eines Hilfsverbs
und bedeutet Man sollte besser/lieber/eher ...
Es ist eine hfliche Art und Weise, sollen auszudrcken.
Bsp.:
You had better do the laundry before mother
comes home. Du solltest (lieber) die Wsche
machen, bevor Mutter nach Hause kommt.
I had better not go on holiday this year since I
have so little money. Ich sollte dieses Jahr
lieber nicht in Urlaub fahren, weil ich so wenig
Geld habe.
Diese Konstruktion sieht als Kurzform so aus:
Urlaub und Reisen
10
Shed better not forget the appointment.

Sie sollte den Termin (wohl lieber/besser) nicht
vergessen.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ was really friendly and the
bung 1:
bung 2:
Setzen Sie Wrter mit every- in die Lcken ein!

(include, complain, say, recreational, awful,
thanks anyway, indoor pool)
1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ envies her holiday on

Mallorca.
weather was beautiful.
1. Dont _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ about the resort
2. Did you pay for _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ that they

because you forgot your money.
bought while on the island?
3. There are recreational activities
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , on the island, at the beach,
and in the mountains.
2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , but Ive already booked a

different holiday.
3. Do I need to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ other infor-
4. Does _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ have the directions
mation on the postcard?
to get to the airport?
4. I cannot _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ that there is a
5. Are you sending postcards to
better deal.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in your family?
5. That is _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . Im sorry it
6. The family paid one hundred pounds for
happened to you.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ bicycle.
6. Are there _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ activities
7. Does the price include _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , or
offered for people on holiday?
do we have to pay for accommodation?
7. The hotel in Italy even had an
8. In the meantime, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is going

to swim in the pool.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . We went swimming there very

often.
9. Thanks anyway, but I have taken care of

__________.
10. There are shops that sell postcards
bung 3:
_ _ _ _ _ on the island.
Formulieren Sie ganze Stze! Verwenden Sie had

better!
11. Last year I was in Spain. I saw
1. she to pack her luggage
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ there. It was great.
_________________________
89
10
Urlaub und Reisen
2. they to send a postcard to the family
6. What recreational activities does the resort
_________________________
offer?
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. we to take the dog to the kennel

_________________________
_________________________
4. he to not envy his neighbour
7. What is Julie not interested in?

_________________________
8. How long is the holiday that Julie has booked?
_________________________
_________________________
bung 4:
Beantworten Sie die Fragen zum Dialog mit einem
vollstndigen Satz!
B The Big Apple

n
Julie und Josh reisen fr eine Woche nach New
York City, um durch die Stadt zu bummeln und
einkaufen zu gehen. Sie erzhlen Julies Mutter davon.
1. Where is Julie going on holiday?

_________________________
Mother: So, tell me, how was your trip?
2. What did Nicole offer to do for Julie?
Julie: We had a great time, didnt we,

Josh?
_________________________
_________________________
3. What does the holiday package cover?
_________________________
_________________________
Josh: We certainly did.

Mother: Did you have an opportunity to
see many of the attractions?
Julie: We saw the most famous ones,
but there are dozens of sights and they
4. What is Julie going to send Nicole?
are so far apart that you cant see them

all in a week.
_________________________
Mother: Which ones did you see?
5. Has Julie ever been to the Mediterranean Sea?
Josh: We went up the Empire State

Building to get a good view of the city.
_________________________
_________________________
90
It is amazing by night.
Urlaub und Reisen

Julie: The admission prices were atrocious.
We paid a lot to go up in the lift!
Mother: You know New York is a very
expensive city.
Josh: We waited in a queue for over two
hours to get on a ferry for Ellis Island.
Mother: Thats where the immigrants
arrived, right?
Julie: Yes, its right next to the Statue of
Liberty. There are millions of tourists in
the city at this time of year. It can be
really annoying.
Josh: New York is a melting pot for
many different nationalities and
peoples. I really liked the smaller districts, like Chinatown and Little Italy.
They had fabulous restaurants.
Julie: We didnt get to see much of
uptown, where Central Park is. But we
did get to go shopping in Manhattan,
like in the Garment District and at the
jewellery shops.
Josh: Of course, we were just window
shopping. We cant afford anything
there. But it is fun to look.
Julie: What I liked best about New York
was the skyscrapers. Sometimes, they
were so tall that they blocked out the sun!
Mother: Im glad you had a wonderful
time. I also hope that you took lots of
pictures.
10
Vokabeln
admission
to afford
amazing
annoying
atrocious
attraction
to block out
district
downtown
a dozen
elevator (US)
famous
far apart
garment
to get to do
something
Eintritt
sich leisten
erstaunlich
nervig, rgerlich
entsetzlich
Sehenswrdigkeit
verbergen
Bezirk
Stadtmitte
ein Dutzend
Fahrstuhl
bekannt, beliebt
weit entfernt
Kleidung, Gewand
die Gelegenheit
haben, etwas zu
tun
grand
groartig
jewellery
Schmuck, Juwelen
least
am wenigsten
lift (GB)
Fahrstuhl
to melt
schmelzen
melting pot
Schmelztiegel
nationality
Nationalitt
next to
neben
opportunity
Gelegenheit
picture
Bild, Foto
to ride rode ridden fahren
to see the sights
die Sehenswrdigkeiten sehen
window shopping
Schaufensterbummel
sights
Sehenswrdigkeiten
skyscraper
Wolkenkratzer
to take pictures
fotografieren
tourist
Tourist
uptown
Villenviertel (US)
view
Blick
Infobox
Sehenswrdigkeiten
castle
church
Burg, Schloss
Kirche
91
10
museum
palace
park
cathedral
Urlaub und Reisen

Museum
Schloss
Park
Kathedrale
Grammatik
Der Ausdruck to get to
To get to wird hufig verwendet, um Es gelang
mir ... zu sagen. Es bedeutet auch die Gelegenheit/die Mglichkeiten haben, etwas zu
tun.
Bsp.:
I got to go on holiday Ich hatte die Mglichon Mallorca.
keit, Urlaub auf
Mallorca zu machen.
Did you get to take
Ist es dir gelungen/Hast
some pictures of the du die Gelegenheit
Statue of Liberty?
gehabt, Fotos von der
Freiheitsstatue zu
machen?
Die Betonung eines Verbs
Will man ein Verb im Satz besonders betonen,
so kann man es mit folgender Konstruktion
hervorheben:
Das Verb steht in der jeweiligen Zeit, die der

Kontext verlangt.
Noch eine weitere Konstruktion dient der Mglichkeit einer Sache mehr Gewicht im Satz zu
verleihen.
Ein neutraler Satz sieht etwa so aus:
The cake was very good, the tea less so.
Der Kuchen war sehr gut, der Tee eher nicht.
Der Satz mit Betonung lautet:
It was the cake that was very good, the tea was
not. Es war der Kuchen, der sehr gut war; der
Tee eher nicht.
bung 5:
Bilden Sie sinnvolle Paare! Es gibt mehrere Mglichkeiten.
1. to drive
2. to take
3. to see
4. to pay
5. to book
6. to enjoy
7. to use
a. the sights
b. the holidays
c. admission
d. an expensive car
e. the elevator/lift
f. accommodation
g. a picture
What I liked best about New York were the skyscrapers. Was mir an New York am besten
gefallen hat, waren die Wolkenkratzer.
What I didnt like were the long queues and the
tourists. Was mir nicht gefallen hat, waren die
langen Schlangen und die Touristen.
bung 6:
Ein neutraler Aussagesatz wrde folgendermaen lauten:

I liked the skyscrapers best about New York.
Die Wolkenkratzer haben mir an New York am
besten gefallen.
I didnt like the long queues and the tourists.
Die langen Schlangen und die Touristen haben
mir nicht gefallen.
1. to like best I the skyscrapers

_________________________
92
Bilden Sie Stze nach folgendem Beispiel!

Verwenden Sie What ...!
Bsp.: to bother they the long queues
What bothered them most were the long queues.
_________________________
2. to enjoy most they the museums
_________________________
_________________________
Urlaub und Reisen
10
3. to annoy them most the tourists

_________________________
_________________________
by the way
side by side
all by myself
brigens, auerdem
Seite an Seite
ganz allein
4. to enjoy least she the fashion district

_________________________
Grammatik
_________________________
Mglichkeiten und Gelegenheiten

possibility = Mglichkeit, Wahrscheinlichkeit
opportunity = (gnstige) Gelegenheit, Chance
5. to see most often he people with different nationalities

_________________________
_________________________
6. to like best Sarah the jewellery
_________________________
_________________________
7. to not like I the food
_________________________
Infobox
Die Prposition by
Diese Prposition wird je nach sprachlichem
Kontext ganz unterschiedlich bersetzt:
We wanted to see the city by night.
Wir wollten die Stadt bei Nacht sehen.
It is romantic to eat by moonlight.
Es ist romantisch, bei/im Mondlicht zu essen.
You have to be here by 10 p.m.
Du musst bis sptestens 22.00 Uhr hier sein.
They should be here by now.
Sie sollten mittlerweile hier sein.
Its 22.11 by my watch.
Auf meiner Uhr ist es 22.11 Uhr.
By tritt auch in festen Verbindungen auf:
Last year he had the possibility to spend three

months in Brighton, and it really was an opportunity for him.
Letztes Jahr hatte er die Mglichkeit, drei
Monate in Brighton zu verbringen und dies war
wirklich eine Chance/gnstige Gelegenheit fr
ihn.
Ein englischer Muttersprachler bersetzt ich hatte
die Mglichkeit selten wrtlich, sondern sagt:
I was able to see many sights. Ich hatte die
Mglichkeit, viele Sehenswrdigkeiten zu sehen.
Oder ganz einfach:
I got to see many sights. Es gelang mir, viele
Sehenswrdigkeiten zu sehen.
Die wrtliche bersetzung ist:
I had the opportunity to see many sights.
Ich hatte die Gelegenheit, viele Sehenswrdigkeiten zu sehen.
bung 7:
bersetzen Sie!
1. Was mir am besten gefallen hat, war das Einkaufen.
_________________________
_________________________
93
10
Urlaub und Reisen
2. Habt ihr die Gelegenheit gehabt, das Empire

State Building zu sehen?
_________________________
Jeff: That isnt an option. We havent left

the country for two years and I need
_________________________
some rest and relaxation.

Anna: Youre right. Im concerned that
3. Hat sie die Mglichkeit gehabt, den Big Ben

zu sehen, als sie in London war?
_________________________
_________________________
we dont have enough money for this.
4. brigens, wie geht es dir?

_________________________
sive than a hotel.

Anna: Do we have enough gear? A tent?
_________________________
A portable stove?
Infobox
Jeff: I have everything from my time as

a scout. We could call and see if they
Bei Sonnenaufgang (sunrise) und Sonnenuntergang (sunset) benutzt man nicht die Prposition by, sondern at:
at sunrise
bei Sonnenaufgang
at sunset
bei Sonnenuntergang
C Hotel oder Campingn

platz?
Familie Baker berlegt sich, wohin sie in Urlaub
fahren will. Bislang steht noch nichts fest!
Jeff: Where can we go at such short
notice? Most of the brochures for the
hotels in Italy say to book well in
advance of the arrival date. We only
have three days!
Anna: Perhaps we could just stay at
home. That saves us all the trouble.
94
Jeff: I have an idea. I would like to go

camping! Thats considerably less expen-
have any pitches available.

Anna: Couldnt we find something less
primitive? After all, I consider a holiday
a time not to worry about insects, bears,
and the like.
Jeff: I could look for a campsite with
other facilities, like bathrooms, showers,
and laundry.
Anna: That sounds great. We could cook
our own food and hike through the
countryside.
Jeff: Or we could just lie in a hammock
all day long.
Vokabeln
and the like
all day long
arrival date
at such short notice
und hnliches
den ganzen Tag
(lang)
Ankunftsdatum
innerhalb einer
so kurzen Frist
Urlaub und Reisen

brochure
campsite
concerned
to consider
Broschre
Campingplatz
besorgt, betroffen
erwgen,
betrachten
considerably
betrchtlich
country
Land
countryside
Landschaft
facilities pl
Anlagen, Einrichtungen
from my time as ...
von meiner Zeit
als ...
gear
Gert, Ausrstung
to give notice of s.th. etwas mitteilen
hammock
Hngematte
to hike
wandern
in advance
im Voraus
laundry
(hier:) Waschsalon
notice
Bekanntmachung, Notiz
pitch
(Zelt-)Platz
to pitch a tent
ein Zelt aufstellen
portable
tragbar
portable stove
Campingkocher
primitive
einfach, primitiv
relaxation
Entspannung
rest
(hier:) Ruhe
to save
sparen
scout
(hier:) Pfadfinder
shower
Dusche
stove
Herd
suggestion
Empfehlung,
Vorschlag
tent
Zelt
trouble
Probleme, rger
Grammatik
Das Hilfsverb can could could und seine
verschiedenen Verwendungen
Hfliche Frage/Vorschlag
We could go on holiday. Wir knnten in den
Urlaub fahren.
10
Could you hand me that brochure?

Knnten Sie mir jene Broschre reichen?
Die Simple Past-Form von can oder to be
able to
I could not go to the museum.
Ich konnte nicht ins Museum gehen.
Could im Bedingungssatz
If he gets the job, he could make more money.
Wenn er den Job bekommt, knnte er mehr
Geld verdienen.
We could just make it if we leave now!
Wir knnten es gerade noch schaffen, wenn
wir jetzt sofort losgehen.
Das Wortfeld own
Das Verb to own (etwas besitzen)
He owns a house.
Er besitzt ein Haus.
Das Adjektiv own
She bakes her own
bread.
Sie backt ihr eigenes

Brot.
Own in festen Wendungen

She is living on her
Sie wohnt ganz alleine.
own.
He did the work
Er hat die Arbeit alleine
on his own.
geleistet.
bung 8:
Schreiben Sie die Stze mit could um!
Bsp.: He went to London for the holidays.
He could go to London for the holidays.
1. She helped to pitch the tent.
_________________________
2. They went camping since it was less expensive.
_________________________
3. Give me the hammock, please.
_________________________
95
11
Lnder und Nationalitten
A Der Weltenbummler
n
Jacob ist lange nicht mehr zu Hause gewesen, weil
er als Geologe die Welt bereist hat. Er erzhlt seiner Familie davon.
but there is a lot of poverty. Once, when

I was travelling by bus, a little boy sitting next to me asked for some money.
Mum: What did you do?
Jacob: I gave him some money.
Susie: Tell me about the time you were

at the North Pole!
Susie: Was it the same in Africa?

Jacob: No, not at all. But we were re-
Jacob: Im afraid I didnt get that far. I

was in North America, the Yukon Terri-
searching areas that were far outside the

cities and villages.
tory of Canada, to be exact. I was
Susie: So you have been to all the con-
walking over some ice when a polar bear

ran out in front of me and attacked a
tinents now?
Jacob: No, I still have to go to Antarctica.
seal! I didnt know what to do. As I was

turning around to try and escape, the bear
Vokabeln
to act
sat down and started to lick its paws.

While he was staring at me, he fell
asleep. That was the only way I could
escape.
Mum: Wow! That sounds exciting. What
about your experiences in Southeast
Asia, like in Thailand. Did you eat a lot of
good food?
Jacob: You could say that. They eat a lot
of vegetables there.
Susie: Thats great!
Mum: Did you learn the language at all
while you were travelling through Thailand?
Jacob: A little. Its difficult to study
when the weather is so good.
Susie: Whats it like in South America?
Jacob: The people are friendly and lively,
96
Africa
Antarctica
area
to attack
to be afraid of
something
to be exact
Canada
excited
to escape
to experience
to fall asleep
friendly
in front of
language
to learn learnt
learnt
to learn a language
to lick
lively
North America
North Pole
sich benehmen,
handeln
Afrika
Antarktis
Gebiet
attackieren, angreifen
Angst vor etwas
haben
um genau zu sein
Kanada
gespannt, aufgeregt
flchten
erfahren, erleben
einschlafen
freundlich
vor (rtlich)
Sprache
lernen, erfahren
eine Sprache
erlernen
lecken
lebhaft
Nordamerika
Nordpol

paw
polar bear
poverty
to research
Pfote, Pranke
Eisbr
Armut
recherchieren,
(er)forschen
research
Recherche, Forschung
science
Wissenschaft
seal
Seehund
to sit down
sich hinsetzen
to sleep slept slept schlafen
Southeast Asia
Sdostasien
specific
(hier:) genau
to stand up
aufstehen
to stare
anstarren
to surprise
berraschen
territory
Gebiet, Territorium
Thailand
Thailand
tired
mde
tooth
Zahn
teeth pl
Zhne
to travel
reisen
to turn around
sich umdrehen
Im afraid ...
Ich bedauere,
dass .../Ich
frchte, dass ...
11
die normale Form des Past Tense und die Verlaufsform gegenber. Die Verlaufsform
bezeichnet eine Handlung, die ber einen
gewissen Zeitraum andauert. Das Simple Past
dagegen wird verwendet, wenn eine Aktion
whrend der bereits andauernden Handlung
eintritt und diese krzer oder punktuell ist.
Im Deutschen gibt es fr diesen Unterschied
keine Entsprechung. Er wird hufig mit Zeitadverbien zum Ausdruck gebracht.
Bsp.:
I was walking through the park when (suddenly) the ambulance passed.
Ich ging gerade im Park spazieren, als (pltzlich) ein Krankenwagen vorbeifuhr.
They were shopping in the department store
when a little girl fell down the stairs.
Sie waren gerade beim Einkaufen im Kaufhaus,
als ein kleines Mdchen die Treppe herunterfiel.
He was buying shoes when the store closed.
Er kaufte gerade Schuhe ein, als der Laden
schloss.
Das Verb to be wird in der Regel nur im Zusammenhang mit Gefhlsuerungen in die Verlaufsform gesetzt.
Infobox
Infobox
False friends
Die Kontinente
Africa
America
Asia
Australia
Europe
Afrika
Amerika
Asien
Australien
Europa
Grammatik
Das Past Progressive und das Simple Past
Hufig stehen sich in Stzen der Vergangenheit
Manche Wrter lauten in zwei verschiedenen

Sprachen gleich oder werden sogar auch noch
gleich geschrieben, haben aber eine vllig
andere Bedeutung. Bsp.: Das Wort gross.
This old food in the refrigerator is gross!
Die alten Lebensmittel im Khlschrank sind eklig!
gross negligence
grobe Fahrlssigkeit
He has gross manners. Er hat grobe/ungehobelte Manieren.
Das deutsche Wort gro dagegen wird im Englischen anders wiedergegeben. Hierzu einige
Beispiele:
97
11

4. Er war eingeschlafen und schlief, bis seine
a large hotel
a big number of ...
a tall person
her big sister
in a great hurry
the vast majority
Im not much of a
dancer.
ein groes Hotel

eine groe Zahl an ...
eine groe Person
ihre groe Schwester
in groer Eile
die groe Mehrheit/
im Groen und Ganzen
Ich bin kein groer
Tnzer.
bung 1:
1. wake up
2. North Pole
3. gross
4. steal
5. stand up
6. excited
7. lively
8. to stare
a. sit down
b. buy
c. tired
d. attractive
e. bored
f. fall asleep
g. Antarctica
h. to look away
Mutter Frhstck machte.

_________________________
_________________________
bung 3:
Verbinden Sie die zwei Stze nach folgendem Beispiel!
Bsp.: He walked the dog. He was attacked.
He was walking the dog when somebody
attacked him.
Er war mit dem Hund spazieren, als ihn jemand
angriff.
1. She watched a film. She fell asleep.
_________________________
_________________________
2. Mother made breakfast. Her son woke up.
_________________________
bung 2:
_________________________
bersetzen Sie!
3. We researched an area of North America.
1. Ich habe vieles in Afrika erfahren.
Something interrupted us.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. Dieses Sandwich von letzter Woche ist eklig.
4. They shopped. They ran into some friends.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. Viele Leute knnen der Armut nicht entfliehen.
5. We cooked. The telephone rang.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
98

B Ein frhliches Wiedern
sehen
Noelle und James sind beide internationale Geschftsleute. Ihre Wege haben sich seit Jahren
nicht mehr gekreuzt und inzwischen ist viel passiert.
James: What were you doing while you
were in France?
Noelle: While I was in France, I was working as a sales representative for a supplier of heavy machinery. Just as I was
getting used to the culture and the language, my company promoted me and I
moved to Belgium. How about you?
What were you doing while you were in
Japan?
James: First of all, I tried to learn the
language. After that, I started a job with
an electronics producer as an international salesman. While I was travelling on a business trip, my mother died
of cancer. I decided to come home for a
while.
Noelle: Did you stay in England after that?
James: Just for a couple of months.
While we were living in England, my
wife and I got married.
Noelle: Thats great news! Im so happy
for you!
James: Are you dating anyone at the
moment?
11
Noelle: While I was living in Brazil, I was

seeing a Brazilian musician. But it didnt
work out.
James: Im sorry about that.
Noelle: Dont be. What are you doing
while you are in town?
James: We are going to the zoo. While
we were working in Australia, my wife
and I had a baby girl.
Noelle: Congratulations! Whats her name?
James: When she was little we called
her Becca, but now she goes by her real
name, Rebecca. When she was six, she
decided that she wanted a more serious
name. Can you believe that?
Noelle: Kids are hilarious sometimes,
arent they?
Vokabeln
border
business trip
to call
cancer
company
a couple of ...
to cross paths
culture
to date
to decide
to die of ...
electronics producer
foreign
to get used to ...
to get married
heavy machinery
hilarious
international
Grenze
Geschftsreise
nennen, anrufen
Krebs
Firma
ein paar ...
Wege kreuzen
Kultur
mit jdm ausgehen
(sich) entscheiden
sterben an ...
Elektronikhersteller
fremd, auslndisch
sich gewhnen
an ...
heiraten
Schwermaschinen
sehr lustig, heiter
international
99
11

Grammatik
to practise (GB)/
to practice (US)
to promote
producer
representative
sale
sales representative
serious
supplier
zoo
Congratulations!
Im so happy for you!
It didnt work out.
(aus)ben
(be)frdern
Hersteller
Stellvertreter
Verkauf
Handelsvertreter
ernst
Lieferant
Zoo
Glckwnsch!
Ich freue mich
so fr dich/euch!
Es hat nicht
funktioniert.
Infobox
Die Lnder Europas eine Auswahl
Die Lndernamen werden im Englischen
gro geschrieben.
Austria
Belgium
Czech Republic
Denmark
England
Great Britain/United
Kingdom
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Luxembourg
The Netherlands
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Spain
Sweden
100
sterreich
Belgien
Tschechien
Dnemark
England
Grobritannien/
Vereinigtes Knigreich
Finnland
Frankreich
Deutschland
Griechenland
Ungarn
Irland
Italien
Luxemburg
die Niederlande, Holland
Norwegen
Polen
Portugal
Spanien
Schweden
Die Konjunktionen while und as

Wie Sie bereits vorher in diesem Kapitel beim
Thema Past Progressive erfahren haben, gibt es
neben when auch noch einige andere Konjunktionen, die sehr hufig im Zusammenhang mit
einer Verlaufsform verwendet werden, weil sie
eine bestimmte Zeitdauer ausdrcken.
Gleichzeitigkeit zweier Handlungen
While I was walking in the park, my little
brother was doing his homework.
Whrend ich im Park spazieren ging, machte
mein kleiner Bruder seine Hausaufgaben.
As I was jogging in the woods, my husband
was watching a football match on TV.
Als/Whrend ich im Wald joggte, sah mein
Ehemann ein Fuballspiel im Fernsehen an.
In beiden Stzen laufen zwei Handlungen zeitlich in etwa parallel, also gleichzeitig ab.
Unterschiedliche Zeitdauer zweier Handlungen
Dauern zwei Handlungen im Haupt- und
Nebensatz unterschiedlich lange, so wird die
lnger andauernde Handlung mit der Verlaufsform, die punktuelle oder krzer dauernde
Handlung mit der Simple Form wiedergegeben.
While I was walking in the park, my wife
bought groceries.
Whrend ich im Park spazieren ging, kaufte
meine Frau Lebensmittel ein.
As I was going to the store, I was the eyewitness of a horrible car crash.
Als ich gerade auf dem Weg zum Geschft war,
wurde ich Augenzeuge eines schrecklichen
Autounfalls.
Der mit as oder while eingeleitete Nebensatz in
der Verlaufsform liefert hufig Informationen
ber Hintergrnde und Begleitumstnde, der
Hauptsatz mit einem Verb in der Simple Form

beschreibt wichtige Ereignisse oder Geschehnisse.
bung 4:
Bilden Sie sinnvolle Paare!
1. to get used to
2. to work
3. to cross
4. to be happy
5. to promote
6. to get
7. to die of
8. to call someone
a. married
b. by his first name
c. an employee
d. a new culture
e. out
f. for someone
g. paths
h. cancer
11
bung 6:
Fllen Sie das passende Wort in die Lcke ein!
(cancer, business trip, company, call, congratulations, international, practise, got married,
died, representative, to know)
1. The couple _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ while they were
working in Spain.
2. It was sad to hear that her grandmother
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
3. Please _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ me by my first name.
4. He was working as a sales _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
bung 5:
Bilden Sie Stze mit while!
Bsp.: We shopped. He became ill.
While we were shopping, he became ill.
Whrend wir einkauften, ist er krank geworden.
1. I fed the dog. She watered the plants.
_________________________
_________________________
for a large _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
5. It is difficult to get _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a foreign
culture.
6. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ! I am so happy for you!
7. Her husband was on a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
when she had the baby.
8. You have to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a language if
2. They cleaned the house. We ate dinner.

_________________________
_________________________
you want to speak it well.

9. He is very _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . He speaks seven
languages and has lived in five countries.
3. I studied for my exam. They lay in the sun.

_________________________
_________________________
4. We travelled through Greece. She was in Italy.
_________________________
_________________________
bung 7:
Bsp.: I bought groceries. A man stole 500 from
the store.
Once, as I was buying groceries, a man stole
500 from the store.
Als ich einmal gerade Lebensmittel einkaufen
war, stahl ein Mann dem Laden 500 Pfund.
101
11
1. They crossed the border to Finland. Someone

stole their wallet.
_________________________
such varied cultures. And you? Do you

come from an international background
_________________________
as well?
Nora: Actually, yes. My parents lived on
2. She ate dinner with friends. She found a
a Greek island for a couple of years. They
tooth in her meal.
met while they were taking an art

history course and didnt come back
_________________________
_________________________
3. I hiked in the mountains. I got lost.
_________________________
_________________________
C Woher kommst du?

n
Nora und Michael treffen sich in einer Sprachenschule in London. Sie kommen ins Gesprch.
home. My mother is Spanish and my

father is French. Im lucky to have dual
citizenship in my passport.
Michael: Do you speak both of the languages? You have a lovely accent.
Nora: Just French. I grew up in Switzerland, because both of my parents are in
international finance. Weve lived in
Geneva for several years.
Michael: Do you like living in Switzerland?
Nora: Its great! I attend an international
Nora: You have an interesting face.
school there. My best friend is Irish and
Where are you from?

Michael: Originally, Im from Sweden, so
my neighbours are Dutch and German.

Im quite used to different cultures.
I have Swedish citizenship. My parents
Michael: Yes, its fun to interact with

people from different nations. How long
met there while they were both working

for an American company. They lived
are you going to be here?
there for a few years. But shes Russian

and hes Portuguese.
Nora: Im in town for a couple of weeks,

then Im travelling to Paris to visit some
Nora: I assume you inherited your dark
acquaintances of my father.
Michael: Maybe we could go for coffee
hair and skin from your father.

Michael: Yes. I have a southern appearance, havent I? Im fortunate to be from
102
sometime?
Nora: Sure, that sounds great.

Vokabeln
accent
acquaintance
appearance
art history
to attend school
to be unfortunate
to be unlucky
to be used to
something
citizenship
course
dual citizenship
finance
fortunate
Geneva
to go for coffee
heir
heiress
to inherit
to interact with ...
light
lucky
to be lucky
nation
nationality
passport
several
skin
such
to take a course
varied
Akzent
Bekannte/r
Aussehen,
Erscheinung
Kunstgeschichte
zur Schule gehen
Pech haben
Pech haben
an etwas gewhnt sein
Staatsbrgerschaft
Kurs
doppelte Staatsbrgerschaft
Finanzwesen
glcklich
Genf
einen Kaffee
trinken gehen
Erbe
Erbin
erben
sprechen, sich
austauschen mit ...
hell, Licht
glcklich
Glck haben
Staat
Nationalitt
Pass
mehrere
Haut
solche/r/s
einen Kurs belegen
unterschiedlich
Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French
Hungarian
German
Greek
Irish
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Portuguese
Russian
Swedish
Spanish
Swiss
Turkish
11
dnisch
niederlndisch
finnisch
franzsisch
ungarisch
deutsch
griechisch
irisch
italienisch
japanisch
norwegisch
portugiesisch
russisch
schwedisch
spanisch
schweizerisch,
Schweizer
trkisch
Grobritannien
Grobritannien besteht aus England, Schottland und Wales. Diese Lnder ergeben zusammen mit Nordirland das United Kingdom:
Great Britain
England
Scotland
Northern Ireland
Wales
British
English
Scottish
Northern
Irish
Welsh
britisch
englisch
schottisch
nordirisch
walisisch
Unbestimmte Mengenangaben
Unbestimmte Mengenangaben beschreiben
eine unbestimmte, nicht nher festgelegte
Anzahl von Dingen.
Grammatik
Die Nationalitten Eine Auswahl
Austrian
sterreichisch
British
britisch
Canadian
kanadisch
Einige wichtige davon sind:

a couple of
some
a few
ein paar
ein paar
einige
103
11
several
many
a lot of/lots of
much
einige, ein paar

viele
viele
viel
5. They crossed the border between Italy and

France a _ _ _ _ _ of times.
6. He had a _ _ _ _ _ friends who were Irish but
bung 8:
lived in Germany.
bersetzen Sie!
7. She had a _ _ _ _ _ of cats that she took
1. Hast du je einen solchen Arzt gesehen?
care of while her English neighbour was in
_________________________
Canada.
_________________________
8. She has a _ _ _ _ _ of passports because she
2. Ich bin Franzose, aber ich wohne in Portugal.
is Norwegian and Swedish.
_________________________
9. Her family is a mix of _ _ _ _ _ different
_________________________
nationalities.
3. Der Mann hat viel Geld von seinem griechi-
10. Sheri and Todd had _ _ _ _ _ options for
schen Onkel geerbt.
their summer holidays, almost too many.
_________________________
_________________________
bung 9:
bung 10:
Lesen Sie den Dialog noch einmal und kennzeichnen Sie die Stze mit richtig oder falsch (r/w)!
Setzen Sie few, couple, several oder many

in die Lcken ein!
1. _ _ _ _ _ Nora does not like living in Switzer-
1. Larry took a _ _ _ _ _ language courses while
2. _ _ _ _ _ Both Nora and Michael have very
on holiday in Spain. It didnt help very much.
international backgrounds.
2. The couple ordered _ _ _ _ _ different
3. _ _ _ _ _ Nora is going to visit acquaint-
vegetarian dishes.
ances of her father in Paris.
3. She only knows a _ _ _ _ _ people who have
4. _ _ _ _ _ Michael has dual citizenship.
dual citizenship.
5. _ _ _ _ _ Michaels parents met in Sweden
4. Do you know _ _ _ _ _ people here in the city?
while working for an American firm.
104
land.
In der Stadt
A Auf Shakespeares Spuren
n
Familie Mller macht einen Ausflug nach Stratford-upon-Avon, dem Geburtsort von William
Shakespeare. Sie haben aber keine Straenkarte
und finden sich nicht zurecht.
12
left is High Street. Go to the crossroads

and turn right onto Henley Street. Its on
the next corner. You cant miss it.
Mrs Mller: Thank you. Goodbye.
She was very helpful, wasnt she, dear?
Mrs Mller: What directions did

Mr Snyder give you?
(About 10 minutes later)

Mr Mller: I think we have gone too far.
Mr Mller: He wrote them down on that

paper napkin. It was nice of them to lend
We must have missed the turn.

Mrs Mller: I think youre right. We must
us their car for the afternoon, wasnt it?
be lost. Lets ask someone else. Excuse
Mrs Mller: Yes, it was. All right, he

wrote: Take the A422 north in the dir-
me, could you give us directions to

Shakespeares Birthplace?
ection of Birmingham. That must be the

motorway. Take the exit for Stratford-
Passer-by: Did you miss all the signs?

From here, you turn right onto Ely
upon-Avon and follow the signs for
Street, and then take the next left onto
Shakespeares Birthplace.
Mr Mller: That sounds simple enough.
Rother Street. At Wood Street, turn

right, but then take an immediate left
Here is the exit. Im going to look for a car

park. We can probably walk from there.
onto Moore Street. The house is on the

corner of Moore and Henley.
Mrs Mller: Mrs Snyder said that you go
Mrs Mller: Thank you so much! We
straight from the car park to Warwick

Road, and the information centre is on
must be very close.

(After another 10 minutes)
the left just before you enter the town.

Mr Mller: Theres the entrance to the
Mrs Mller: There it is!

Mr Mller: Finally!
information centre. Lets go and ask

them for directions.
Mrs Mller: All right. (Inside) Excuse me,
could you tell me how to get to Shakespeares House?
Woman: Certainly. You turn right onto
Guild Street and the first road on the
Vokabeln
to be right
to be wrong
to borrow
car park
close
to close
corner
crossroads pl
recht haben
unrecht haben
ausleihen
Parkplatz
nah
schlieen
Ecke
Kreuzung
105
12
In der Stadt
direction
to enter
entrance
exit
far
finally
to follow
to get lost
highway (US)
to hire
immediate
information centre
left
to lend lent lent
to lose lost lost
main road
to miss
motorway (GB)
napkin
next to
to park
right
simple
someone else
street
straight on
to turn
to write down
Richtung, Wegbeschreibung
betreten
Eingang
Ausfahrt
weit
endlich
folgen
sich verlaufen
Autobahn
ausleihen
(bezahlt), mieten
sofort
Informationszentrum
links
(ver)leihen
verlieren
Bundesstrae
verpassen
Autobahn
Serviette
neben
parken
rechts
einfach
(irgend)jemand
anderes
Strae
geradeaus
einbiegen
aufschreiben
Grammatik
Wegbeschreibung Satzkonstruktionen
Wenn Sie in einer fremden Stadt oder einem
fremden Land der Sprache mchtig sind, gibt es
keine Probleme, zu kommunizieren und Fragen
nach dem Weg zu stellen. Einige der folgenden
Wrter und Wendungen helfen Ihnen dabei:
Could you please tell me the way to the Tower
of London? Knnten Sie mir den Weg zum Londoner Tower zeigen?
106
Could you possibly tell me how to get to the

Tower of London?
Knnten Sie mir sagen, wie ich zum Londoner
Tower komme?
Excuse me, how can I get to Trafalgar Square?
Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wie komme ich zum
Trafalgar Square?
You turn right/left. Gehen Sie rechts/links.
Turn right/left onto ... Street/Road.
Gehen Sie bei der ... Strae rechts/links.
Your first road on the right/left is ...
Die erste Strae rechts/links ist die ...
Go to the intersection.
Gehen Sie bis zur Kreuzung.
The building is on the next corner.
Das Gebude ist an der nchsten Ecke.
The house is on the corner of ...
Das Haus ist an der Ecke von ...
The school is on the left before you enter the
old town.
Die Schule ist auf der linken Seite bevor man in
die Altstadt hineingeht/-fhrt.
Take the A222 motorway/highway north/south
in the direction of ... Nehmen Sie die A222
Autobahn/Bundesstrae Nord/Sd in Richtung ...
Take the exit for .../Get off at exit ...
Nehmen Sie die Ausfahrt ...
Follow the signs for ... Folgen Sie den Schildern Richtung ...
Infobox
Die Himmelsrichtungen
north
south
east
west
Norden, nrdlich
Sden, sdlich
Osten, stlich
Westen, westlich
Natrlich knnen diese Richtungen miteinander kombiniert werden, Bsp.:

northwest
Nordwesten, nordwest
southeast
Sdosten, sdost
In der Stadt
Eine Wegbeschreibung kann beispielsweise wie
folgt erklrt werden:
Excuse me, how do I get to Milford Road,
please?
First, you go straight on. After 100 metres, turn
left into Oxford Street. Then take the next road
to the right. At the traffic lights, go straight on
for 400 metres, and then Milford Road is the
fourth road on the right.
Entschuldigen Sie, wie komme ich zur Milford
Road?
Gehen Sie zuerst geradeaus. Biegen Sie nach
100 Metern links ab in die Oxford Street. Nehmen Sie dann die nchste Strae rechts. An der
Ampel gehen Sie 400 Meter geradeaus, und
dann ist die Milford Road die vierte Strae auf
der rechten Seite.
bung 1:
1. entrance
2. borrow
3. left
4. close
5. right
6. simple
7. first
a. right
b. difficult
c. wrong
d. last
e. exit
f. far
g. lend
12
3. How may I help you?

a. I would like to hire a car.
b. I would like to lend a car.
4. How far are we from the train station?
a. We are still very far.
b. We are still very close.
5. What does father say when he gets the
family lost?
a. I was left.
b. I was wrong.
6. How do you ask for directions?
a. Could you give me some directions?
b. Could you tell me how to get to ... ?
7. You are in a shop. What is a reasonable
question?
a. Where is the entrance?
b. Could you tell me where the exit is?
bung 3:
Bilden Sie Stze, indem Sie die Wrter in die richtige Reihenfolge bringen!
1. straight/go/through/the/crossroads
_________________________
2. written/you/have/directions/down/the
_________________________
bung 2:
_________________________
Whlen Sie die richtige Antwort!
3. street/ends/until/follow/it/the
1. How do I get to the supermarket?

a. Turn left at the crossroads.
b. Make a left at the intersection.
_________________________
4. park/how/centre/the/to/information/next/I/
get/can/the/from?
2. Where is the theatre?

a. Besides the blue house.
b. Next to the blue house.
_________________________
_________________________
107
12
In der Stadt
5. lost/be/not/careful/get/to
bung 4:
_________________________
Bilden Sie sinnvolle Paare! Es gibt mehrere Mglichkeiten!
6. exit/need/immediately/motorway/the/we
_________________________
_________________________
7. have/think/I/missed/exit/the/that I
_________________________
1. give
2. turn
3. hire
4. be
5. go through
6. know
7. miss
a. right
b. the way
c. directions
d. a car
e. the turn
f. the crossroads
g. left
8. wrong/was/sorry/I/Im
_________________________
9. corner/the/to Station Road/at/can/you/park/
but/cannot/you/go
_________________________
_________________________
10. them/of/car/lend/to/us/was/it/kind/their
_________________________
bung 5:
Geben Sie Fragenden einen Ratschlag! Bilden Sie
Ihre Stze nach folgendem Beispiel!
Bsp.: He turned right, then left and parked next
to the church.
Turn right, then left, and park next to the church.
1. He took a left turn and then went straight
through the crossroads.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Infobox
_________________________
2. She went to the information centre and
To miss
asked them for directions.
Im Englischen hat to miss verschiedene Bedeutungen:

I missed my family
Ich habe meine Familie
during the summer.
whrend des Sommers
vermisst.
I think I missed
Ich glaube, ich habe
the street.
die Strae verpasst.
There was something Etwas fehlte in seinem
missing in his life.
Leben.
I completely missed
Da bin ich wohl nicht
the point. (Idiomaganz mitgekommen.
tische Redewendung)
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. They turned left into Carey Street and turned
into the car park.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
108
In der Stadt
4. We exited the motorway, turned right, and
12
B Die Fahrt zur Arbeit

n
then turned into the street.

_________________________
_________________________
Mike Ledbow fragt seinen neuen Kollegen Andy

Warden, wie er zur Arbeit kommt. Die Firma der
beiden befindet sich mitten in London.
5. She made sure she wrote down the directions.

_________________________
_________________________
6. We hired a car, took the main road south to
Bath, and got off at exit two.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
7. They made sure to follow their fathers car
until he turned right.
_________________________
_________________________
8. He went north on motorway 75 until he
reached the town.
_________________________
_________________________
9. They went outside the museum, at the next
corner they turned right and then they had to
ask again.
_________________________
_________________________
Mike: Well, hows your new job, Andy?

I hope you have already become
acquainted with our firm. By the way,
how do you get to your workplace?
Andy: Well, I live in Sutton, which is in
the South of London. As I havent got
a car, I always take the bus and the
tube.
Mike: Thats a good thing, because you
can avoid rush hours with their bumperto-bumper traffic jams and congested
roads.
Andy: Right, and it only takes me 45
minutes to get to my office in Central
London. It would take much longer by
car and it would be much more of a
nuisance. Actually, this is my personal
contribution to traffic calming in
London.
Mike: As I do not have a good underground connection from the place where
I live, Im more or less forced to go by
car.
Andy: So you cant lean back and peruse
the morning paper. You always have to
be attentive as a road user in a car.
_________________________
109
12
In der Stadt
Mike: That is certainly a serious disadvantage.

Andy: One more positive aspect of public
transport is the fact that you regularly
meet lots of friends and can talk together.
Mike: For me it would be good to do
some walking as Ive put on too much
weight recently.
Andy: As Im a night person, getting up
has always been a problem for me. So
sometimes the walk to the bus stop and
then up and down the stairs of the tube
stations can be like early morning jog-
to be forced to do
something
to hang around
honest
to lean back
night person
nuisance
positive
public transport
to put on weight
recently
regularly
road user
rush hour
seat
serious
to soak
to get soaked
ging, or even like a real marathon.

Mike: But dont you detest fighting for a
seat? If Im honest, I couldnt imagine
having to hang around at bus stops or
stations, which are often crowded. And,
what is more, I never get soaked on my
way to work!
subway (US)
to take someone
... minutes
traffic calming
traffic jam
the tube
tube station
underground (GB)
workplace
gezwungen sein,
etwas zu tun
rumstehen, rumsitzen
aufrichtig, ehrlich
sich zurcklehnen
Nachtmensch
Plage, Nervensge, rgernis
positiv
ffentliche Verkehrsmittel
zunehmen
seit/vor kurzem
regelmig
Verkehrsteilnehmer
Hauptverkehrszeit
Sitzplatz
ernsthaft
durchnssen
vllig durchnsst
werden
U-Bahn
... Minuten
brauchen
Verkehrsberuhigung
Verkehrsstau
U-Bahn in London
U-Bahn-Station
U-Bahn
Arbeitsplatz
Vokabeln
attentive
to avoid
to get/become
acquainted with
bumper-to-bumper
congested
contribution
crowded
to detest
disadvantage
110
aufmerksam
vermeiden
bekannt, vertraut werden mit
Stostange an
Stostange
verstopft
Beitrag
berfllt
hassen, verabscheuen
Nachteil
Grammatik
Die Prpositionen
Einen tabellarischen berblick ber die wichtigsten englischen Prpositionen haben Sie bereits
in Kapitel 4 erhalten. Nun lernen Sie etliche
davon im Satzzusammenhang kennen:
at
to have a look at
anschauen, einen Blick

werfen auf
In der Stadt
Are you staying at
bernachtest du bei
your parents house? deinen Eltern?
I work at a small shop. Ich arbeite in einem
kleinen Laden.
of
Of (von) gibt ein Verhltnis zwischen Besitzer
und Besitz an. Es zeigt Zugehrigkeit an.
the owner of the
shop
a collector of dolls
the entrance of
the shop
der Besitzer des Ladens
into, out of, onto, off

Im walking into
the room.
Im walking out of
the room.
Put the plate onto
the table!
Take the plate off
the table!
(Bewegungsrichtung)
Ich gehe in das Zimmer
hinein.
Ich gehe aus dem
Zimmer hinaus.
Stell den Teller auf den
Tisch!
Nimm den Teller vom
Tisch!
ein Puppensammler
der Eingang des Ladens
in, outside of, on (an einem bestimmten Punkt)

Im in the room.
Ich bin im Zimmer.
Im outside the room. Ich bin auerhalb des
Zimmers.
The plate is on the
Der Teller ist auf dem
table.
Tisch.
Infobox
Anredeformen
Die Standardanredeformen im Englischen sind
Mr (Herr), Mrs (Frau), Miss (Frulein), Sir (mein
Herr) und Madam (meine Dame).
Heutzutage spricht man Frauen nicht mehr nach
ihrem Familienstand an. Deshalb wird im schriftlichen Englisch hufig die neutrale Anrede Ms verwendet. Diese Form ist eine neutrale Zwischenlsung zwischen der nicht verheirateten Miss und
der verheirateten Mrs.
12
bung 6:
Lesen Sie den Dialog noch einmal und kennzeichnen Sie die Stze mit richtig oder falsch (r/w)!
1. Mike and Andy both go to work by train and
underground or by car.
2. Andy has not even got a car.
3. Andy needs more than three hours to get to
and from his work.
4. If Andy took the car, this would take less
time.
5. Mike does not really like to go by underground and he also doesnt have a good
connection.
6. Mike probably should lose some weight.
7. Andy is not really fond of getting up very
early in the morning.
8. Andy is a sportsman and also runs
marathons.
9. Bus stops are a nuisance to Mike.
10. According to Mike, the chances of getting
wet are higher when you go by bus.
C Rechts oder links?

n
Larry und Terence entscheiden sich spontan, ins
British Museum zu gehen. Larry weigert sich, am
Eingang einen Lageplan mitzunehmen.
Larry: We dont need a map.
Terence: Yes, I have an excellent sense
of direction.
Larry: Look, every now and then there is
a standing map. Heres one now. Lets
find our location.
Terence: We are at that red dot. How far
is it from here to the Egyptian exhibition?
111
12
In der Stadt
Larry: Im not sure. We have to walk

through four exhibition halls.
(After they have walked for a few
minutes)
Perhaps we made a wrong turn. Lets
inquire as to where the exhibition is.
Terence: Excuse me, sir? Could you point
us in the direction of the mummies?
Guard: Certainly. That is our most popular exhibition. Go forward through the
to exhibit
forward
to inquire as to ...
likely
map
mummy
to point to ...
sense of direction
sarcophagus
standing map
to take up space
up
We took a wrong
turn.
East Asian artefacts room, go up the

stairs, walk around the clear case, and
ausstellen
vorwrts
nachfragen, ob ...
wahrscheinlich,
voraussichtlich
Karte
Mumie
zeigen auf ...
Orientierungssinn
Sarkophag
Standortkarte
Raum bentigen
aufwrts, auf
Wir sind falsch
abgebogen/
gelaufen.
you are there. You walk in, and diagonally to your right is Cleopatras sarcophagus.
Grammatik
(They walk for a few minutes)

Terence: This cant be right! We should
just go and see the Rosetta Stone.
Larry: Only if we can stay away from the
crowds!
Terence: Dont worry. The mummies
dont take up too much space.
Vokabeln
artifact/artefact
backwards
beloved
clear case
crowd
diagonally
distance
down
Egyptian
exhibition
112
Artefakt, Kunstgegenstand
rckwrts
beliebt
Schaukasten
Menschenmenge
diagonal
Entfernung
hinunter, unten
gyptisch
Ausstellung
Richtungen beschreiben
Die folgenden Wrter signalisieren eine
bestimmte Richtung.
forwards
The car was moving forwards/straight on when
it hit the tree.
Das Auto fuhr vorwrts/geradeaus, als es
(pltzlich) an den Baum prallte.
backwards
She was driving backwards out of the parking
space.
Sie fuhr rckwrts aus der Parklcke.
towards
They were driving towards the city.
Sie fuhren in Richtung Stadt.
diagonally
Walk diagonally across the road from the shop.
Gehe vom Geschft aus schrg/diagonal ber
die Strae.
In der Stadt
Die Prpositionen up und down
Go up the stairs and turn right.
Gehen Sie die Treppen hinauf und dann rechts/
biegen Sie dann rechts ab.
Go down the hill.
Gehen Sie den Hgel hinab.
Take the lift down to go to the first floor.
Nehmen Sie den Lift nach unten, um in den
ersten Stock zu gelangen.
Take the lift to go down to the first floor.
Nehmen Sie den Lift, um hinunter zum ersten
Stock zu gelangen.
12
2. He walked _ _ _ _ _ the door, but fell

_ _ _ _ _ a chair _ _ _ _ _ the way _ _ _ _ _
the room.
3. Meet me _ _ _ _ _ noon _ _ _ _ _ Thursday.
4. I havent seen you _ _ _ _ _ a week.
5. I havent seen you _ _ _ _ _ last Tuesday.
6. Hamlet was written _ _ _ _ _ Shakespeare.
7. I was born _ _ _ _ _ Chester, but now I live
bung 7:
Fgen Sie die passenden Prpositionen ein!
_ _ _ _ _ a small village _ _ _ _ _ Switzerland.
1. Catherine stays _ _ _ _ _ home when
8. Cats like to sit _ _ _ _ _ the roof.
Gordon delivers books.
9. Write _ _ _ _ _ your pencil.
113
13
Umwelt und Natur
A Eine Wettervorhersage
n
Geoffrey und Joseph schalten den Fernseher ein
und schauen sich die Wettervorhersage an. Sie
mchten einen Ausflug mit dem Fahrrad unternehmen.
Meteorologist: Over in Russia and the

Ukraine there is a surprise storm watch.
They are expecting over a foot of snow
very untypical for this time of year.
And in northern Africa from Morocco to
Geoffrey: It looks like it could be a good

day for biking, Joseph. Lets turn on the
Egypt, there are winds that are blowing

west to east. They will cause problems
television to see what they are predicting.
for this area that is already experiencing

a dry spell.
Joseph: All right, if its sunny tomorrow,
Geoffrey: A drought in the desert? Thats
well go cycling. But I think the chances

that the weatherman is right are slim.
not unusual.
Meteorologist: Looking forward to next
Geoffrey: Has the remote control slipped

into the couch cushions?
week. The skies will clear up over Britain

and there will be an extended period of
Joseph: Yes, here it is.
sunshine.
Meteorologist: Good morning, Im Sharon Weatherfield, your meteorologist

with the weather forecast for Tuesday.
It looks like its going to rain in the north
over Ireland and Great Britain with scattered showers in northern France.
Joseph: Will you turn off the television?
Then I think we have our answer.
Geoffrey: Just wait a moment.
Meteorologist: On the continent we have
mostly cloudy skies, overcast over the
Scandinavian countries, and its going to
be sunny along the Mediterranean with
temperatures around 19 Celsius.
Geoffrey: Thats typical. Maybe I will
move to Spain.
114
Vokabeln
along
entlang
area
Gebiet
atypical
untypisch
biking
Rad fahren
to blow blew blown blasen, wehen
to cause
bewirken
to clear up
aufklren, sich
aufheitern
cloud
Wolke
continent
Kontinent
the continent (GB)
Kontinentaleuropa
cushion
Kissen
cycling
Rad fahren
degree
(hier:) Grad
desert
Wste
drought
Drre
dry spell
Drreperiode,
Trockenphase
Egypt
gypten
to expect
erwarten
extended
verlngert
meteorologist
Meteorologe
Umwelt und Natur
13
Grammatik
mostly
overcast
to pour
to predict
problem
to rain
remote control
Scandinavian
scattered
shower
sky
to slip
sunny
sunshine
surprise
television
temperature
to turn on/off
unusual
to watch
weather forecast
weatherman
weather map
weather outlook
weather report
The chances are
slim.
zum grten Teil

bewlkt, bedeckter Himmel
schtten, gieen
vorhersagen
Problem
regnen
Fernbedienung
skandinavisch
verstreut, vereinzelt
Regenschauer
Himmel
(aus-)rutschen
sonnig
Sonnenschein
berraschung
Fernseher
Temperatur
ein-/ausschalten
ungewhnlich
beobachten
Wettervorhersage
Meteorologe
Wetterkarte
Wetteraussichten
Wetterbericht
Die Chancen
gehen gegen
null.
Infobox
Das Wetter
drizzle
fog
hail
ice
rain
snow
sunshine
storm
wind
Nieselregen
Nebel
Hagel
Eis
Regen
Schnee
Sonne
Sturm
Wind
Die Bedingungsstze (If-Stze) des Typs I

Ein Bedingungssatz besteht aus einem Nebensatz mit if und einem Hauptsatz. Im Nebensatz
wird eine Bedingung genannt, im Hauptsatz
steht die Folge dieser Bedingung.
Der Bedingungssatz Typ I wird verwendet bei
Situationen, die wahrscheinlich oder vielleicht
passieren werden eine hypothetische aber
mgliche Zukunft.
Bildung
Im If-Satz steht Present Tense, im Hauptsatz
Future I (will + Infinitiv).
Bsp.:
If it rains tomorrow, we will go swimming.
Falls es morgen regnet, gehen wir schwimmen.
If he gets a new job, hell be happier.
Wenn er einen neuen Job bekommt, wird er
glcklicher sein.
Wahrscheinlichkeit und Hflichkeit
Durch sprachliche Feinheiten kann man den
Grad der Wahrscheinlichkeit oder der Hflichkeit ausdrcken:
Wahrscheinlichkeit
It might rain./It could rain. Es knnte regnen.
It will probably rain.
Es wird wahrscheinlich regnen.
It is going to rain, Im sure.
Ich bin sicher, dass es regnen wird.
Hflichkeit
Will kann in einer Frage vorkommen und ist
direkter und je nach Situation und Vertrautheitsgrad der Sprecher auch weniger hflich
als Would you like to ...
Will you watch the weather forecast with me?
Mchtest du die Wettervorhersage mit mir
anschauen?/Lass uns doch ...
115
13
Umwelt und Natur
bung 1:
2. The skies clear up. We have a picnic.
Bilden Sie Bedingungsstze!
_________________________
Bsp.: I dont remind him. He forgets my birthday. If I dont remind him, hell forget my birthday.
_________________________
Wenn ich ihn nicht daran erinnere, wird er

meinen Geburtstag vergessen.
3. It is cloudy. We watch a film at home.

_________________________
_________________________
1. She orders a beer. He pays for it.

_________________________
_________________________
2. My husband earns more money. We travel to
Italy.
_________________________
_________________________
bung 3:
Bilden Sie Fragen mit will!
Bsp.: You do the dishes. I do the laundry.
Will you do the dishes if I do the laundry?
Splst du ab, wenn ich die Wsche wasche?
1. You wash the car. It rains.
3. You buy the blue dress. You look great at the
_________________________
party.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. We go skiing. It snows at Christmas.

_________________________
_________________________
bung 2:
_________________________
Bilden Sie if-Stze mit will nach folgendem Beispiel!
3. They help the children. Something happens.
Bsp.: He gets a new job. He moves to another

city.
_________________________
If he gets a new job, he will move to another city.

Wenn er einen neuen Job bekommt, wird er in
eine andere Stadt umziehen.
_________________________
4. You tell her the truth. She finds out the
1. It rains. We dont go to the beach.
whole story.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
116
_________________________
Umwelt und Natur

B Im Botanischen Garten
n
Es ist ein wunderschner Tag. Ashley und Rick
entscheiden sich, in den botanischen Garten zu gehen. Ashley ist eine begeisterte Botanikerin.
13
Botanist: Right this way. We have many

plants in bloom right now. The roses are
blooming, and the daisies and the lilies
...
Rick: What about the desert plants?
here before. You love plants and this is
Botanist: We used to have cactuses in

that section, but were redoing it to
absolutely your thing!

Ashley: Well, I wanted to come, but I
make room for the English garden.

Rick: In what way is an English garden
havent had any time outside work.

Rick: Thats a valid reason. We have cer-
different from other types of gardens?
Rick: I cant believe you havent been
tainly picked the right day to come. They
Botanist: An English garden looks wild,

untamed. The gardener tries to make it
have just renovated the 19th century

greenhouse. They would have restored
appear unplanned and random, like

nature. French gardens, on the other
the summer cottage as well, but there

werent enough donations.
hand, are very manicured, always trimmed.
Ashley: Thats too bad. Who funds this
Rick: Could we see a French garden?

Botanist: Unfortunately, I cant show
place?
Rick: The Botanical Garden Foundation
you one on this tour, because we have

just torn ours out. Now we are passing
receives funding from corporate sponsorship, the government and private
the maple trees.
donors.
Ashley: What distinguishes the Chinese

maple from the normal one?
Ashley: Perhaps we could donate some

money to help support their charity and
Botanist: The Chinese variety has

burgundy leaves that are miniature.
efforts.
Rick: I would have donated already, but I
have had a lot of expenses recently.
Botanist: Hi, can I show you around the
garden or are you interested in a tour?
Ashley: Sure. I am especially interested
in the orchids and the flowering trees.
Vokabeln
to bloom/blossom
blossom
burgundy
cactus
century
charity
certainly
blhen
Blte
dunkelrot
Kaktus
Jahrhundert
Wohlttigkeit
bestimmt, sicher
117
13
Umwelt und Natur
Chinese
corporate
cottage
daisy
different
to distinguish
to donate
donor
efforts pl
expenses pl
flowering
foundation
to fund
government
greenhouse
humid
in bloom
leaf, leaves
lily
to make room
manicured
maple
miniature
on the one hand
on the other hand
orchid
outside of
to pass
to pick
plant
private
(at) random
toredo
to renovate
to restore
rose
section
to show someone
around
118
chinesisch
FirmenHtte
Gnseblmchen
unterschiedlich,
verschieden
unterscheiden
spenden
Spender
Bemhungen
Ausgaben,
(Un-)Kosten
blhend
Stiftung
finanzieren
Regierung
Treibhaus
feucht
blhend
Blatt, Bltter
Lilie
Platz schaffen
zurechtgeschnitten
Ahorn
in Miniatur
einerseits, auf
der einen Seite
andererseits, auf
der anderen Seite
Orchidee
auerhalb
vorbeigehen (an)
auswhlen
Pflanze
privat
willkrlich,
zufllig
noch einmal
machen
renovieren
restaurieren
Rose
Bereich, Abschnitt
jdn herumfhren
sponsorship
Sponsoring,
finanzielle
Untersttzung
untersttzen
herausreien
zurechtschneiden
ungezhmt, wild
triftig, gltig
Sorte, Abwechslung
Unkraut
wild
to support
to tear out
to trim
untamed
valid
variety
weed
wild
Infobox
Baumarten Eine Auswahl
beech
birch
chestnut
cypress
firtree
lilac
maple
oak
pine
white pine
Buche
Birke
Kastanie
Zypresse
Tanne
Flieder
Ahorn
Eiche
Pinie
Kiefer
Grammatik
Unterschiede zum Ausdruck bringen
Es bestehen verschiedene Mglichkeiten, einen
Unterschied sprachlich auszudrcken:
The two types of plants are different.
Die zwei Pflanzenarten sind unterschiedlich.
Roses are different from daisies.
Rosen unterscheiden sich von Gnseblmchen.
How can you distinguish between roses and
daisies?
How do you distinguish roses from daisies?
WieunterscheidetmanRosenvon Gnseblmchen?
Umwelt und Natur
13
bung 4:
(greenhouse, government, distinguish, humid,
donated, foundations, difference)
1. How do you _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a daisy from a
rose?
2. What is the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ between trees
and bushes?
3. The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ supports many
_________.
4. We _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ our old clothing to charity.
5. Our plants are growing in the
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , where it is _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
C Im Zoo
n
Paula geht mit ihrem Sohn Christopher in den
Zoo. Der Kleine stellt ihr sehr viele Fragen ...
Paula: Oh no, the zoo is only open until
four today. We should have left the
house earlier.
Christopher: Its okay, mum. We have
didnt come at one oclock, thats their

feeding time. Lets see the tigers and the
bears, then.
Christopher: Mum, why are they locked up?
Paula: Theyre not locked up. They are
not in jail.
Christopher: Are they criminals?
Paula: No, they havent committed a
crime. Ill explain it better. They are in
cages because they are dangerous. It
isnt safe to let them run around.
Christopher: Would they hurt us?
Paula: No, Christopher, probably not.
They are more afraid of us than we are
of them.
Christopher: Really? I dont have huge
claws.
Paula: Why dont we go and see the sea
animals?
Christopher: Lets sit at the front at the
dolphin show.
Some time later:
Paula: We shouldnt have sat at the
front. We are soaked from the splashing
of the whales doing tricks. Do you want
enough time. Where should we head

first?
to go to the giraffe and elephant houses?

Christopher: Why are the elephants ears
Paula: Lets go to the lions. Arent they
so large?
Paula: So it can hear the giraffe when it
proud-looking?
Christopher: Why are they sleeping?
Paula: Its their nap time. Its a pity we
talks.
Christopher: Mum, thats not true!
119
13
Umwelt und Natur
Paula: Youre right, I shouldnt have

joked like that.
Christopher: Can we visit the monkeys
in the ape house?
Paula: Sure. They always put on a good
show when they play.
Christopher: I like their tails and how
they swing from vines.
Paula: All right, but I want to make it to
the bird house. We should have stopped
there on our way to the rhinoceros pen.
Vokabeln
to be afraid of ...
Angst haben vor

...
ape
Affe
to be locked up
gefangen sein,
eingesperrt sein
bear
Br
bird house
Vogelhaus
cage
Kfig
claw
Kralle
to commit a crime
ein Verbrechen
begehen
crime
Verbrechen
criminal
Verbrecher
dangerous
gefhrlich
dolphin
Delfin
ear
Ohr
elephant
Elefant
feeding time
Ftterungszeit
giraffe
Giraffe
to head to
hingehen,
zusteuern auf ...
to hurt hurt hurt verletzen
in the back
hinten
its a pity ...
es ist schade,
dass ...
jail
Gefngnis
large
gro
120
to joke
lion
to make it made
made
monkey
nap
pen
to play
proud
to put on a show
rhinoceros
to run around
safe
sea
soaked
splashing
to swing swung
swung
tail
true
trunk
vine
zoo
Witze erzhlen
Lwe
etwas schaffen
Affe
Nickerchen
Stift, (hier:) Pferch
spielen
stolz
eine Schau
abziehen
Nashorn
herumlaufen
sicher
Meer
durchnsst
Spritzen
schwingen
Schwanz
wahr, echt
Rssel
Ranke, Liane
Zoo
Grammatik
Die Bedingungsstze des Typs II
Mit Bedingungsstzen diesen Typs drckt man
die Bedingungen aus, unter denen etwas passieren wrde/knnte. Dabei erscheint es aber in
Bezug auf die Gegenwart unmglich, oder in
Bezug auf die Zukunft unrealistisch, dass diese
Bedingungen erfllt werden.
Bildung
Im If-Satz steht Past Tense, im Hauptsatz
would/could + Infinitiv.
Bsp.:
If I had 20,000, I would/could buy a new car.
Wenn ich 20.000 Pfund htte, wrde/knnte
ich ein neues Auto kaufen.
(Im Moment hat der Sprecher kein Geld fr ein
neues Auto.)
Umwelt und Natur

If I was the queen of England, I would make
Mondays a holiday!
Wenn ich die Knigin von England wre, dann
wrde ich Montags zum Feiertag erklren!
(Sehr unwahrscheinlich die Sprecherin wird
nie die Knigin von England sein.)
If I won the lottery, I would/could stop working.
Wenn ich Lotto gewinnen wrde, wrde/knnte
ich aufhren zu arbeiten.
(Im Lotto zu gewinnen ist sehr unwahrscheinlich.)
Die Bedingungsstze des Typs III
Mit If-Stzen des Typs III drckt man die Bedingungen aus, unter denen etwas geschehen
wre oder htte geschehen knnen. Es besteht
jedoch nicht mehr die Mglichkeit, die Bedingungen zu erfllen, weil sie sich auf die Vergangenheit beziehen. Es wird also darber
gesprochen was (theoretisch) htte sein knnen, aber nicht eingetreten ist.
Bildung
Im If-Satz steht Past Perfect (had + Partizip),
im Hauptsatz would/could + Past Perfect.
Bsp.:
If I had worked harder at school, I would/could
have studied medicine.
Wenn ich in der Schule fleiiger gewesen wre,
htte ich Medizin studiert/studieren knnen.
If I had known you were coming, I would have
baked a cake.
Wenn ich gewusst htte, dass Du kommst,
dann htte ich einen Kuchen gebacken.
Satzstellung
Bei allen Typen von Bedingungsstzen kann
man Nebensatz und Hauptsatz vertauschen,
doch entfllt das Komma, wenn der Hauptsatz
vorausgeht:
Bsp.:
If you dont stop working, you will have a heart
attack! ODER
13
You will have a heart attack if you dont stop

working!
Wenn du nicht aufhrst zu arbeiten, bekommt
du einen Herzinfarkt!
If I lived in London, I would go out every night.
ODER
I would go out every night if I lived in London.
Wenn ich in London leben wrde, wrde ich
jeden Abend ausgehen.
If I had remembered to call him, he would have
come to the garden party. ODER
He would have come to the garden party if I
had remembered to call him.
Wenn ich daran gedacht htte ihn anzurufen,
wre er zur Gartenparty gekommen.
Es ist wichtig darauf zu achten, dass im englischen If-Satz anders als im Hauptsatz so
gut wie nie would steht. Auch nicht beim Typ
II, wo in der deutschen Entsprechung wrde
hufig in beiden Satzteilen verwendet wird.
Should have, could have, must have
Wie man schon beim Bedingungssatz Typ III
gesehen hat, beschreibt would have + Partizip
Perfekt im Hauptsatz eine unrealistische Situation in der Vergangenheit, die nicht eingetreten
ist (was wre gewesen, wenn ...).
Man kann auch andere Modalverben (could,
can(not), must, should) + have + Partizip Perfekt benutzen, um ber unrealistische Situationen in der Vergangenheit und ber Vermutungen ber die Vergangenheit zu sprechen.
Bsp.:
You should have told me before its too late now.
Das httest Du mir vorher sagen sollen jetzt
ist es zu spt.
I was so tired I could have fallen asleep standing up!
Ich war so mde, ich htte im Stehen einschlafen knnen.
121
13
Umwelt und Natur
Jane is never late; she must have forgotten we

arranged to meet.
Jane kommt nie zu spt. Sie muss vergessen
haben, dass wir uns treffen wollten.
Where is he? He cant have gone out the
door is open.
Wo ist er blo? Er kann nicht weggegangen
sein die Tr ist auf.
bung 5:
Bilden Sie If-Stze des Typs II wie im Beispiel!
bung 6:
Bilden Sie sinnvolle Paare! Welche Wrter passen
am besten zusammen?
1. to commit
2. to be locked up
3. to feed
4. to take
5. to hurt
6. to make it
7. to put on
8. to joke
9. to be afraid of
10. to head towards
a. a show
b. the animals
c. the next house
d. in jail
e. a crime
f. about somethig
g. dangerous lions
h. a nap
i. on your own
j. someone
Bsp.: I win the lottery. I stop working.

If I won the lottery, I would stop working.
1. I am rich. I buy a new house.
_________________________
_________________________
2. My husband earns more money. We travel to
Italy.
bung 7:
Bilden Sie If-Stze des Typs III wie im Beispiel!
Bsp.: He is sick. He goes to the garden party.
If he hadnt been sick, he would have gone to
the garden party.
1. I know you are coming. I make a pizza.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. I am younger. I learn to ski.
2. We arrive earlier. We see the lions.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
4. He is a rock star. He marries a model.
3. He has the money. He buys the sports car.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
122
Hobbys und Freizeit

A Sport
n
Kevin hat vor, zu einem Fuballspiel zu gehen. Er
versucht seinen Freund Ray zu berreden, mitzukommen.
14
Ray: Ill discuss this with Faye. In the

meantime, do you want to go to the
gym? Lift some weights?
Kevin: Id prefer to play some tennis. Do
you have a racket?
cricket, dont you think?
Ray: No, we could just go jogging or

swimming.
Ray: I dont know. My family are buying

season tickets for cricket this year. The
Kevin: We dont have enough time.

Well be leaving for the cinema at six
game is certainly fun to watch. It is a

great pastime.
oclock. Shall we go outside and kick the
Kevin: Football is so much better than
Kevin: But there is so little action! Football players put their hearts into the
sport, and they have the most extreme
and faithful fans.
Ray: I would say they are rowdy and
violent. So many of them drink too much
and just want to get into a fight.
Kevin: You may be right, but you and I
are attending the match this Sunday,
no matter what you say. Whats the
ball around?
Ray: All right.
Vokabeln
action
air
to attend
ball
to catch caught
caught
to convince
cricket
decision
defence
matter? Why are you making such a

strange face?
Ray: My wife, Faye, says we are visiting
her mother in Suffolk for afternoon tea.
Kevin: Picture this: the skies are blue,
the players are running with the ball
towards the goal, just as a defender
lunges for the ball, the striker kicks it
past him. The goalkeeper jumps into the
air and ... Goal!
defender
defensive
to drink drank
drunk
drunk
exercise
faithful
fan
fight
fitness club/gym
game
to get back to ...
Aktion
Luft
(hier:) hingehen,
teilnehmen
Ball
fangen
berzeugen,
berreden
Kricket
Entscheidung
Verteidigung,
Abwehr
Abwehrspieler
defensiv
trinken
betrunken
Bewegung, bung
treu
Fan
Gefecht, Streit,
Kampf
Fitness Center
Spiel
zurckkommen
auf ...
123
14
Hobbys und Freizeit
to get into a fight

goal
goalkeeper
jogging
to jump
to lift weights
to lunge for/at ...
match
no matter what
nothing
offence
offensive
Picture this:
to put ones heart
into s.th.
racket
rowdy
to score
season ticket
stadium
stand
striker
swimming
tennis
topic
violent
weight
to work out
Whats the matter?
streiten, sich in
die Haare geraten
Tor
Torwart
Joggen
springen
Gewichte heben
sich strzen auf,
hechten nach ...
Spiel
egal was
nichts
Angriff, Versto,
Vergehen, Beleidigung
offensiv,im Angriff
Stell dir (Folgendes) vor
Herzblut
investieren
Tennisschlger
laut, rpelhaft
Punkte gewinnen, machen
Saisonkarte
Stadion
Stand, Tribne
Angriffsspieler
Schwimmen
Tennis
Thema
gewaltttig, heftig
Gewicht
ausarbeiten, ausmachen, planen
Was ist los?
Grammatik
Die Verlaufsform des Futur I (Bildung)
Die Verlaufsform des Futur I wird so gebildet:
will + be + Partizip Prsens
He/she/it will be reading a book.
We
will be walking to the park.
You
will be waiting for his mail.
They
will be lying
on the beach.
124
Die Kurzformen sind: Ill be watching, youll be

going ...
Das Future Progressive beschreibt Aktionen
oder Zustnde, die zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt in der Zukunft stattfinden werden.
Bsp.: Dont call me at 8 p.m. Ill be putting the
kids to bed.
Ruf nicht um 8 Uhr an, ich werde gerade dabei
sein, die Kinder ins Bett zu bringen.
She will be attending school in Switzerland.
Sie wird in der Schweiz zur Schule gehen.
In diesem Satz liegt der Schwerpunkt der Aussage auf dem Zeitraum, ber den hinweg sie
die Schule in der Schweiz besuchen wird. Im
Gegensatz dazu informiert das Future I Simple
lediglich ber die Tatsache, dass eine Person
eine Schule in der Schweiz besuchen wird:
She will attend school in Switzerland.
bung 1:
1. go to
2. play
3. buy
4. get back to
5. get into a fight
6. jump
7. work out
8. lift
9. catch
10. score
a. into the air

b. a plan
c. a goal
d. a gym
e. season tickets
f. a topic
g. cricket
h. with someone
i. weights
j. a ball
bung 2:
Kennzeichnen Sie mit richtig oder falsch (r/w)!
1. _ _ _ _ _ Ray has his tennis racket.
Hobbys und Freizeit
14
2. _ _ _ _ _ Kevin is trying to convince Ray to
Wir werden am Sonntag Basketball spielen.
go to the game with him.
1. Next week, she will travel to England.
3. _ _ _ _ _ Kevin prefers sports with lots of
_________________________
action.
_________________________
4. _ _ _ _ _ Ray is sure that he cant go.
2. Next year, he will work for a Japanese com-
5. _ _ _ _ _ Kevin likes cricket better than foot-
pany.
ball.
_________________________
bung 3:
_________________________
3. On Wednesday, we will visit our relatives.
1. What will you be doing at 3 p.m. on Saturday?

a. We will watch the game.
b. We will be watching the game.
_________________________
2. Whats the matter?

a. Nothing.
b. Something.
3. What are faithful fans like?
a. They are drunk and defensive.
b. They are extreme and excited.
4. What sport needs a ball?
a. running
b. cricket
5. What can you do at a gym?
a. lift weights
b. be rowdy
_________________________
4. In November, I will buy a new coat.
_________________________
_________________________
B Was ist deine Lieblingsn

musik?
Kristin und Lewis treffen sich in der Warteschlange
an der Kasse der Oper.
Kristin: How long have you been wait-
6. Where do many games take place? In ...

a. a stadium.
b. a goal.
ing?
bung 4:
much time to music?

Lewis: Yes. I have devoted my whole life
Setzen Sie die Stze ins Future Progressive!

Bsp.: On Sunday we will play basketball.
On Sunday we will be playing basketball.
Lewis: Almost three hours.

Kristin: Wow. Do you always devote so
to it. I play the violin in an orchestra.
125
14
Hobbys und Freizeit
Kristin: A violinist? Interesting. I play the

cello.
Kristin: What do you like best about it?

Lewis: The rhythms and the mood that it
Lewis: How long have you been playing?

Kristin: In spring, Ill have been playing
puts you in.

Kristin: I like strong beats and sudden
for sixteen years. Its just a hobby. I
tempo changes. I also like techno for
practise in my freetime.
Lewis: Thats wonderful! What kind of
those reasons.
Lewis: I dont think that techno is music.
music do you play?

Kristin: Mostly classical, some contem-
A computer generates it!
porary. I appreciate all forms of music,

from Bach to rap. Do you come to the
opera often?
Lewis: I usually receive complimentary
seats from the theatre that I work for. I
Vokabeln
to appreciate
aria
band
beat
cello
classical
complimentary
wouldnt miss La Bohme, its my

favourite opera.
Kristin: Do you have a favourite aria?
Lewis: Definitely. Mimis dying scene.
Kristin: Mine too! Are your tastes all so
highbrow or do you also like popular
culture?
Lewis: To be honest, I also like rock, Britpop and jazz.
Kristin: Jazz too? How long have you
been listening to jazz?
Lewis: Well, lets see. I started to listen
to it when I was twelve, when I received
my first record as a birthday present. Of
course I buy mostly CDs these days. So
on my next birthday, I will have been
listening to it for twenty-one years.
126
computer
concert
contemporary
to devote oneself
to something
dying scene
freetime
to generate
highbrow
honest
low brow
mood
music
opera
orchestra
popular culture
to put somebody
into a mood
rap
to receive
record
schtzen
Arie
Band
Beat
Cello
klassisch
frei, kostenlos,
ergnzend
Computer
Konzert
zeitgenssisch
sich einer Sache
widmen
Sterbeszene
Freizeit
generieren, hervorbringen, produzieren
anspruchsvoll
ehrlich
wenig
anspruchsvoll
Laune, Stimmung
Musik
Oper
Orchester
Popkultur
jdn in eine Stimmung versetzen
Rap
erhalten
Schallplatte
Hobbys und Freizeit

rhythm
rock
seat
sudden, suddenly
taste
techno
tempo
violin
violinist
Rhythmus
Rock
(Sitz-)Platz
pltzlich
Geschmack,
Vorliebe
Technomusik
Tempo
Geige
Geiger/in
Musikinstrumente
Kontrabass
Fagott
Klarinette
Trommel, Schlagzeug
Flte
Horn
Oboe
Klavier
Saxophon
Posaune
Bratsche
Das Future Perfect Progressive wird aus will +

Present Perfect + Partizip Prsens gebildet.
Bsp.: I will/Ill have been listening, you will/
youll have been reading, he/she/it will/ll have
been singing ...
Ich werde zugehrt haben, du wirst gelesen
haben, er/sie/es wird gesungen haben ...
Bsp.: In one month, I will have been working in

this company for two years. In einem Monat
werde ich zwei Jahre in dieser Firma gearbeitet
haben.
In another two minutes, I will have been running for an hour. In zwei Minuten werde ich
eine Stunde lang gelaufen sein.
bung 5:
Instrumententypen
brass
percussion
strings
woodwinds
hoffe ich, dass ich die Abschlussprfungen

bestanden haben werde.
Die Lang- und Kurzformen sind identisch mit

denen des Futur I.
Infobox
double bass
bassoon
clarinette
drums
flute
horn
oboe
piano
saxophone
trombone
viola
14
Blechinstrument
Schlagzeug
Saiteninstrument
Holzblasinstrument
Beantworten Sie die Frage mit einem vollstndigen

englischen Satz!
1. What kind of music does Lewis play?
_________________________
Grammatik
2. How long will Lewis have been listening to jazz?
Das Futur II
Das Future Perfect Simple/Future II wird mit
will + Present Perfect gebildet. Lang- und Kurzformen in bejahter und verneinter Form sind
identisch mit denen des Futur I.
_________________________
Bsp.: Two more years and I hope I will have

passed my finals. Noch zwei Jahre und dann
3. What does Lewis like best about jazz?

_________________________
4. What does he think of techno music?
_________________________
127
14
Hobbys und Freizeit
bung 6:
C Im Literaturtreff
n
Bringen Sie den Dialog in die richtige Reihenfolge!

1. They play mostly rock, some jazz.
2. At four thirty I will have been
standing here for two hours.
3. I dont know, what time is it?
4. Are they good?
5. Its four twenty-five.
6. How long have you been waiting?
7. Of course they are. Ive been
standing here for two hours, havent I?
8. Its for concert tickets for a local band.
9. What kind of music do they play?
10. Two hours? What is this queue for?
Normalerweise kommen ziemlich viele Leseratten zu

Lillys Literaturtreff. Heute sind jedoch nur drei Frauen
aufgetaucht, aber sie sind trotzdem begeistert!
Lilly: Welcome to this weeks meeting.

Today we will be discussing the book
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen.
Where shall we begin?
Melissa: How about with the characters? I found Elizabeths mother
Lsung: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
utterly unbearable. Not only was she
bung 7:
ridiculous and embarrassing, she repeatedly humiliated her daughters.
Bilden Sie Stze nach folgendem Beispiel! Verwenden Sie das Future Perfect Progressive!
Bsp.: We have dated for two years. (3 weeks)
In three weeks, we will have been dating for
two years.
1. We have researched this area for ten years.
Erica: I think that she represented the

upper classs values in the 19th century.
In the end, all she wanted was to find
suitable mates for her children.
Lilly: Thats true. Her intentions were
(1 month)
good. However, she also wanted to raise

her familys status through the
_________________________
marriages.
_________________________
Melissa: Yes. But if we look at the protagonists Elizabeth and Darcy, we see
2. The children have gone to university for four

years. (2 years)
_________________________
_________________________
3. I have written letters all day. (4 hours)
_________________________
_________________________
128
that they also have flaws.

Lilly: Certainly. They are the pride and
the prejudice of the title.
Erica: Elizabeth gave in to her
prejudices. She listened to gossip and
formed her opinion of Darcy by
hearsay.
Hobbys und Freizeit

Melissa: Darcy was no better. He let his
pride be more important than the truth.
Lilly: Any last comments on this first
book?
Melissa: I found the novel witty, enjoyable, and dynamic. The humour was
subtle and I can fully recommend it.
Erica: I thought it was rather longwinded and dry. The subject matter
didnt interest me and I didnt have sympathy for the characters.
Lilly: Those are two very different
opinions. I personally found Austens
language fresh and her dialogue lively.
The plot twists were clever. I would read
it again.
Vokabeln
author
bestseller
book
character
clever
comment
to comment on
dialogue
dry
dynamic
to embarrass
embarrassing
flaw
to form an opinion
Autor
Bestseller
Buch
Charakter, Darsteller
klug, clever
Anmerkung,
Kommentar
anmerken, kommentieren
Dialog
trocken
dynamisch
in eine peinliche
Lage bringen
peinlich, hinderlich
Fehler, Schwche
sich eine Meinung
bilden
14
fully
to give in to s.o.
or sth.
gossip
hearsay
by hearsay
however
to humiliate
humour
intention
literature
lively
long-winded
lower class
main character
vllig
jmd. nachgeben,
sich etwas beugen
Klatsch, Gerede
Gerchte
vom Hrensagen
jedoch, aber
demtigen
Humor
Absicht
Literatur
lebendig
langatmig
Unterschicht
Hauptfigur,
-darsteller, -rolle
mate
Partner, Kollege,
Kamerad, Kumpel
matter
Sache, Angelegenheit
no better
nicht besser
novel
Roman
opinion
Meinung
personally
persnlich
plot twist
Handlungsverstrickung
prejudice
Vorurteil
pride
Stolz
protagonist
Protagonist
to raise
erhhen
to read read read lesen
repeatedly
wiederholt
to represent
reprsentieren
ridiculous
lcherlich
status
Status
subject matter
Thematik
subtle
subtil
suitable
geeignet, passend
sympathy
Mitleid, Mitgefhl,
Verstndnis
title
Titel
unbearable
unertrglich
upper class
Oberschicht
utterly
absolut, total, vllig
value
Wert
witty
witzig
129
14
Hobbys und Freizeit
Grammatik
Der s-Genitiv
Die Grundregeln fr den Gebrauch des s-Genitivs wurden Ihnen schon vorgestellt.
Es gibt aber auch noch andere Flle:
Endet ein Substantiv im Singular oder Plural
nicht auf den Konsonant s, so wird der Genitiv
mit s angehngt:
Sandras new book
Sandras neues Buch
the childrens toys
Die Spielsachen der
Kinder
Endet ein Substantiv im Singular auf s oder ss,
so wird genau gleich verfahren (s), auch wenn
dies vielleicht fr das Auge ungewohnt sein
mag:
The princesss
Die alte Krone
old crown
der Prinzessin
Im Plural wird, wenn ein Substantiv auf s oder
ss endet, nur der Apostroph gesetzt:
the ladies clothes
die Kleidung der
Damen
the classes new
die neuen Stundenschedules
plne der Klassen
Die Betonung mit not only ... also
Wichtige Eigenschaften knnen hervorgehoben
werden, indem man folgende Konstruktion
benutzt:
Not only is he witty and intelligent, he is also
kind. Er ist nicht nur witzig und intelligent, er
ist auch nett.
Not only am Satzanfang zieht die Inversion von
Subjekt und Verb nach sich, z. B. im Satz oben
... is he ... entspricht die Satzstellung der
eines Fragesatzes.
Steht not only mitten im Satz, so erfolgt keine
Subjekt-Verb-Inversion:
I will not only cancel my subscription, I will also
never read the paper again. Ich werde nicht nur
mein Abonnement kndigen, sondern auch die
Zeitung nie wieder lesen.
130
bung 8:
Setzen Sie das fehlende Wort in die Lcke ein!
(hearsay, raise, no better, bestseller, pride,
gossip, intention, personally, plot twist, book,
humour, status, witty)
1. It was not my _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to hurt her.
2. In the 19th century, it was important to try
to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ your familys
_________.
3. They appreciate someone who is
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and who likes subtle
_________.
4. Have you read the new _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ? Its
my favourite _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
5. The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ was a surprise.
6. Do not let _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ form your opinions of people.
7. In the book, Darcy realises he has too much
_________.
8. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , I thought the novel was
unbearable, I couldnt read it.
9. The writers second novel was
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ than the first.
bung 9:
Bilden Sie den s-Genitiv!
1. the prejudice of the people
_________________________
Hobbys und Freizeit
14
2. the intention of the author
1. The novel is boring. The author cannot write
_________________________
well.
3. the plot twists of the stories
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
4. the jewellery of the princesses
2. The protaganist is strange. He repeatedly
_________________________
humiliates his relatives.

_________________________
_________________________
bung 10:
Bilden Sie Stze nach dem Beispiel!
Bsp.: She is rich. She gives to charity.
Not only is she rich, she also gives to charity.
Sie ist nicht nur reich, sie spendet auch fr
wohlttige Zwecke.
3. The dialogue is clever. The subject matter is

extremely interesting.
_________________________
_________________________
131
15
Feste und Feierlichkeiten
A Weihnachten zu Hause
n
Familie Stockton trifft sich jedes Jahr zu Weihnachten. Fast jedes Familienmitglied hat ein leckeres Gericht mitgebracht.
Jimmy: Why do we celebrate Christmas?

You always seem so stressed.
Kathryn: Im quite stressed by the situation, Jimmy, but Christmas time is a
wonderful chance to get together with
Kathryn: Who prepared the green bean

casserole?
the family.
Jimmy: Why do we have a Christmas
Thomas: It was prepared by Uncle

Martin. He also brought the rolls and
tree then? And Father Christmas? And

why do we sing Christmas carols?
the wine.
Kathryn: And the Christmas puddings?
Kathryn: They are sung at this time to
Are they ready?
celebrate the birth of Christ. The tree is

decorated in celebration.
Thomas: Of course. This one was made

by Aunt Sally and the other by Aunt
Jimmy: All right. Can I do anything to

help?
Hilda.
Kathryn: All right. The roast beef needs
to be put in the oven and this tin should
be greased. Can you do that, Thomas?
Thomas: Why is Christmas always so
hectic? This should be a time to take it
easy and relax. What else needs to be
done?
Kathryn: The potatoes have been peeled,
the wine has been poured, and the table
has been laid.
Thomas: Is the table cloth usually stained
or is this a special occasion?
Kathryn: Oh no!
Jimmy: Mum, can I ask you something?
Kathryn: Jimmy, Im rather busy at the
moment. Can it wait?
132
Vokabeln
birth
busy
carol
casserole
to celebrate
in celebration of ...
Christ
Christmas
Christmas carols
Christmas Eve
Christmas tree
to decorate
Father Christmas
feast
to get together
to grease
hectic
to honour
oven
to peel
to pour
Geburt
beschftigt
Lied
Auflauf
feiern
zur Feier von ..., in
Gedenken an ...
Christus
Weihnachten
Weihnachtslieder
Heiliger Abend
Weihnachtsbaum
schmcken
Weihnachtsmann
Fest
zusammenkommen
einfetten
hektisch
ehren
Ofen
schlen
gieen

to praise
to prepare
pudding
roast beef
roll
to sing
to stain
to stress
stress
table cloth
tin
wine
What else ...?
loben, preisen
vorbereiten
heier Nachtisch
Roastbeef
Brtchen
singen
beflecken,
Flecken bekommen
belasten
Stress, Belastung
Tischdecke
Blech
Wein
Was noch ...?
A cake was made

by Liz.
Ein Kuchen wurde von Liz gemacht.
Past Pro- Liz
was making
a cake.
gressive Liz machte gerade einen Kuchen.
A cake was being made
by Liz.
Ein Kuchen wurde gerade von Liz
gemacht.
Present
Perfect
Liz
has made
a cake.
Liz hat einen Kuchen gemacht.
A cake has been made
by Liz.
Ein Kuchen ist von Liz gemacht worden.
Past
Perfect
Liz
had made
a cake.
Liz hatte einen Kuchen gemacht.
A cake had been made
by Liz.
Ein Kuchen war von Liz gemacht
worden.
Future I
Liz
will make
a cake.
Liz wird einen Kuchen machen.
A cake will be made
by Liz.
Ein Kuchen wird von Liz gemacht
werden.
Grammatik
Das Passiv
Das Passiv wird mit einer Form von to be (Zeit
in Abhngigkeit vom Kontext) und dem Partizip
Perfekt gebildet.
Bildung
Subjekt + to be +
John
was
John
wurde
Partizip Perfekt
told off by his mum.
von seiner Mutter
geschimpft.
Die verschiedenen Zeitformen im Aktiv und im

Passiv:
Simple Liz
makes
a cake.
Present Liz macht einen Kuchen.
A cake is made
by Liz.
Ein Kuchen wird von Liz gemacht.
Present Liz
is making
a cake.
ProLiz macht gerade einen Kuchen.
gressive A cake is being made
by Liz.
Ein Kuchen wird gerade von Liz
gemacht.
Simple Liz
made
a cake.
Past
Liz machte einen Kuchen.
15
Future II Liz
will have made
a cake.
Liz wird einen Kuchen gemacht haben.
A cake will have been
by Liz.
made
Ein Kuchen wird von Liz gemacht
worden sein.
Conditional I
Liz
would make
a cake.
Liz wrde einen Kuchen machen.
A cake would be made
by Liz.
Ein Kuchen wrde von Liz gemacht
werden.
Conditional II
Liz
would have made a cake.
Liz htte einen Kuchen gemacht.
A cake would have been by Liz.
made
Ein Kuchen wre von Liz gemacht
worden.
133
15
bung 1:
5. They need to form an orchestra.
Bilden Sie einen korrekten englischen Satz!
_________________________
1. decorated celebration of Christs birth

tree is in
6. He needs to play the song at the birthday
_________________________
party.
_________________________
_________________________
2. family entire Christmas gets at

together the
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. needs be to what done else ?
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
bung 3:
1. decorate
2. prepare
3. peel
4. celebrate
5. pour
6. iron
7. sing
8. grease
9. lay
a. Christs birth
b. potatoes
c. Christmas carols
d. the wine
e. the table
f. the feast
g. the table cloth
h. the Christmas tree
i. a tin
bung 4:
bung 2:
1. You need to bake the rolls.
Bilden Sie Passivstze nach folgendem Beispiel!

Bsp.:
Kathryn peels all the carrots.
All the carrots are peeled by Kathryn.
_________________________
Alle Karotten werden von Kathryn geschlt.
2. They should prepare the food.
1. The family decorates the Christmas tree.
_________________________
_________________________
3. She should peel the potatoes.
_________________________
_________________________
2. Before they were cooked, she peeled the
4. We should celebrate Christmas.
potatoes.
_________________________
_________________________
Bilden Sie Passivstze!
134

B Zu Ostern
n
Lucys Eltern haben berall im Garten Eier versteckt. Jetzt ziehen sie sich fr die Kirche um.
15
Mary: Well done!

Lucy: Are we going to church today?
Mary: Yes, we are. Your favourite dress
has already been ironed.
James: Has Lucy been given her Easter
James: Is there still a lot to do? Can I
eggs?
lend you a hand?

Mary: Yes, the Simnel Cake still has to
Mary: Not yet. Shes still in her bedroom.

Have you seen the chocolate egg from her
godmother? Its huge, and its filled with
little chocolate animals!
be baked for tea later, and the little chocolate eggs need to be hidden in the
garden for the Easter egg hunt this
James: Psychologists say you should put

small toys or puzzles in the eggs, not
afternoon.
James: What are we having for Easter
just sweets.
dinner?
Mary: Were having roast lamb with
Mary: Well, its too late now. The chocolate eggs and bunnies have already been
bought.
James: True. We wouldnt want all those
mint sauce, roast potatoes and parsnips

and fresh peas.
Lucy: Yummy!
sweets to go to waste.
Mary: Why is Lucy taking so long to get
up this morning?
James: She was woken by the thunder
last night and couldnt get back to sleep
again.
Mary: Ah theres our little girl! Good
morning, sweetheart.
Lucy: Hi mum. I havent been hugged yet
today ...
James: Come here, darling.
Mary: I see the Easter eggs have already
been found.
Lucy: I found them under the stairs!
Vokabeln
almost
bunny
candle
candy(US)/sweets(GB)
to colour
decoration
to dye
Easter
Easter egg hunt
egg
favourite
filled with
to get up
to go back to sleep
godmother
to go to waste
ham
fast
Hschen
Kerze
Sigkeiten
frben
Dekoration, Ausstattung
frben
Ostern
Ostereisuche
Ei
Lieblingsgefllt mit
aufstehen
wieder einschlafen
Patin, Patentante
verderben
Schinken
135
15
to hide hid hidden verstecken

hiding place
Versteck
to hug
umarmen
huge
riesig
to iron
bgeln
to lend a hand to
helfen
mint sauce
Minzsoe
parsnips pl
Pastinaken
peas pl
Erbsen
psychologist
Psychologe
puzzle
Puzzle, Rtsel
roast
Braten, gebraten
roast lamb
Lammbraten
roast potatoes pl
Bratkartoffeln
Simmel Cake
Fruchtkuchen
mit Marzipan
to solve a puzzle
ein Rtsel lsen
spot
Platz
stair(case)
Treppe
storage
Lager
stuffy
stickig
sweetheart
Schatz, Liebling
thunder
Donner
toy
Spielzeug
Yummy!
Lecker!
Im Folgenden finden Sie einige Beispiele fr

weitere Kollektivbezeichnungen:
cattle
clergy
people
furniture
herd
team
staff
Vieh
Geistliche
Leute
Mbel
Herde
Team
Personal
bung 5:
Setzen Sie das fehlende Wort in die Lcke ein!
(eggs, lend, sweets, hiding places, noticed,
bunnies, afterwards, hiding, bathed, placed)
1. They _ _ _ _ _ the baby.
2. Everyone _ _ _ _ _ that we were late for
church.
3. I was glad that he was prepared to _ _ _ _ _
me a hand.
Grammatik
4. _ _ _ _ _ are not the healthiest food for
Kollektivbezeichnungen
Kollektivbezeichnungen stehen fr eine
bestimmte Gruppe. Sie stehen im Singular und
ziehen, nachdem man von mehreren Bestandteilen, die zur Gruppe gehren, ausgeht, ein
Verb im Plural nach sich:
children.
5. Have the eggs been _ _ _ _ _ in _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ in the garden?
6. _ _ _ _ _ , the _ _ _ _ _ will be baked and
Bsp.:
The police have found the thief.
Die Polizei hat den Dieb gefunden.
served with potatoes.
Will man von einer Einzelperson sprechen, so

wird policeman/policewoman verwendet.
find them.
The policeman/policewoman helped us.

Der/die Polizist/in hat uns geholfen.
136
7. Where are the children _ _ _ _ _ ? I cannot
8. At Easter, we decorate baskets with

_ _ _ _ _ , chocolates and jelly beans.

bung 6:
15
3. Father has hidden the sweets and chocolate.
_________________________
1. Like what? How can I lend a hand?
_________________________
2. Are they already boiled?
3. Yes, they have been brought out from storage. 4. Thunder has scared the child.
4. You can dye the eggs and hide them in the
_________________________
garden.
5. No, there is still a lot to do.
5. They have bought the bunny.
6. And the Easter baskets? Have they been
_________________________
found?
7. Is everything ready for Easter?
6. Someone has woken the baby.
8. Yes, they were hard-boiled yesterday.
_________________________
Lsung:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
7. Everyone has eaten all the food that was
bought.
_________________________
bung 7:
1. hide
2. fall asleep
3. cool
4. move
5. healthy
6. lend a hand
7. afterwards
a. unhealthy
b. not help
c. find
d. wake up
e. before
f. hot
g. stay
_________________________
bung 9:
Formen Sie Passivstze nach folgendem Muster!
Bsp.:
The kids lay the table. The table has been laid
by the kids.
Der Tisch ist von den Kindern gedeckt worden.
1. Mother could have bought the ham.
bung 8:
_________________________
Formulieren Sie Fragen im Passiv!

Bsp.:
You have cleaned the living room.
Has the living room been cleaned?
Ist das Wohnzimmer gereinigt worden?
_________________________
1. You have made the cake.
2. Their uncle could have hugged the children.

_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. The experts could have solved the puzzles.
2. She has hidden the Easter eggs.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
137
15
C Eine schne Hochzeit

n
Charlene und Phillip heiraten! Vor dem groen Tag
gibt es viel zu erledigen. Charlene und ihre Mutter
kmmern sich darum.
Gladys: Have you already registered for

wedding gifts?
Charlene: Yes. Thats being handled by
Aunt Sheri. I gave her a list of the presents we would like. Mum, how long does
invitations. They should be at the print-
one wait before one sends thank-you

notes after the wedding?
ers right now. Charlene, how do you

want to invite your guests?
Gladys: Usually, they should be sent

within three weeks. That is what most
Charlene: How about this Gladys and

Dean Carrington cordially invite you to
etiquette experts say, anyway.
Gladys: We should be working on the
the marriage of their daughter ... and so
Charlene: Have the bridesmaids and best

men been contacted? I will get in con-
on. Or Gladys and Dean kindly request

your presence at the marriage of their
tact with the maid of honour. Philip is

contacting his best man.
daughter ... and so forth.

Gladys: Sounds good. I like the second
suggestion. Do you want a simple,
plain invitation, or would you prefer
something with an intricate border?
Charlene: Sometimes less is more.
What about the floral arrangements?
Have you spoken with the florist?
Gladys: They are being designed right
now. And the music is being taken care
of by your father. He wants to hire an
orchestra.
Charlene: He could have consulted me.
Gladys: Your father knows what he is
Vokabeln
and so forth
arrangement
best man
border
bride
bridesmaid
to consult
to contact
cordially
desired
detailed
etiquette
to feel left out
festivities
floral arrangement
doing. Besides, he feels left out of the
florist
to get in contact
festivities.
Charlene: All right.
groom
guest
138
und so weiter
Anordnung
Trauzeuge
Rand, Rahmen
Braut
Brautjungfer
konsultieren
kontaktieren
herzlich
erwnscht
detailliert
Hflichkeit, Etikette
sich ausgeschlossen fhlen
Feierlichkeiten
Blumenarrangement
Florist
Kontakt aufnehmen
Brutigam
Gast
15
2. _ _ _ _ _ Charlene has already registered for

to handle
to hire
intricate
to invite
invitation
less is more
maid of honour
marriage
plain
presence
to print
to register for s. th.
to request
to take care of
thank-you note
wedding gift
He knows what
hes doing.
schaffen, sich mit

etwas befassen
(hier:) engagieren
(hier:) verziert,
aufwndig
einladen
Einladung
weniger ist mehr
Brautjungfer
Vermhlung
einfach, schlicht
Anwesenheit
drucken
anmelden, registrieren
erbitten
sich kmmern
um
Dankesbrief
Hochzeitsgeschenk
Er kennt sich gut
aus./Er wei,
was er tut.
wedding presents.
3. _ _ _ _ _ The floral arrangements have
already been designed.
4. _ _ _ _ _ The music is being handled by the
uncle.
5. _ _ _ _ _ One should wait one month before
one sends thank-you notes.
6. _ _ _ _ _ Charlene is marrying a man who is
named Dean Carrington.
7. _ _ _ _ _ Charlenes father wants to hire an
orchestra for the wedding.
Infobox
One wird in der Regel, wenn es sich nicht um
das Zahlwort eins handelt, mit man bersetzt.
bung 10:
1. best man
2. floral arrangement
3. to handle
4. intricate
5. cordial
6. and so forth
7. festivities
8. plain
9. gift
a. and so on
b. simple
c. detailed
d. present
e. flowers
f. friendly
g. celebration
h. to take care of
i. witness
One must take ones time.

Man muss sich die Zeit nehmen.
Why shouldnt one be friendly?
Warum sollte man nicht nett sein?
One ist formell und eher schriftsprachlich. Im
mndlichen Sprachgebrauch kommt you hufiger vor:
You must take your time.
Du musst dir die Zeit nehmen.
bung 12:
bersetzen Sie!
bung 11:
Bezeichnen Sie die Stze mit richtig oder falsch
(r/w)!
1. _ _ _ _ _ Charlene wants a simple invitation.
1. Sie ist von ihrer Mutter beraten worden.

_________________________
_________________________
139
15
2. In diesem Moment werden die Plne gemacht.
2. Father is taking the children to the zoo.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. Die Einladungen werden gerade gedruckt.
3. Jack is mowing the lawn.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
4. The family is celebrating the babys first
4. Die Trauzeugen werden heute kontaktiert.
birthday.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
5. They are contacting the new owner of the
bung 13:
Formen Sie Passiv-Stze nach folgendem Beispiel!
Verwenden Sie das Present Progressive!
Bsp.:
The florist is arranging the flowers.
The flowers are being arranged by the florist.
Die Blumen werden gerade vom Floristen
arrangiert.
house.
_________________________
_________________________
6. The thunder wakes the child.
_________________________
7. The business man consults the family about
1. The printer is printing the newspapers.
their future.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
140
Beim Arzt
A Wo tut es weh?
n
Roger fhlt sich seit einigen Tagen gar nicht wohl.
Er geht zum Arzt, da er sich selbst nicht mehr zu
helfen wei.
16
other bodily complaints. Can you be

more specific?
Roger: Overall, I feel lethargic. Im
having migraines, and my stomach hurts
all the time.
Secretary: Roger Blake? The doctor will

see you now.
Dr. Atkins: Have you vomitted recently?

Roger: I forced myself to throw up yes-
Roger: Thank you.

Dr. Atkins: Well, Roger, how are you feel-
terday because I felt so sick. I thought it

was something that I ate.
ing today?
Roger: Not too well. I have aches and
Dr. Atkins: Are you having neck trouble?
pains all over my body.
Roger: No, not at all.

Dr. Atkins: Roger, I think I want to run
Dr. Atkins: Did you hurt yourself somehow? A recent injury, perhaps?
some tests on you. Im going to refer you

to a specialist. Im not going to prescribe
Roger: Im not sure. I fell off my bike a

few weeks ago and injured my wrist, but
medication yet until we get the results.
I think its unrelated.

Dr. Atkins: Have you had yourself immunized against flu this year? We already
have a little bit of a common cold epidemic on our hands.
Roger: Yes, I got the flu shot months ago.
Dr. Atkins: You know, Roger, we cant
take our health for granted.
Roger: Im aware of that, Dr. Atkins. I
have never felt like this before.
Dr. Atkins: Lets examine you and see
whats happening. Open your eyes, please.
Ahh, they are a bit bloodshot. And your
mouth? That seems in order ... now your
ears. They are also good. You expressed
Vokabeln
ache
against
all over
to be aware of
bloodshot
bodily
common cold
Schmerz
gegen
berall
sich einer Sache
bewusst sein
blutunterlaufen
krperlich
gewhnliche
Erkltung
Beschwerde
Arzt
Epidemie
untersuchen
ausdrcken
Grippe
complaint
doctor
epidemic
to examine
to express
flu (short for:
influenza)
to force
zwingen
health
Gesundheit
to hurt hurt hurt verletzen
injury
Verletzung
to immunize
immunisieren
141
16
Beim Arzt
influenza
injection
lethargic
migraine
pain
patient
to prescribe
programme (GB)/
program (US)
to refer to
result
to run tests
Grippe
Spritze
lethargisch
Migrne
Schmerz
(hier:) Patient
verschreiben
Programm
shot
sick
sickness
specialist
specific
to take something
for granted
unrelated
to vomit; throw up
waiting room
wrist
(hier:) berweisen
Ergebnis
Untersuchungen
durchfhren
Spritze
krank
Krankheit
Spezialist
spezifisch
etwas fr selbstverstndlich halten
(hier:) nichts zu
tun haben mit
sich erbrechen
Wartezimmer
Handgelenk
Infobox
Wichtige Krperteile
arm
back
brain
ear
eye
foot
finger
heart
knee
liver
lung
mouth
142
Arm
Rcken
Gehirn
Ohr
Auge
Fu
Finger
Herz
Knie
Leber
Lunge
Mund
neck
nose
shoulder
stomach
toe
wrist
Hals, Nacken
Nase
Schulter
Magen, Bauch
Zeh
Handgelenk
Die Reflexivpronomen
Reflexivpronomen betonen das Subjekt eines
Satzes.
Bsp.:
He hurt himself.
Er hat sich verletzt.
She bought herself a new purse.
Sie hat sich einen neuen Geldbeutel gekauft.
They planned a party for themselves.
Sie haben fr sich eine Party geplant.
Im Folgenden finden Sie eine Auflistung der
Reflexivpronomen:
myself
mich/mir
yourself
dich/dir
himself
sich
herself
sich
itself
sich
ourselves
uns
yourselves
euch
themselves
sich
oneself
sich
bung 1:
1. examine
2. break
3. to be aware of
4. run
5. express
6. prescribe
a. against the flu

b. sympathy
c. medication
d. to do something
e. an arm
f. a situation
Beim Arzt
7. immunize
8. to force s.o.
9. suffer from
g. a patient
h. tests
i. sickness
16
bung 3:
Fllen Sie die Lcken mit den richtigen Reflexivpronomen!
1. She bought _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a new car.
bung 2:
(results, aware, examined, health, specialist,
waiting room, granted, aches, complaints, epidemic, prescribed, ran, migraines)
1. There will be a flu _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ if we
dont do something to fight it.
2. They hurt _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ while they were

playing basketball.
3. He went to the doctor for _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,
not for his mother.
4. You planned a party for _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
5. The ball moved by _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
2. The doctor _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ the patient.

3. The woman experienced terrible _ _ _ _ _ _ _
when she was stressed.
4. The specialist has _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ medication for my _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and pains.
5. The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ from the tests that we
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ have not arrived.
6. The young man was in the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
for over an hour.
Infobox
Krankheiten
appendicitis
a high/low blood
pressure
a broken arm
a (bad) cough
a (severe) injury
measles pl
German measles pl
scarlet fever
temperature
Blinddarmentzndung
hoher/niedriger
Blutdruck
gebrochener Arm
(schlimmer) Husten
(schwere) Verletzung
Masern
Rteln
Scharlach
Fieber
7. I try not to take my _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ for

_________
8. We were not _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of the injury
that our son had last week, he did not tell us.
9. They had no _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . Everything
seemed to be fine.
10. The doctor couldnt help him. He had to go
to a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
bung 4:
Kreuzen Sie richtig an!
1. Roger goes to the doctor because he has ...
a. the flu.
b. pains.
c. results.
2. Roger thinks that his fall from the bike ...
a. has nothing to do with his pain.
b. caused his pain.
c. hurt himself.
143
16
Beim Arzt
3. The doctor examines Rogers ...

a. arm, wrist, and elbow.
b. heart, liver, and lungs.
c. eyes, ears, and mouth.
bung 5:
bersetzen Sie!
1. Du solltest es nicht fr selbstverstndlich
halten, dass du gesund bist.
after the holidays and I would like to

lose some weight before the summer.
Dr Stanley: Dont we all? But first, we
need to determine if I have an appropriate weight loss programme for you.
You are not overweight by the official
definition.
_________________________
Joel: I know.
Dr Stanley: When did you go to the
_________________________
doctor last? Did he take your tempera-
2. Er hat sich erbrochen, weil er schreckliche
ture and blood pressure? No? Then Ill do

that today. In the meantime, tell me a
Migrne hatte.
_________________________
little bit about your eating habits.

Joel: Well, I have been taking vitamins.
_________________________
But I admit I have been eating poorly lately.
3. Bei einem Fuballspiel hat er sich sein Bein
Dr Stanley: Describe what you eat on a

typical day.
gebrochen.
_________________________
Joel: Well, I have a few doughnuts for

breakfast, with coffee. For lunch, I get
_________________________
some fast food, and for dinner, I order a
B Bei der Ernhrungsn

beratung
Joel will abnehmen, er mchte aber keine sinnlosen Diten ausprobieren. Er geht zum Ernhrungsberater.
pizza with beer.

Dr Stanley: While I enjoy a doughnut
once in a while myself, I dont approve
your eating habits.
Joel: My previous doctor had advised me
to eat a more balanced diet.
Dr Stanley: I can only confirm what he
Dr Stanley: What can I help you with
said. You need to avoid fatty and sugary

food. Concentrate on fruits and vege-
today, Joel?
tables and whole grains. What about
Joel: Well, I gained a couple of pounds
exercise? Do you exercise regularly?
144
Beim Arzt
Joel: While I enjoy sports, I just cant
find the time during the week.
whole grain
Dont we all?
16
Vollkorn
Tun wir das
nicht alle?
Vokabeln
advice
to advise
appropriate
to approve (of)
to avoid
balanced
blood pressure
to concentrate on
Ratschlag
raten, empfehlen
geeignet
gutheien
vermeiden
ausgewogen
Blutdruck
sich konzentrieren auf
to confirm
besttigen
definition
Definition
to describe
beschreiben
to determine
feststellen
donut/doughnut
Donut, Kringel
eating habits
Essgewohnheiten
exercise
Bewegung,
bung
to exercise
sich bewegen,
trainieren
fatty
fettig, fett
to gain weight
zunehmen
to go on a diet
eine Dit machen
to lose weight
abnehmen
nutritionalist
Ernhrungsberater
official
offiziell
once in a while
ab und zu
to order in
nach Hause
bestellen
overweight
bergewichtig,
bergewicht
poor
arm, schlecht
previous
bisherig, vorherig
regular
regelmig
sugary
mit Zucker
to take a temperature Temperatur
messen
vitamin
Vitamin
weight loss
Programm zum
program (US)/diet (GB) Abnehmen
Grammatik
Das Plusquamperfekt
Das Plusquamperfekt, das Past Perfect Simple,
wird gebildet aus had + Partizip Perfekt.
Bsp.:
I had walked
ich war gelaufen
we had watched wir hatten beobachtet
you had eaten
du hattest gegessen
they had danced sie hatten getanzt
I had gone to the doctor before I did the washing up.
Zuerst war ich beim Arzt gewesen, dann
machte ich den Abwasch.
Das Past Perfect Progressive wird gebildet aus
had been + Partizip Prsens.
I had gone reading ich hatte gerade gelesen
you had been discussing du hattest/Sie hatten gerade diskutiert
he/she/it had been telephoning er/sie/es
hatte gerade telefoniert
we had been translating wir hatten gerade
bersetzt
you had been correcting ihr hattet gerade
korrigiert
they had been presenting sie hatten gerade
prsentiert
Das Past Perfect drckt eine Vorzeitigkeit in der
Vergangenheit aus, d. h. wenn ein Ereignis in
der Vergangenheit vor einem anderen Ereignis
in der Vergangenheit stattgefunden hat, so verwendet man fr ersteres das Past Perfect.
Bsp.:
Before she went to the doctor, she had walked
her dog in the park.
145
16
Beim Arzt
Bevor sie zum Arzt ging, war sie mit ihrem

Hund im Park spazieren gegangen.
After they had gone to the cinema, they visited
their friends.
Nachdem sie ins Kino gegangen waren,
besuchten sie ihre Freunde.
5. She joined the basketball team. She gained

some weight.
_________________________
_________________________
6. She went on a diet. She ate lots of fatty food
bung 6:
Welche Handlung ist vorzeitig? Benutzen Sie das
Past Perfect wie in folgendem Beispiel!
Bsp.:
She stopped by the grocery store. But first she
went to the florist.
Before she stopped by the grocery store, she
had gone to the florist.
1. The doctor prescribed medication. He
and no whole grains.

_________________________
_________________________
C Ein Notfall
n
Sam ist bei seinem Grovater zu Besuch, als dieser
pltzlich einen Herzinfarkt erleidet.
examined the patient.

_________________________
_________________________
2. They described the thiefs appearance to the
police. They took a picture of him.
_________________________
Sam: Grandpa, is everything okay?

Whats wrong? Why are you clutching
your chest?
Grandpa: Sam, take me to the hospital
...
_________________________
Sam: Grandpa, you know Im too young

to drive. Ill have to call an ambulance.
3. The doctor diagnosed the mans illness. He
Ill dial the emergency hotline. Its ring-
took his temperature.
ing.
Grandpa: Hurry, Sam ...
_________________________
_________________________
(Sam has dialled the emergency hotline)

Dispatcher: Hello, this is the emergency
4. He changed his diet. He exercised every day
hotline.
and tried to lose weight.
Sam: Hi, my name is Sam Hudson. I live

at 242 South Whitaker Street. I think my
_________________________
_________________________
146
grandfather is having a heart attack.
Beim Arzt
Dispatcher: All right, Sam, someone is
on the way. Im sending emergency services right now. What symptoms does
he have?
Sam: He is clutching his chest and is
Vokabeln
ailment
ambulance
to breathe
(medical) check-up
complaining of a pain running down his

left arm.
At first, he thought it came from indigestion or heartburn.
chest
to clutch
Dispatcher: Sam, is he still breathing?
to command
to dial
disease
to dispatch
to drive drove
driven
emergency
emergency services pl
grandpa/granddad(dy)
to hang up
heart attack
heartburn
heavy
high blood pressure
hospital
hotline
immediate
Sam: He is breathing heavily.

Dispatcher: Sam, does he have a history
of other diseases or ailments?
Sam: He is a smoker and has high blood
pressure. He has been to the doctor
recently for a check-up, but he said he
was fine. The ambulance has arrived.
Dispatcher: All right, Sam, I want you to
go and meet them and take them to
your grandfather. Do everything they say
as this is a life or death situation.
Sam: Okay.
indigestion
Dispatcher: All right, I want you to hang

up now and call your mother and tell her
a life or death
situation
what has happened.
low blood pressure

moreover
on the way
to run down
to smoke
smoker
symptom
Sam: Okay. I will. But first I have to help

grandpa. I have to open the door for the
ambulance.
Dispatcher: Good luck!
16
Krankheit
Krankenwagen
atmen
(medizinische/
rztliche) Kontroll-, Routineuntersuchung
Brustkorb
sich an etwas
klammern
befehlen
whlen (Telefon)
Krankheit
verschicken
fahren
Notfall
Notarztwagen
Opa
auflegen
Herzinfarkt
Sodbrennen
schwer
hoher Blutdruck
Krankenhaus
Hotline
nchst-, sofort,
unmittelbar
Magenverstimmung
eine Situation
auf Leben und
Tod
niedriger Blutdruck
auerdem
auf dem Weg
hinunterlaufen
rauchen
Raucher
Symptom
147
16
Beim Arzt
bung 7:
(heartburn, immediate, breathing, on the way,
life or death situation, sent, emergency, symptoms, hotline, smokers, check-up, ordered)
1. The man on the telephone _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
the ambulance to the house.
2. There is a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ available for
people to call when they have problems.
3. He had been _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ quite heavily
Infobox
Homophone und Homographen
Homphone sind Wrter, die gleich ausgesprochen werden.
two
zwei
to
zu, in eine
bestimmte Richtung
too
zu ... , allzu, auch
Homographen sind Wrter unterschiedlicher
Bedeutung, die gleich geschrieben, aber meist
verschieden ausgesprochen werden.
to tear
reien, zerreien
tear
Trne
just before he had the heart attack.

4. Please dont make me wait. This is an
__________.
bung 8:
5. I regret that I cannot give you an
Setzen Sie two, to, oder too in die Lcken ein!
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ answer to your question.
1. This medication is much _ _ _ _ _ expensive
6. The policemen had _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ us to
for me.
leave the streets as soon as possible.
2. There were _ _ _ _ _ different kinds of
7. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to the hospital, he died.
diseases that were found in the area.
8. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ often have lung cancer
3. Please take this woman _ _ _ _ _ the hospital.
after they have been smoking for many years.
4. He is a smoker and he eats _ _ _ _ _ much
9. When a person has _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , it is
fatty food.
usually caused by their eating habits.
5. The patient described his symptoms
10. She had gone for a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , but
_ _ _ _ _ the doctor.
the doctor found _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of a more
6. The secretary sent him _ _ _ _ _ the waiting
serious disease.
room.
11. You have to hurry! It is a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
7. The ambulance was sent _ _ _ _ _ the house
__________.
where the man had his heart attack.
148
Beim Arzt
8. She was breathing _ _ _ _ _ heavily.
bung 10:
9. They felt _ _ _ _ _ ill to join us on the trip.
Bilden Sie Stze mit had been + ing!

Bsp.:
She went shopping for hours.
She had been shopping for hours.
Sie war stundenlang einkaufen.
10. _ _ _ _ _ of them will be coming to the

party.
16
bung 9:
1. They exercised regularly before the baby came.
Lesen Sie den Dialog noch einmal und markieren

Sie mit richtig oder falsch (r/w)!
_________________________
1. _ _ _ _ _ Sams grandfather had stopped

breathing by the time he called emergency
services.
_________________________
2. He ate poorly until the heart attack.
_________________________
2. _ _ _ _ _ The grandfather was still well
_________________________
enough to speak a little with his grandchild.
3. We played tennis and ate lots of fruit and
3. _ _ _ _ _ Sam had no idea what had
vegetables.
happened to his grandfather.
_________________________
4. _ _ _ _ _ Sam does not know what to do in
_________________________
an emergency situation.
4. The mans temperature rose dramatically
5. _ _ _ _ _ The operator was interested in the
before he stopped breathing.
grandfathers symptoms.
_________________________
6. _ _ _ _ _ By the time Sam hung up the
_________________________
phone, the ambulance had already arrived.
5. They smoked all their lives.
7. _ _ _ _ _ The grandfather had recently had a
_________________________
check-up and his doctor said that he was fine.
_________________________
8. _ _ _ _ _ The operator asked several ques-
6. He felt bad until the doctor gave him the
tions before she sent an ambulance to the house.
appropriate medication.
9. _ _ _ _ _ The ambulance came while Sam
_________________________
was talking to the operator on the phone.
_________________________
149
17
Post und Bank
A Ein Konto erffnen

n
Carol erffnet ein Konto bei einer Bank. Sie erkundigt sich nach einigen Formalitten.
Carol: What kind of interest rate do you

have for an everyday current account?
Mr Jenkins: It is set at 2 % annually. But
it changes according to the national
Carol: Good morning, I would like to
rate. I must tell you that we charge a
open an account.
flat fee on accounts these days.

Carol: My friend Madeleine told me that
Bank cashier: Right this way, please. You

can speak to our customer service representative, Mr Jenkins. He can assist you
with that.
you would say that. Perhaps there is a

way to get around that ...
Mr Jenkins: Of course, you could always
Mr Jenkins: So, you would like to open

an account with us?
keep a minimum balance of 500 in your

account. That excludes you from the
Carol: Yes, your colleague said that you
policy.
Carol: I can do that.
could help me with that.

Mr Jenkins: First, I need to see some
Mr Jenkins: You will receive your cash
form of identification, a passport or a

driving licence.
machine card in about ten days. Your

PIN will be sent separately.
Carol: Here you are.
Carol: Thank you.
Mr Jenkins: Thank you. Is this your current address?

Carol: Yes, it is.
Mr Jenkins: All right, Carol, are you interested in a current or a savings account?
Carol: I will be getting my salary
deposited directly into my account.
I want half of it to go automatically into
my current and the other half into
savings. My husband told me that its
possible.
Mr Jenkins: Certainly. I will need you to
sign this release form.
150
Vokabeln
to accept
account
annually
to assist
automated teller
machine (ATM) (US)/
cash machine (GB)
balance
bank cashier (GB)/
bank teller (US)
to calculate
cash machine card
to change
akzeptieren
Konto
jhrlich
assistieren, helfen
Geldautomat
Saldo
Kassierer
kalkulieren,
rechnen
Bank-/Servicekarte
sich ndern,
verndern
Post und Bank

cheque (GB)/
check (US)
to charge a fee
to close an account
colleague
current
current account
customer
customer service
representative
deduction from
(ones) salary
to deduct from ...
to deposit
Scheck
to release
Gebhr verlangen, belasten

ein Konto schlieen
Kollege
aktuell, laufend
Girokonto
Kunde
Kundenberater
safe
salary/pay
salary pay slip/ fam
statement
to save
savings account
separate
subscription
these days
to transfer money
to an account
to withdraw money
Gehaltsabzug
abziehen von ...

einzahlen,
hinterlegen,
deponieren
deposit account
Sparkonto
to deposit money into Geld auf ein
an account
Konto einzahlen
direct deposit
Direktberweisung
driving licence (GB)/ Fhrerschein
drivers license (US)
to exclude
ausschlieen
flat fee
Pauschale
fee
Gebhr
form
Formular, Vordruck, Form
to get around
etwas umgehen,
something
um etwas herumkommen
hire purchase (GB)
Ratenkauf
identification
(hier:) Ausweis
interest rate
Zinssatz
maximum
Maximum
minimum
Minimum
to open an account
ein Konto erffnen
paycheck (US)/
Lohn-, Gehaltssalary (GB)
berweisung
policy
(hier:) Verfahren
to put down/make
eine Anzahlung
a deposit
leisten
release
Erffnung, Neuerscheinung,
Verffentlichung
17
freilassen, loslassen, erffnen

sicher
Gehalt
Gehaltsabrechnung
sparen
Sparkonto
getrennt
Abonnement
heutzutage
Geld auf ein
Konto berweisen
Geld abheben
Grammatik
Die Stellung von Adverbien im Satz
Vor dem Subjekt
Vor dem Subjekt stehen gewhnlich Adverbien
wie maybe, perhaps, then, at first und of course.
Perhaps we can get around the high interest
rate. Vielleicht knnen wir um den hohen
Zinssatz herumkommen.
Of course I will not pay too much for the house.
Natrlich werde ich nicht zu viel fr das Haus
bezahlen.
Nach dem Subjekt
Sogenannte frequency adverbs, d. h. Adverbien, die beschreiben wie oft etwas gemacht
wird oder passiert z. B. always, often, sometimes, never, occasionally stehen fast immer
zwischen Subjekt und Hauptverb. Ist das Verb
be, stehen sie direkt nach dem Verb.
Sebastian sometimes prepares breakfast.
Sebastian richtet manchmal das Frhstck her.
Margaret is never late. Margaret kommt nie zu
spt.
In Stzen mit Hilfsverben stehen sie nach dem
(ersten) Hilfsverb:
You have always had time for me.
Du hattest immer Zeit fr mich.
151
17
Post und Bank
Am Satzende
Am Ende des Satzes stehen gewhnlich Adverbialbestimmungen des Ortes (in London, outside, ...) oder der Zeit (yesterday, every year,
next week, ...) und Adverbien, die aus mehreren
Wrtern bestehen (over and over again, off by
heart, ...).
Kommen in einem Satz mehrere Adverbialbestimmungen mit Endposition zusammen, so gilt
normalerweise folgende Reihenfolge:
Art und Weise Ort Zeit.
The children ate quickly.
Die Kinder aen schnell.
We met our friends unexpectedly in London
last week.
Letzte Woche trafen wir unerwartet unsere
Freunde in London.
bung 1:
(salary, assist, form of identification, passport,
interest rate, these days, current, save, withdraw, customer service representative, direct
deposit, cash machine)
7. Is this information _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or have

you moved?
8. We are trying to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ money, but
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , it is quite difficult.
9. A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is a safe form of identification.
bung 2:
1. open
2. save
3. calculate
4. receive
5. pay
6. assist
7. ask for
8. remember
9. speak to
a. the PIN
b. someone
c. interest
d. a bank cashier
e. an account
f. money
g. a fee
h. a salary
i. identification
1. Please show some _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ at the

entrance.
2. The easiest way to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ money is
from a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
3 The woman receives her _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
weekly by _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
bung 3:
Achten Sie auf die Stellung der Adverbien!
1. pay annually you must interest rates
_________________________
4. Let me _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ you.
5. The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ has not changed in
several weeks.
_________________________
2. sometimes open an account wife
separately and husband
6. If you dont receive your cash machine card

through the mail, please contact a
_________.
152
_________________________
_________________________
Post und Bank
17
3. people make a deposit when expensive

often buy they things
_________________________
Bank employee: Did you complete the

required forms?
4. goes money always the current
Kathy: Yes, I did. Here is a photocopy.

Bank employee: Oh yes. That is our fault
account half of the into
and not your mistake. The change was
_________________________
never entered into our system. Ill fix

that for you.
5. receives salary she her usually

monthly
Kathy: Additionally, I wrote a cheque

recently that was returned to me. They
_________________________
said that I had insufficient funds. If Im

not mistaken, I have an overdraft on my
account for these situations.
B Eine Beschwerde bei

n
der Bank
Bank employee: Yes, you do. Do you

have the cancelled cheque with you?
Kathy hat ihren Kontoauszug fr den letzten Monat

bekommen und hat dazu noch ein paar Rckfragen.
Bank employee: All right, Kathy, we are

going to reimburse you for the amount
Kathy: Good morning. I would like to

make a complaint.
Bank employee: What seems to be the
problem?
Kathy: I received my monthly statement
today and there are discrepancies that I
cant justify between it and my own record.
Bank employee: What doesnt match
your own records?
Kathy: Here, on August 28th, 65 was
deducted from my account for newspaper delivery. That should have been
stopped a month ago.
Kathy: Yes, here it is.
of the service fee. Go ahead and write

another cheque to the shop.
Kathy: What about my bruised reputation?
That is a business I use frequently.
Bank employee: Im happy to call the
proprietor and explain the situation.
That is the least I can do.
Kathy: Thank you. That would be great.
Vokabeln
additionally
to be mistaken
about ...
bruised
auerdem
sich in Bezug
auf ... irren
angeschlagen,
voller blauer
Flecke
153
17
Post und Bank

Grammatik
to cancel
complaint
to complete
to deduct
discrepancies pl
to enter
annullieren
Beschwerde
(hier:) ausfllen
abziehen
Ungereimtheiten
eingeben, hereinkommen
establishment
Unternehmen
fault
Schuld, Fehler,
Versagen
to fix
(hier:) ausbgeln, reparieren
insufficient
ungengend
insufficient funds
kein ausreichendes Guthaben
to justify
rechtfertigen
the least I can do
das Mindeste,
was ich tun kann
to make a complaint sich beschweren
to match
stimmen,
zusammenpassen
newspaper delivery
Zeitungszustellung
overdraft limit
Dispolimit
overdraft
Dispositionskredit
to overdraw
berziehen
photocopy
Fotokopie
proprietor
Besitzer, Eigentmer
record
(hier:) Aufzeichnung
to reimburse someone jdn entschdigen
reputation
Ruf
required
erforderlich
to return something jdm etwas
to someone
zurckgeben
solution
Lsung
service fee
Bearbeitungsgebhr
statement
(hier:) Kontoauszug
to stop
halten, stoppen
to write a cheque
einen Scheck
ausstellen
154
Die Partizipien
Im Englischen gibt es zwei Arten von Partizipien.
Partizip Prsens
Das Partizip Prsens wird mit der Endung -ing
gebildet. Es dient zur Bildung der Verlaufsformen.
washing (waschend), writing (schreibend),
singing (singend) ...
Partizip Perfekt
Das Partizip Perfekt wird bei regelmigen Verben mit der Endung -ed gebildet. (Die unregelmigen Formen werden am besten als Vokabeln gelernt.) Es dient zur Bildung des Present
Perfect, des Past Perfect sowie des Passivs:
washed (gewaschen), written (geschrieben),
sung (gesungen).
Die Partizipien nach einem Substantiv
Diese entsprechen einem Relativsatz.
Sie verkrzen einen Nebensatz und mssen
nach dem Substantiv stehen:
I do not know the girl standing by the window.
Ich kenne das Mdchen, das am Fenster steht,
nicht.
Do you like books (which/that are) written for
teenagers? Magst du Bcher, die fr Teenager
geschrieben sind?
a) Ein Partizip Prsens kann ein Relativpronomen und ein Verb im Aktiv ersetzen:
Do you know the girl (who/that is) wearing the
blue pullover? Kennst du das Mdchen, das den
blauen Pullover trgt?
b) Ein Partizip Perfekt kann ein Relativpronomen und ein Verb im Passiv ersetzen.
The form (which/that was) filled out by the
man was confusing. Das Formular, das von
dem Mann ausgefllt wurde, war verwirrend.
Post und Bank
17
Attributive und prdikative Adjektive

Man spricht von attributiven Adjektiven, wenn
das Adjektiv vor dem Substantiv steht. Prdikative Adjektive stehen nach dem Substantiv, das
sie nher bestimmen.
7. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , I would like to cancel my
Das Partizip Prsens kann manchmal wie ein

Adjektiv vor einem Nomen verwendet werden.
Es hat dann aktive Bedeutung:
sleeping mice schlafende Muse.
Das Partizip Perfekt als Adjektiv vor einem
Nomen hat passive Bedeutung:
the stolen car das gestohlene Auto.
Verkrzen Sie die Relativstze nach dem Beispiel!

Bilden Sie Adjektive!
Einige Partizipien haben sich zu echten Adjektiven entwickelt und lassen sich auch steigern,
z. B.: boring, exciting, interesting, worried, tired,
frightened langweilig, aufregend, interessant,
besorgt, mde, verngstigt.
1. The information that was required was missing.
newspaper delivery.
bung 5:
Bsp.: The complaint that was justified.

Die Klage, die gerechtfertigt war.
the justified complaint
die gerechtfertigte Klage
_________________________
_________________________
2. The solution that was offered was reasonable.
bung 4:
(establishment, additionally, overdraft facility,
reimbursed, complaint, overdraw, mistaken)
_________________________
_________________________
3. The gifts that were promised could not be
1. Im sorry. I seem to be _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
2. The store _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ me for the broken
delivered.
_________________________
glasses they had sold me.

3. Be careful not to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ since you
do not have an overdraft facility.
4. The clothing store is a very nice
_________________________
4. The account that was opened was not used.
_________________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ that I use quite often.
_________________________
5. I made a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ at the bank as
5. The money that was withdrawn from the
they could not justify the service fee.
account was stolen.
6. These cheques should have been accepted
_________________________
since I have an _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
_________________________
155
17
Post und Bank
bung 6:
Machen Sie aus dem Verb ein attributives Adjektiv
wie im Beispiel!
Bsp.:
The man changed.
Der Mann vernderte sich.
The changed man.
Der vernderte Mann.
C Bei der Post

n
Es ist Weihnachten und Rebecca muss viele Pakete
abschicken. Ihr ist aufgefallen, dass ihr noch einige
Dinge fehlen.
Rebecca: Ribbons, bows, wrapping
paper, scissors, tape, I think I have
1. The form was accepted.

_________________________
2. The amount was promised.
_________________________
3. The form of identification was required.
_________________________
4. The cheque was cancelled.
_________________________
5. The account was closed.
_________________________
6. The money was deposited.
_________________________
7. The interest rate was calculated.
_________________________
8. The store was patronised.
_________________________
everything. I should stop talking to myself. What have I forgotten ...

Postman: Madam, may I help you?
Rebecca: Yes. I would like to send these
parcels to Germany.
Postman: The first thing that you need is
a box to send them. You can purchase
one here. We dont transport packages
that are wrapped.
Rebecca: Is there a flat fee or is there a
charge per kilo?
Postman: For letters and postcards,
there is a price difference between land
and air mail. For national and international parcels, the charge is according
to weight and speed.
Rebecca: All right. I would like a box
that holds both of these presents, and
some padding because they are fragile.
9. The complaint was justified.
Postman: We have special insurance for

breakable items. Are you interested in that?
_________________________
Rebecca: Yes, please, to be safe.
10. The question was answered.
Postman: That is six pounds eight pence

per kilo, plus four pounds for the insur-
_________________________
156
Post und Bank

ance. That comes to nineteen pounds.
Can I get you anything else?
Rebecca: Yes, I would like ten normal
and ten airmail stamps.
Postman: Ill add that to your previous
purchases, and that comes to 26.00.
Rebecca: I may need some envelopes as
well, but I can come back for them later.
Thanks for your help!
previous
price difference
to purchase
ribbon
scissors pl
speed
stamp
to talk to oneself
tape
to wrap
wrapping paper
17
vorherig
Preisunterschied
kaufen
Band
Schere
Geschwindigkeit
Briefmarke
Selbstgesprche
fhren
Klebeband, Band
verpacken
Verpackungs-,
Geschenkpapier
Postman: My pleasure.
Vokabeln
according to
to add
je nach ...
hinzufgen,
addieren
airmail
Luftpost
to be safe
um sicher zu sein
bow
Schleife
box
Kiste
bow
Schleife
delivery
Lieferung,
Zustellung
envelope
Umschlag
fragile, breakable
zerbrechlich
to hold held held halten, fassen,
hineinpassen in ...
insurance
Versicherung
item
Artikel, Ding
land mail
normale Post
letter
Brief
minus
minus
to multiply
multiplizieren
multiplied by ...
multipliziert mit ...
padding
Polsterung, Fllwerk
parcel, package
Paket, Pckchen
plus
plus
postal service
Postdienst
postcard
Postkarte,
Ansichtskarte
post office
Post
Grammatik
Kalkulationen
Wenn Sie Geschfte durchfhren, kann es vorkommen, dass Sie Rechnungen auf Englisch
aufstellen mssen.
3+5=8
Three plus five equals eight.
Drei plus fnf ist gleich acht.
4 x 6 = 24
Four times six is twenty-four.
Vier mal sechs ist vierundzwanzig.
10 3 = 7
Ten minus three is seven.
Zehn minus drei ist gleich sieben.
8:2=4
Eight divided by two is four.
Acht geteilt durch zwei ist vier.
bung 7:
Wortrtsel: Was schlieen Sie ab, wenn Sie Sorge
um Ihre Postsendung haben?
1. sent by aeroplane
2. send letters in this
3. not in danger
4. +
5. to cover with paper
157
17
Post und Bank
6. this holds wrapping paper in place

7. make a bow with this
8. send this on holiday
9. something that can be broken is this
1. _ _ _ _ _
2. _
_________________________
7. 4 x 7 > 5 x 5
_________________________
______
8. 6 x 8 < 2 x 27
___
3.
6. 20 x 40 = 800
4. _ _
_________________________
5. _
__
9. 4 x 6 = 8 x 3
6. _
__
_________________________
7. _ _ _ _ _
8. _ _ _ _
10. 10 : 2 > 12 : 3
___
_________________________
9. _ _ _ _ _ _
Lsungswort: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
bung 9:
bersetzen Sie!
bung 8:
Schreiben Sie die Kalkulationen aus!
Bsp.:
3+2=5
1. Wenn wir den Preis von den Umschlgen

dazu rechnen, macht das zwanzig Pfund.
_________________________
Three plus two is/equals five.
_________________________
1. 4 x 5 = 20
2. Zerbrechliche Sachen sollten versichert und
_________________________
per Luftpost geschickt werden.
2. 100 : 4 = 25
_________________________
_________________________
3. 7 + 16 = 23
_________________________
4. 1 x 8 = 8
_________________________
3. Sie kauften genug Postkarten fr die ganze
Familie, hatten aber nicht genug Briefmarken.
_________________________
_________________________
5. 60 : 12 = 5
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
158
Kommunizieren
A Generationenkonflikte
n
Alex und seine Eltern Jared und Megan sprechen
ber die Zukunft von Alex. Er weigert sich, eine
vernnftige Entscheidung zu treffen.
18
ful, it will happen through my own

ambition and perseverance.
Jared: May I suggest that you make an
attempt and decide after you have
gained some experience?
Megan: What decision have you made

about your future?
Alex: Father, you know that a university

education is not always a ticket to a
Alex: Mum, you know that decisionmaking has never been one of my best
better life.
Jared: Let us not forget the larger
qualities. Im practically the king of

indecisiveness.
picture. From a philosophical standpoint,
Jared: I must stress that you have many

reasons to go to university. You would
make a great scholar. You like studying,
reading and writing. And you can do lots
of sports there such as swimming and
running ...
Alex: It was never easy to talk about
these things.
Megan: We arent just trying to annoy you!
Alex: I know. There are so many aspects
of it that I cant stand: the applying,
registering, the adhering to rules. I think
a better idea is travelling the world for a
year.
Megan: I think youre not thinking
straight. How can we motivate you to
succeed?
Alex: My succeeding doesnt depend on
motivation. We wont gain anything by
your forcing me to do it. If Im success-
you will grow as a person. I can only

confirm that.
Vokabeln
to adhere to
ambition
to annoy
to apply to/for
attempt
aspect
to be good/bad
at something
candidate
to debate
decision-making
to drive someone
crazy
to gain something
to gain experience
to get ahead
indecisiveness
larger picture
to make an attempt
motivation
sich halten an
Ehrgeiz
rgern, nerven
sich bewerben
Versuch
Aspekt
etwas gut/
schlecht machen
Kandidat
debattieren
Entscheidungsfindung
jdn verrckt
machen
etwas gewinnen
Erfahrungen
sammeln
vorankommen
Unschlssigkeit,
Unentschlossenheit
Gesamtbild
einen Versuch
machen
Motivation
159
18
Kommunizieren
perseverance
practically
pressure
reading
scholar
skill
standpoint
to stand something
to stress
to succeed (in)
successful
to think straight
writing
Beharrlichkeit
praktisch
Druck
Lesen
(hier:) Student
Fhigkeit, Fertigkeit
Standpunkt
etwas aushalten
betonen
Erfolg haben
erfolgreich
klar denken
Schreiben
Grammatik
Das Gerundium
Von jedem Vollverb kann man eine -ing-Form
bilden. Diese wird bei Erfllung bestimmter
Funktionen im Satz Gerundium genannt. Das
Gerundium ist ein substantiviertes Verb.
Die -ing Form als Subjekt
Reading is fun.
Lesen macht Spa.
Walking is a good
Laufen ist eine gute
type of exercise.
Art, sich zu bewegen.
Die -ing Form als Objekt nach bestimmten Verben
They enjoy reading.
Sie lesen gerne.
The children liked
Den Kindern machte es
playing in the rain.
Spa, im Regen zu
spielen.
Infobox
Weitere Verben, nach denen die -ing Form
folgt:
to avoid
to carry/go on
to dislike
to enjoy
to finish
160
vermeiden
weitermachen mit
nicht mgen
sehr gerne tun
beenden, aufhren mit
to give up
to imagine
to keep
to mind
to miss
to practise
to risk
to suggest
aufgeben
sich etwas vorstellen
beibehalten
etwas dagegen haben
vermissen
ben
riskieren, wagen
vorschlagen
Die -ing Form nach Prpositionen

Adjektive/Substantive/Verben + Prpositon + ing Form
Im sick of playing the piano.
Ich habe es satt Klavier zu spielen.
The boat was in danger of sinking.
Das Boot war in Gefahr zu sinken.
Ive always dreamt of being rich.
Ich habe immer davon getrumt, reich zu sein.
Prposition + -ing Form als adverbiale Bestimmung
We walked instead of waiting for the bus.
Wir liefen anstatt auf den Bus zu warten.
Infobox
Wortschatz zur Diskussion
I must stress that .../ Ich muss betonen, dass ...
I must emphasize that ...
Let us not forget that ... Lasst uns nicht
vergessen, dass ...
We wont gain
Wir werden nichts
anything by ...
durch ... gewinnen.
May I suggest that ... Darf ich vorschlagen,
dass ...
I can only confirm
Ich kann nur
that ...
besttigen, dass ...
Regarding ...
Hinsichtlich .../Was ...
betrifft ...
Its important to
Es ist wichtig, daran
remember that ...
zu denken, dass ...
Kommunizieren
18
bung 1:
1. She not like/to make decisions.
Fgen Sie die richtige Vokabel in die Lcke ein!

(straight, ahead, perseverance, writing, applied,
stand, succeed, attempt, driving, motivation)
_________________________
2. He hates/to get up in the morning.
1. I know it will be difficult, but Ill make an
_________________________
_________.
3. There arent enough musicians/to play the
2. Youre _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ me crazy!
song.
3. Every parent wants their child to
_________________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in their job and in life.
_________________________
4. Wait a moment, your glasses are not on
4. It is fun/to read books.
_________.
_________________________
5. If you work hard, you will surely get
5. Their mother not like/to clean.
_________.
_________________________
6. She has always had great _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to
6. To take/the train is not as fast as/to walk.
succeed.
_________________________
7. He _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to the local university,
7. The family likes/to read, to discuss, and to
but he was not accepted.
travel together.
8. His _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is so extraordinarily
_________________________
good because he has read so many books.
_________________________
9. They cannot _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ their fathers

indecisiveness.
10. With _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , you can achieve all
of your desires.
B Umweltschutz
n
Laura und Rachel haben einige wichtige Recyclingmanahmen kennen gelernt. Sie versuchen Lauras
Bruder zu berzeugen, dass Umweltschutz notwendig ist.
bung 2:
Verwenden Sie das Gerundium!
Bsp.: He likes/to run.
He likes running.
They not enjoy/
They dont enjoy
to read.
reading.
Laura: I cant believe you dont recycle

your used bottles, cans and paper!
161
18
Kommunizieren
Andrew: Why should I? My rubbish doesnt

make a difference on a global scale.
Laura: I suppose you arent being completely contradictory and stubborn.
Rachel: What if everyone thought that?

Recycling programmes are important for
Andrew: Im open to new ideas, I merely

require scientific support of argumen-
every community.
tation. I cant tolerate a lack of reason.
Andrew: Lets be honest! I just dont care

about the environment. Im convinced it
Rachel: I guess we can agree to disagree.
is just a conspiracy developed by environmentally-friendly people.

Rachel: What is the point of making
Vokabeln
to affect
to agree (up)on
something like that up?

Andrew: To suppress growth and pro-
to agree to disagree
gress. Theyre reactionary and they think

that animals are more important than
argument
people.
Laura: Thats not a valid argument. There
is proof of the depletion of natural
resources, not to speak of the health
risks caused by other environmental
argumentation
to be convinced
(that) ...
to be open to ...
bottle
can
to care about ...
hazards.
to cause
Andrew: There is little evidence of

danger. Ecologists try to sway the tax-
community
payers opinions, because they want to

keep their jobs.
Rachel: How can you say that? There is
considerable documentation that shows
how exhaust fumes cause different
types of cancer.
Andrew: That may be true, but I still
believe that it has little effect on our
lives.
162
consequence
considerable
conspiracy
contradictory
to convince
danger
depletion
to develop
documentation
environmentallyfriendly
ecologist
environment
beeinflussen,
wirken auf ...
sich einigen auf
..., zustimmen
sich einigen,
dass man nicht
einer Meinung ist
Diskussion, Auseinandersetzung
Argumentation
berzeugt sein,
dass ...
offen sein fr ...
Flasche
Dose
sich kmmern
um ..., besorgt
sein um ...
verursachen,
auslsen
Gemeinschaft,
Gemeinwesen
Konsequenz, Folge
erheblich
Verschwrung
widersprchlich
berzeugen
Gefahr
Verminderung
(sich) entwickeln
Dokumentation
natur-, umweltfreundlich
kologe
Umwelt
Kommunizieren
environmentalist
evidence
exhaust fumes pl
growth
to have an effect on ...
Umweltschtzer
Beweis, Nachweis
Abgase
Wachstum
eine (Aus-)Wirkung haben auf ...
hazards pl
Gefahren, Risiken
honest
ehrlich
lack of ...
Mangel an ...
to make a difference einen Unterschied machen
to make something up sich etwas ausdenken
merely
blo, nur, lediglich
natural resources pl Bodenschtze
not to speak of
geschweige (denn)
on a global scale
weltweit
point
Punkt
progress
Fortschritt
proof
Beweis, Beweismaterial
reason
Vernunft, Grund
to recycle
recyceln
rubbish
Mll
rubbish bin
Mlleimer
stubborn
stur, hartnckig,
eigensinnig
to suppress
unterdrcken
to sway
(hier:) beeinflussen
tax payer
Steuerzahler
to tolerate
dulden, tolerieren
18
Infobox
effect und to affect
Beide Wrter werden oft verwechselt, obwohl
das eine Wort ein Substantiv und das andere
ein Verb ist.
The rain caused the picnic to be cancelled. The
effect of the rain was that the picnic was cancelled.
Wegen des Regens musste das Picknick abgesagt werden. Das abgesagte Picknick war eine
Folge des Regens.
Weather affects picnics. Das Wetter hat eine
Wirkung auf/beeinflusst Picknicks.
bung 3:
Setzen Sie effect oder affect in die Lcke ein!
1. The weather always has an _ _ _ _ _ on your
mood.
2. Is this the _ _ _ _ _ of my decision or is it a
coincidence?
3. How does environmental policy _ _ _ _ _ the
way that we live?
4. Is there something that we can do to _ _ _ _ _
Grammatik
the programmes planned by politicians?
To lack
To lack entspricht im Deutschen mangeln an.
5. Exhaust fumes have an _ _ _ _ _ on the air
This food lacks salt. Diesem Essen fehlt es an Salz.

He is lacking self-confidence.
Ihm fehlt es an Selbstvertrauen.
There is a lack of interest in environmental
issues. Es mangelt an Interesse fr Umweltprobleme.
that we breathe.
bung 4:
(honest, environmental, develop, proof, cans,
causes, evidence, global scale, bottles, progress,
natural resources)
163
18
Kommunizieren
1. People say that nothing can stand in the way
4. I see that there is a _ _ _ _ _ of qualified
of _ _ _ _ _ .
candidates for the position.
2. The problem is large and it has an effect on a
5. No one cares about the problem because
_____!
there is a _ _ _ _ _ of evidence.
3. Lets be _ _ _ _ _ . You are stubborn.
6. If you are _ _ _ _ _ information on the sub-
4. They are very concerned with _ _ _ _ _
ject, research it on your own.
problems.
7. If you feel like your life is _ _ _ _ _ , change
5. There is no _ _ _ _ _ that eating certain
it.
foods causes cancer.

6. Environmentalists are trying to _ _ _ _ _ new
ideas to save the earth.
7. _ _ _ _ _ and _ _ _ _ _ can be recycled quite
easily.
8. There is scientific _ _ _ _ _ that smoking
_ _ _ _ _ lung cancer.
9. Our _ _ _ _ _ are something that we must
protect for our children.
C Haushaltsplanung
n
Eine Runde trifft sich, um den Haushalt fr das
kommende Jahr zu planen.
Mr Snyder: I call this meeting to order. I
would like to welcome you all to our
first meeting of the year. What is on
todays agenda?
Ms Stevens: First, we will be discussing
our budget for next year. After we have
come to a consensus, we will move on
bung 5:
to other topics.
Setzen Sie die passende Form von lack in die

Lcke ein! Es kann als Substantiv, Verb oder Adjektiv vorkommen!
Mr Lowell: I think that education should

be our top priority.
1. There is a _ _ _ _ _ of interest in the issue.
Ms Stevens: I agree. Our children are

tomorrows citizens and we need to
2. The child was _ _ _ _ _ motivation because
teach them so that they may achieve
she had no support from her parents.
their dreams and goals.

Mr Snyder: I disagree. In my opinion, our
3. There is no person who _ _ _ _ _ all good

qualities.
164
transport system needs to be recon-
Kommunizieren
structed. The safety of our families is our
most crucial task.
Ms Bellows: My opinion differs greatly.
According to the latest studies, crime
consensus
crime rate
crucial
to decrease
to determine
rates are increasing. Isnt protecting our

families just as relevant?
Ms Stevens: None of these issues are
to differ
to disagree
irrelevant. As chairman, I determine that

we begin with education. Have we allo-
funding
goal
in my opinion ...
cated enough funding for next year?
inconclusive
Mr Lowell: Im in favour of a pay rise for

teachers.
to increase
in favour of
Mr Snyder: I beg to differ. Im convinced

that they are making enough money.
irrelevant
Ms Stevens: Do we want to take a vote?
issue
to move on
All in favour of increasing teachers pay,

say aye. All against, say nay.
nay
(All at once) Aye/Nay!
pay rise
Mr Snyder: Well, that was quite inconclusive. The first vote was undecided.
priority
to protect
to reconstruct
Lets see a show of hands.
Vokabeln
to achieve
against
agenda
to agree (up)on ...
to allocate
aye
chairman
citizen
to call to order
erreichen, erlangen
gegen
Tagesordnung
sich einigen auf ...
zuteilen, zuweisen
Ja (bei einer
Abstimmung)
Vorsitzender
Brger
(hier:) um Aufmerksamkeit bitten
relevant
show of hands
so that
to take a vote
task
to teach taught
taught
teacher
top priority
undecided
vote
I beg to differ.
18
bereinstimmung
Verbrechensrate
entscheidend
abnehmen,
zurckgehen
festlegen, entscheiden
sich unterscheiden
nicht einer
Meinung sein
Gelder
Ziel
meiner Meinung
nach ...
nicht eindeutig,
schlssig
steigern
fr, pro, zu
Gunsten von
nicht relevant,
unerheblich
(Streit-)Thema
weitergehen (im
Thema)
Nein (bei einer
Abstimmung)
Gehaltserhhung
Prioritt
(be-)schtzen
rekonstruieren,
wieder aufbauen
relevant
per Handzeichen
damit, dass
abstimmen
Aufgabe
unterrichten
Lehrer
hchste Prioritt
(hier:) unentschieden
Wahl
Ich bin anderer
Meinung.
165
18
Kommunizieren
Grammatik
Einen Text strukturieren
Argumente strukturieren
Firstly ... secondly ... thirdly
erstens ... zweitens ... drittens
First of all/To begin with I would like to say ...
Zunchst einmal mchte ich sagen, dass ...
In addition/Moreover/Besides/Furthermore you
cant deny that ... Darber hinaus kann man
nicht bestreiten, dass ...
Another significant reason/advantage/consequence is ... Ein weiterer, bedeutender Grund/
Vorteil/Eine weitere wichtige Folge ist ...
This brings us to the question of whether ...
Daraus ergibt sich die Frage, ob ...
It is worth stating at this point that ...
An dieser Stelle sollte man darauf hinweisen ...
But above all ... Aber vor allem ...
Persnliche Meinung
Surely/Obviously/Without doubt it is wrong to
say that ... Sicherlich/Offensichtlich/Zweifellos
ist es falsch zu sagen, dass ...
Funnily enough/Strangely the writer defends
his idea although ... Seltsamerweise verteidigt
der Autor seine Idee, obwohl ...
Fortunately/Luckily his is not the only argument against ... Glcklicherweise ist dies nicht
das einzige Argument gegen ...
Honestly/Frankly/Generally speaking his proposals are stupid. Ehrlich/Offen gesagt sind seine
Vorschlge dumm.
Logische Folge und Schluss
So/Therefore/Thats why we cannot simply
assume that ... Deshalb knnen wir nicht einfach davon ausgehen, dass ...
From all this it follows that .../All this shows
that ... Aus all dem folgt, dass ... /All dies zeigt,
dass ...
To conclude/In conclusion/As a result you can
safely say that ... Zusammenfassend/Als Ergeb-
166
nis kann man sicher sagen, dass ...

All in all I therefore reject the view that ...
Alles in allem lehne ich deshalb die Ansicht ab,
dass ...
Taking the pros and cons into consideration I
come to the conclusion that ... Wenn man das
Fr und Wider abwgt, kommt man zu dem
Schluss, dass ...
Infobox
Meetings
chairman of the board Vorsitzender
secretary
Sekretr/in
treasurer
Leiter der Finanzabteilung, Kassenwart,
Schatzmeister
Vice-Chairman
Stellvertretender
Vorsitzender
I now call this
Meine Damen und
meeting to order ...
Herren, ich darf Sie um
Ihre Aufmerksamkeit
bitten!
I would like to
Ich heie Sie alle
welcome you all ...
willkommen ...
Who is writing the
Wer schreibt das
minutes?
Protokoll?
bung 6:
Kreuzwortrtsel: Finden Sie das Lsungswort!
1. receive more money for a job
2. one who teaches
3. top person at a meeting
4. to go up opposite: to _ _ _ _ _
5. to go down opposite: to _ _ _ _ _
6. with apparent reason
7. to not have the same opinion
1. _ _ _
2. _
3. _ _
___
_____
_____
Kommunizieren
4.
_______
5.
_______
6. _ _ _ _ _
7. _ _ _ _
_
___
Lsungswort: _ _ _ _ _ _ _
bung 7:
1. You dont agree. You say ...
a. We come to a consensus.
b. I beg to differ.
c. It is a priority.
2. Something that is important is ...
a. relevant
b. irrelevant
c. arbitrary
18
4. I beg to differ on this issue.

5. I cant emphasise enough how crucial this
topic is.
6. We cant forget what we have learned from
the past.
7. We wont gain by fighting over the issue.
a. There isnt enough evidence to support her
statements.
b. It would be better to discuss the matter and
come to a consensus.
c. We can look at what our parents did during
their lives and change our actions.
d. I know this from my own experience.
e. He is very familiar with these things and can
offer you some good advice.
f. It is definitely our top priority and we
shouldnt move on until we are finished with it.
g. I cannot agree with the way that you are
handling the problem.
3. When you agree with an idea, you are ...

a. in favour of it.
b. against it.
c. differ from it.
bung 9:
4. The first thing on an agenda is the ...

a. agreement
b. consensus
c. top priority
Meinung.
5. The crime rate should best be ...

a. raised.
b. lowered.
c. protected.
2. Sie sind fr die neue Politik, aber gegen das
bung 8:
bersetzen Sie ins Englische!

1. Ich stimme Ihnen nicht zu. Ich bin anderer
_________________________
_________________________
neueste Programm, nicht wahr?

_________________________
_________________________
Verbinden Sie die am besten passenden Stze!
3. Wie viel Geld ist der Gehaltserhhung zuge-
1. I can only confirm that it is difficult.

2. She doubts that there will be reason to
question.
3. May I suggest following your fathers example?
wiesen?
_________________________
_________________________
167
19
Im Bro
A Das neue Firmengebude

n
Jonathan ist neu im Bro. Heute ist sein erster Arbeitstag und sein Kollege Max fhrt ihn durchs Gebude.
Max: In the hall that we just passed

by. The food isnt spectacular, but its
eatable. The next room is for controlling. All of the accounting for Mathesons three production facilities is done
Max: Welcome to Mathesons International! My Name is Max. Ill be showing
here.
Jonathan: Where are the executive
you around.
Jonathan: Thanks. Im looking forward to
offices?
Max: The boss is often away on business,
the tour. I want my first week to be

problem-free.
but he sits in that office when hes here.
Max: First, well go to the main en-
Jonathan: How does one contact him if

he is needed?
trance. Make sure you park in the

employee parking area next to the east
Max: There is an impenetrable hierarchy

here. You have to contact him through
wing. If you commute by car, there are

ride-sharing groups that post their
three executive assistants.
phone numbers on the message board.
Jonathan: And the toilets?

Max: I was just about to show them to
Jonathan: You can avoid traffic that way.

Max: Yes, you can. You probably went
you. We can take a break until this

afternoon.
through security at the front desk this

morning. That wont happen from now
Jonathan: Thanks for your help. I really

appreciate it. Thanks again!
on. Theyll recognise your face.

Jonathan: Thats good.
Max: Youll need to wear your ID tag all
the time. Security is tight. Try not to be
careless with it, they are hard to replace.
Jonathan: Where do I pick that up?
Max: At Human Resources. Its on the
second floor.
Jonathan: I think I had my interview
there. By the way, where is the cafeteria?
168
Vokabeln
accounting
to appreciate
assistant
to avoid
away on business
cafeteria
careless
to commute
eatable
employee
Buchhaltung
schtzen
Assistent
vermeiden
geschftlich
unterwegs
Cafeteria, Mensa
unachtsam
pendeln
essbar
Angestellter
Im Bro
executive office
facilities pl
Chefbro
Einrichtungen,
Anlagen, Rumlichkeiten
floor
Boden, Stockwerk
front desk
Rezeption
hierarchy
Hierarchie
human resources pl
Personalabteilung
personnel
Personalangele(department)
genheiten
ID tag/identity tag
Ausweis
impenetrable
undurchdringlich
interview
Vorstellungsgesprch,
Interview
to look forward
sich auf etw.
to s.th.
freuen
main entrance
Haupteingang
message
Mitteilung,
Nachricht
message board
Anschlagbrett
on location
vor Ort
to pass by something an etwas vorbeigehen, -kommen
to post
bekannt machen
(durch Aushang),
anschlagen,
ankleben
problem-free
problemlos
production
Herstellung, Produktion
to recognise
wieder erkennen
to replace
ersetzen
ride-sharing group
Fahrgemeinschaft
security is tight
die Sicherheitsvorkehrungen
sind streng
to show around
herumfhren
spectacular
spektakulr
tag
Schild, Etikett
to take a break
eine Pause
machen
that way
auf diese Art
und Weise, in
diese Richtung
tight
eng, streng
toilet (GB)/
restroom (US)
traffic
wing
workplace
I really appreciate it.
19
WC, Toilette
Verkehr
Flgel (auch
Gebude)
Arbeitsplatz
Ich wei es wirklich zu schtzen.
Grammatik
Die Wortbildung
Wrter werden nach bestimmten Mustern
gebildet. Einige regelmige Bausteine sind
Prfixe, d. h. Silben, die vorne an den Wortstamm gehngt werden, und Suffixe, d. h.
Silben, die an letzter Stelle im Wort stehen.
Einige sehr hufige Suffixe bei englischen
Adjektiven sind -less, -ful, und -able.
-less
The meeting was useless.
Das Treffen war sinnlos.
He was completely helpless.
Er war vllig hilflos.
-ful
The man was very helpful.
Der Mann war sehr hilfreich.
Our family was thankful for the food.
Unsere Familie war fr das Essen dankbar.
-able
The solution was not acceptable.
Die Lsung war nicht akzeptabel/akzeptierbar.
This number is not available.
Diese Nummer ist nicht verfgbar.
bung 1:
1. recognise
2. share
a. around
b. on business
169
19
3. to post
4. take
5. to be away
6. to show
Im Bro
c. a break
d. someone
e. rides
f. information
bung 2:
Bsp.:
I appreciate him. He helps me a lot.
Ich schtze ihn. Er hilft mir viel.
I appreciate him because he is helpful.
Ich schtze ihn, weil er hilfsbereit ist.
Infobox
To be about to do something
Dieser Ausdruck besagt, dass eine Person
gerade dabei oder kurz davor ist, etwas zu tun.
Folgende Situationen sind denkbar: Jemand
ruft Jessica an, sie sagt:
I was just about to call you!
Ich war gerade dabei/im Begriff, dich anzurufen!
Man fragt Jessica, ob sie das Geschirr splen
knnte:
I was just about to start doing the dishes.
Ich war gerade dabei, mit dem Absplen anzufangen.
1. He is an interesting person. He thinks a lot.

_________________________
B Das neue Bro

n
_________________________
2. He doesnt work. He is without a job.
_________________________
_________________________
3. They have already broken five dishes. They do
not take care.
_________________________
_________________________
4. The words are hard to understand. They are
without meaning.
Am Nachmittag wird Jonathan sein Schreibtisch

gezeigt. Seine Sekretrin Samantha erklrt ihm einiges.
Samantha: It is of great importance that
you adhere to the daily schedule that
we set up. You will naturally have the
last say, but I would like to introduce
you to some company regulations.
Jonathan: Im all ears.
Samantha: First, working hours are from
8:30-5:30, Monday-Friday. You receive
_________________________
two weeks paid holiday and 10 sick days.

Unused holiday, however, automatically
_________________________
rolls onto the next year.
5. He will get the job. He has power.
Jonathan: How much notice do I have to

give you before I take days off?
_________________________
_________________________
170
Samantha: A week is fine, but not
Im Bro
necessary. Here is the cabinet where the
stationery is kept. Please do not misuse
our open-door policy. Moreover, I periodically control how many supplies we
are using. The entire company needs to
cut costs. Financially, these are hard
times.
Jonathan: I know. I was unemployed for
several months.
Samantha: Here are your pencils, pens, a
stapler, holepunch, paper clips, and
printing paper. Files are kept in this
filing cabinet. Envelopes with our company logo are on this shelf. On your
desk, you will find your computer, a
telephone, a desk lamp, stationery with
your letterhead, and a day planner. All
you need to provide is your favourite
paper weight!
Jonathan: Are personal calls disapproved
of?
Samantha: For the most part, yes. We
are, however, not monsters here. It
would be inhuman to forbid all personal
calls.
Jonathan: One last question. Are the
colleagues here trustworthy or should I
buy a padlock for my desk?
Samantha: They are pretty dependable,
but you never know. In fact, I wouldnt
bring valuables here.
19
Vokabeln
to adhere to
cabinet
company logo
to cut costs
daily schedule
day planner
dependable
desk
to disapprove of s.th.
file
filing cabinet
for the most part
to forbid
to give notice
hole punch
to introduce
importance
lamp
lazy
letterhead
to misuse
open door
open door policy
padlock
paper clip
paper weight
pen
pencil
personal call
pretty
printing paper
to provide with ...
punctuality
regulation
to roll onto
to have the last say
sich halten an
Broschrank
Firmenlogo
Kosten reduzieren
Tagesablauf
Tagesplan
zuverlssig
Schreibtisch
etw. missbilligen
Akte, Aktenordner, Datei
Aktenschrank
zum grten Teil
verbieten
Bescheid sagen
Locher
vorstellen,
bekannt machen
Bedeutung
Lampe
faul
Briefkopf
missbrauchen
offene Tr
Politik der offenen Tr
Vorhngeschloss
Broklammer
Briefbeschwerer
Kugelschreiber,
Fllfederhalter,
Filzstift
Bleistift
Privatgesprch
(hier:) ziemlich
Druckerpapier
versorgen, ausstatten mit ...
Pnktlichkeit
Regelung, Spielregel,
Vorschrift
hier: (Urlaub)
bertragen auf
das letzte Wort
haben
171
19
Im Bro
to set up
shelf
sick days
stapler
stationery
supplies pl
to take days off
trustworthy
unemployed
valuables pl
working hours pl
Im all ears.
aufstellen
Regal
Krankheitstage
Hefter
Schreibwaren,
Briefpapier
Vorrte
sich freinehmen
vertrauenswrdig
arbeitslos
Wertsachen
Arbeitszeit
Ich bin ganz Ohr.
Grammatik
However und moreover
However bringt eine Einschrnkung zum Ausdruck (zwar ... aber ... ).
Bsp.:
I want to come to the meeting. However, I am
too busy. Ich mchte (zwar gerne) zum Treffen
kommen, aber ich bin zu beschftigt.
Sales are up. However, production is not at
capacity. Die Verkaufszahlen sind hoch, die
Produktion aber/allerdings ist nicht ausgelastet.
Hier ein paar Beispiele, die nicht immer wrtlich bersetzt werden knnen:
Bsp.:
These questions are of great importance.
Diese Fragen sind von groer Bedeutung/sehr
wichtig.
Her family is one of great need.
Ihre Familie ist sehr bedrftig/arm.
This is a problem of a different nature.
Das ist ein (ganz) anderes Problem.
A woman of courage.
Eine mutige Frau.
bung 3:
Setzen Sie die passende Prposition in die Lcke ein!
(with, to, of, of, before, on, from, to)
1. Working hours are _ _ _ _ _ eight _ _ _ _ _
five.
2. We were provided _ _ _ _ _ all the supplies
that we need.
3. There is nothing in the regulations about the
Moreover bringt einen weiteren Aspekt in einer

Argumentationskette oder verleiht einer Aussage zustzlich Nachdruck.
policy, but the company disapproves _ _ _ _ _
Bsp.:
Moreover, those who have not yet been made
redundant have to work overtime to have their
jobs guaranteed.
Darber hinaus/Auerdem mssen diejenigen,
die noch nicht arbeitslos sind, berstunden
machen, um ihre Arbeitspltze zu halten.
4. One must give two weeks notice _ _ _ _ _
Die Prposition of
Die Prposition of kommt in vielen Kontexten
vor.
_ _ _ _ _ the shelf.
172
smoking.
taking a day off.

5. Please adhere _ _ _ _ _ the company regulations.
6. Envelopes and stationery can be found
7. Punctuality is _ _ _ _ _ great importance.
Im Bro
bung 4:
Setzen Sie however oder moreover in die Lcken ein!
1. Ordering supplies is important;
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , it is more important that you
finish entering the data.
19
Infobox
Idiome
Idiome sind feste Redewendungen, die nicht
immer wrtlich von der einen in die andere
Sprache bersetzt werden knnen, z. B.:
to beat about the bush um den heien Brei
herumreden
2. You have the last say. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , I

must insist that you adhere to the daily
bung 5:
schedule.
Verwenden Sie eine Formulierung mit of!

Bsp.:
She is not important. (no)
She is of no importance.
3. Ride-sharing allows you to save money.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , it helps to protect the
environment.
4. I didnt like the way you treated your colleagues. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , I would also like to
1. Their actions are meaningless. (no)

_________________________
_________________________
add that I have been very disappointed with
2. He is a very important man. (great)
your work.
_________________________
5. We know that these are hard times;
_________________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , that doesnt mean that you
3. The house is not valuable. (little)
have to stop working.

6. You will receive fifteen vacation days;
_________________________
_________________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , you may not take these

during our annual sale.
4. His words were not significant to me. (no)
7. I think you are indecisive and lazy.
_________________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , I think you misuse your
_________________________
colleagues.
5. The manual was not useful. (no)
8. The employees dont like him. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,
_________________________
the boss thinks hes trustworthy.
_________________________
173
19
Im Bro
C Das erste Meeting

n
Jonathan geht zu seinem ersten Meeting. Da er
noch ziemlich neu ist, beobachtet er zunchst, wie
ein solches Treffen abluft.
Mrs Whitford: Im quite alarmed. Dont we

have a commitment to our loyal workers?
Mr Stanford: Of course. It is merely an
option. Besides, we are working at
Mr Stanford: Hello everyone, thank you
capacity right now. Anyway, how is our
all for coming. Today we welcome Jona-
tie-in product line going?

Mrs Whitford: As a result of the films
than Rathburn to our group of managers. He has an excellent background

in marketing. Welcome, Jonathan!
Jonathan: Im happy to be here.
Mr Stanford: Getting down to business,
success, our sales in that area are up

150 per cent.
Mr Stanford: We can all pat ourselves
on the back.
lets have a look at the latest sales reports.

Mrs Whitford: Due to the end of the
holiday season, sales have fallen sharply.
Looking at this graph, we see that we
are not reaching our main target group
through our present tactics. Most people
in the 18 to 35 age group are not familiar with our product.
Mr Stanford: What are we going to do
about this?
Mrs Lowler: If we assume that these
graphs are accurate, we should start an
advertising campaign geared towards
young people.
Mr Stanford: Well, because the economy
has been stagnating and we are barely
breaking even, the only way to finance such
a campaign would be to let some people go.
Mrs Lowler: We havent laid anyone off
in ten years!
174
Vokabeln
accurate
advertising
advertising
campaign
alarmed
at capacity
background
barely
to be familiar with ...
to be up ... %
akkurat, genau
Werbung
Werbekampagne
schockiert
ausgelastet
Hintergrund
kaum
vertraut sein mit ...
um ... % angestiegen sein
because of
aufgrund, wegen
to break even
kostendeckend
arbeiten
commitment
Verpflichtung,
Engagement
data pl
Daten
to do something
gegen etwas
about ...
vorgehen
due to
aufgrund, angesichts, wegen
economy
Wirtschaft
film (GB), movie (US) Film
to finance
finanzieren
to gear towards
abzielen auf
Im Bro
to get down to
business
graph
to lay off
length
to let ... go
main target group
manager
to market something to someone
marketing
merely
to pat on the back
per cent
product
to profit from
sales
sales report
sharply
tie-in product line
zur Sache kommen,

zum Geschftlichen kommen
Diagramm, Kurve,
mathematische
Darstellung
entlassen
Lnge
entlassen
Hauptzielgruppe
Manager
jdm etwas vermarkten
Marketing
lediglich
anerkennend auf
die Schulter klopfen
Prozent
Produkt
profitieren von
Verkauf
Verkaufsbericht
(hier:) stark
Nebenproduktlinie
19
Because of
Because of the films length, we had no time to
eat.
Wegen der Filmlnge hatten wir keine Zeit zu
essen.
bung 6:
(at capacity, target group, break even, finance,
got down, gear, profit, commitment, marketing,
advertising campaign, stagnates, marketing,
laid, accurate)
1. What keeps this company going is the
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of our staff.
2. We are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ the product to 8 to
12 year-olds. They are our main _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
3. When the economy _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , people
are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ off.
4. The company hopes to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ from
higher sales this year.
Grammatik
5. If this data is _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , then we need
Begrndungen
Due to
Due to the lack of sales this year, no one will
get a pay rise.
Bedingt durch die schlechten Umstze in diesem Jahr bekommt niemand eine Gehaltserhhung.
to make a new decision.
As a result of
As a result of the weather, we are not going
swimming.
Wegen des Wetters gehen wir nicht schwimmen.
6. To market their new product, the company

began an _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
7. The woman has an impressive background in
the field of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
8. It was impossible to make a profit, but they
did _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
9. The managers _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to business.
175
19
Im Bro
10. We cannot increase production. We are

working _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
11. Let us not forget to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ the
advertising towards an older consumer.
12. Unfortunately, we havent got the money to
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ the political campaign.
bung 7:
1. get down to
2. pat
3. reach
4. break
5. to lay off
6. be familiar
7. work
a. even
b. business
c. with a product
d. at capacity
e. a target group
f. workers
g. on the back
bung 8:
Welche Antwort ist richtig? Kreuzen Sie an!
1. Jonathan doesnt say much because ...
a. he has nothing to say.
b. he forgot what to say.
c. he is new at the company.
2. The first thing the group does is ...
a. to welcome Jonathan.
b. to get down to business.
c. to look at some graphs.
3. The group is talking about ways to solve a
problem with ...
a. old age.
b. the holiday season.
c. low sales.
4. Mr Lowler doubts that ...
a. the graphs are accurate.
176
b. the campaign is geared towards

young people.
c. they are reaching their main target group.
5. From the dialogue, it seems that the boss is ...
a. Mrs Whitford.
b. Mrs Lowler.
c. Mr Stanford.
6. What is happening to the economy?
a. It is stagnating.
b. It is being laid off.
c. It is breaking even.
7. What is the suggestion that no one in the
group likes?
a. To increase production.
b. To lay off workers.
c. To move right along.
8. The group is getting their information from ...
a. sales reports.
b. product lines.
c. advertising campaigns.
bung 9:
Bilden Sie Stze mit einer einleitenden Begrndung!
Bsp.: The weather was bad. We didnt go on a
picnic. Because of the bad weather, we didnt
go on a picnic.
1. Sales are low. We need to lay off workers.
(due to)
_________________________
_________________________
2. These graphs are not accurate. We cannot
use them. (because of)
_________________________
_________________________
Berufe und Weiterbildung

A Die Stellenanzeige
n
Maureen liest eine Annonce in der Zeitung, die ihren Erwartungen an einen Job entspricht. Danach
spricht sie mit ihrer Mutter Jennifer.
20
fied, you are also underpaid. Then again,

you also have to think about the benefits that come with the job. Are your
medical costs covered by health insur-
Maureen: Let me read this to you, mum.
ance? Do you have a pension plan?
Bilingual Secretary: We are looking for a

native English-speaker who has excel-
Maureen: I guess that I have a lot to

think about. You know, when I was little,
lent German skills. You will be responsible for international communication
I wanted to be a nurse or a doctor. Then

a novelist, then a comedian, then a pilot.
between our English headquarters and

our German affiliates. Requirements and
And what happened to my dream of

being an astronaut?
qualifications include a university

degree, ample time spent abroad, German proficiency (fluent speakers preferred), and a congenial manner. Please
send a curriculum vitae and a covering
letter to 334 Stanton Ave, London. We
are an equal opportunities employer.
Maureen: What do you think?
Mum: Well, you do meet the requirements, but you may even be overqualified.
Maureen: What do you mean?
Mum: You possess the skills needed for
the job, thats true, but you have more
talents than that. You may become dissatisfied after a few months.
Maureen: Mum, the job market is not
very promising right now. I need to take
advantage of every opportunity I get.
Mum: Usually, when you are overquali-
Vokabeln
abroad
affiliate (US)
im Ausland
Tochtergesellschaft
ample
ausreichend
benefit
Vorteil, Nutzen
bilingual
zweisprachig
bilingual secretary
Fremdsprachenkorrespondent
to be responsible
verantwortlich
for ...
sein fr ...
comedian
Komiker, Komdiant
communication
Kommunikation
congenial
sympathisch,
angenehm
to cover
abdecken, bedecken
covering letter (GB) Anschreiben
curriculum vitae (GB) Lebenslauf
degree
(hier:) Abschluss
dissatisfied
unzufrieden
equal opportunities Arbeitgeber, der
employer
Chancengleichheit garantiert
fluent
flieend
headquarters pl
Hauptsitz
177
20 Berufe und Weiterbildung

health insurance
Krankenversicherung
job advertisement
Stellenannonce
job market
Stellenmarkt
manner
Benehmen
medical costs pl
Behandlungskosten
to meet requirements den Anforderungen entsprechen
native speaker
Muttersprachler
newspaper
Zeitung
novelist
Romanautor
opportunity
Gelegenheit,
Chance
overpaid
berbezahlt
overqualified
berqualifiziert
pension plan
Altersversorgung
to possess
besitzen
proficiency
Knnen
promising
viel versprechend
requirements pl
Anforderungen
rsum (US)
Lebenslauf
skill
Fhigkeit, Fertigkeit, Geschick
to take advantage of etwas ausnutsomething
zen
underpaid
unterbezahlt
underqualified
unterqualifiziert
Unterordnende Konjunktionen
Unterordnende Konjunktionen leiten Nebenstze ein oder verbinden Nebenstze mit
Hauptstzen.
after
nachdem
although, though
obwohl, obgleich
as
da, weil, als, whrend
as if
als ob
as long as
sofern, solange
as soon as
sobald
because
weil
before
bevor, ehe
even if
selbst wenn, auch
wenn
if
wenn, falls, ob
since
seit
so that
so dass, damit
than
als (nach Komparativ)
that
dass
(not) till/until
bis, nicht bevor,
erst wenn
when
wenn, als
whenever
immer wenn, wann
(auch) immer
wherever
wo(hin) (auch) immer
whether
ob
while
whrend
Grammatik
Die Konjunktionen
Konjunktionen verbinden Wrter, Satzteile oder
Stze miteinander.
Nebenordnende Konjunktionen
Diese Konjunktionen verknpfen Wrter, Satzglieder oder Hauptstze.
and
und
both ... and
sowohl ... als auch
but
aber, sondern
either ... or
entweder ... oder
not only ... but also
nicht nur ... sondern auch
or
oder
178
bung 1:
Setzen Sie die richtige Konjunktion in die Lcke
ein!
1. Please speak louder _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
everybody can hear you.
2. We havent seen Jim _ _ _ _ _ he left England.
3. We didnt know _ _ _ _ _ to stay or to go.
4. Tom says _ _ _ _ _ he is never late.
20
5. I arrived _ _ _ _ _ Carol had left.
bung 2:
6. _ _ _ _ _ Andy _ _ _ _ _ Janet were late for
Lsen Sie das Kreuzwortrtsel! Haben Sie schon

alle dafr notwendigen Vokabeln gelernt?
school.
7. _ _ _ _ _ Mrs King was getting out of her
car, she heard a noise.
8. Ill tell her _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I see her.
9. Ill talk to him, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I have to
wait for hours.
10. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Aunt Mary writes, she has
bad news.
1. someone who takes care of something is ...

for it
2. a person who earns too much is ...
3. the opposite of rude, unfriendly
4. a funny person
5. this is sent to the house daily
6. proof of university study
7. main place for a business
8. a person who has too many qualifications
is ...
9. Medical costs are covered by the ...
1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2. _ _ _ _ _ _
Infobox
False friends
3. _ _
___
Die Verben to become und to get werden oft

verwechselt, weil to become so hnlich klingt
wie das deutsche bekommen. Die korrekten
bersetzungen lauten aber:
to become = werden, to get = bekommen, erhalten
4. _ _ _ _ _
to become
She becomes stressed when there is too much
to do.
Sie wird gestresst, wenn sie zu viel zu tun hat.
He will become angry if you lie to her.
Er wird wtend, wenn du sie anlgst.
He wants to become a doctor.
Er mchte Arzt werden.
7. _ _ _ _ _
to get
Ill get a present.
Ich werde ein Geschenk bekommen.
He got a letter from the bank yesterday.
Gestern erhielt er einen Brief von der Bank?
This room gets very little sunshine.
Dieses Zimmer bekommt nur wenig Licht.
bung 3:
5.
__
__
________
6. _ _
___
______
8. _ _ _ _ _ _
______
9. _ _ _
_________
__
Lsungswort: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Bilden Sie Stze mit become! Folgen Sie dem

Beispiel!
Bsp.:
Everything seemed fine. Then he was angry.
Everything seemed fine, but then he became
angry.
179

1. She was a waitress. Then she went to school
bung 4:
to be a doctor.
Setzen Sie die richtige Form und Zeit von

to become ein!
_________________________
_________________________
1. She _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ very happy when all of
_________________________
2. They both had good jobs. Then they were dissatisfied.
_________________________
her friends came to her birthday party.

2. I try not to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ dissatisfied with
work that I do every day.
_________________________
_________________________
3. The job market was terrible. Then it was good
when the economy got better.
3. It is difficult to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ as good as a
native speaker at speaking a language.
4. She was a rather difficult person, but
_________________________
_________________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ quite congenial with old age.
_________________________
5. With my new job, I hope to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4. She used to be a novelist. Then she was a
a senior manager in a few years.
writer for the newspaper.

_________________________
6. My children have _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ very
_________________________
responsible young adults.
_________________________
5. His German was terrible. Then he moved to
7. He _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ quite angry when we
Berlin and soon he was fluent.
ask him what he wants to do with his life.
_________________________
8. His manner _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ very friendly
_________________________
_________________________
when we mentioned that we were from Italy.
6. He used to be underqualified and underpaid.
9. The future _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ promising when
Then he was overqualified and overpaid.
the job market improves.
_________________________
_________________________
10. Her CV _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ more impressive
_________________________
every time she adds new experiences to it.
180

Infobox
then, than
a) Then (dann)
Lets go shopping first and then clean the house.
Gehen wir doch zuerst einkaufen und putzen
dann das Haus.
You are unhappy? Then I will cheer you up.
Bist du unglcklich? Dann werde ich dich aufmuntern.
b) Than (... als ...)
She is smaller than he is. Sie ist kleiner als er.
bung 5:
Setzen Sie than oder then in die Lcke ein!
20
9. He acts like he is better _ _ _ _ _ everybody

else.
10. If you are taking advantage of your benefits,
_ _ _ _ _ you are covered by health insurance.
Infobox
dream about, dream of
a) to dream of + Gerundium
She dreamt of being an actor.
Sie trumte davon, Schauspielerin zu sein.
b) to dream about + Substantiv/Pronomen
She dreamt about a man who was following
her. Sie trumte von einem Mann, der sie verfolgte.
1. She is older _ _ _ _ _ her father.

2. If you are going to the shop, _ _ _ _ _ please
pick up some milk.
3. The current job market is less promising
_ _ _ _ _ last years.
4. _ _ _ _ _ he took a position that was underpaid and he was overqualified.
B Die Bewerbung
n
Maureen bewirbt sich fr den Job, den sie in der
Stellenanzeige gelesen hatte. Sie aktualisiert ihren
Lebenslauf und fertigt ein Anschreiben an die Firma an.
5. If you are a native speaker, _ _ _ _ _ you
Maureen: All right, mum, I have finished

my curriculum vitae. May I read my
must have excellent communication skills.
cover letter out loud to you now?
6. It is more important to take advantage of
Jennifer: Of course.
Maureen: (reads)
stock options _ _ _ _ _ to worry about benefits.

7. Are you more qualified _ _ _ _ _ the other
Dear Sir or Madam,

I am writing with regard to the bilingual
employees?
secretary position that you recently
8. We read the newspaper. _ _ _ _ _ we had
announced in the paper. With my excellent language skills in German and
breakfast.
181

English and my strong work ethic, I
would make a great candidate for this
Maureen: Do you have any suggestions?

Jennifer: Its quite well-written;
position.
Growing up in a bilingual household, I
however, I would allude to your specific

responsibilities at the German company.
was constantly in contact with the Ger-
You dont even name it.
man language. Later, I studied German

at the University of Manchester. During
Maureen: It must have slipped my mind.

It didnt occur to me that it was import-
my degree course, I had the opportunity

to perfect my language abilities while
ant.
living in Hamburg, Germany. I immersed

myself in the culture and completed
work experience with a German company, allowing me to get to know the
language of German business.
Additionally, I possess the qualities that
will help me to succeed in this position.
I have organisational skills, strong
Vokabeln
ability
above
ambition
to announce
to assure someone of
something
business acumen
candidate
commitment
writing and communication abilities, a

commitment to excellence, and have
to complete
lofs of ambition. As a perfectionist, I can
consideration
contact information
assure you of my eye for detail and my

meticulous manner.
I am interested in speaking to you about
this position and future opportunities
with the Gablehouse Corporation. Above
you will find my contact information. I
can best be reached by telephone.
Thank you for your time and consideration.
Yours faithfully,
Maureen McEwan
182
course
degree course
excellence
to get to know
to have an eye
for detail
to immerse oneself
to make a ... candidate
meticulous
to name
to occur
Fhigkeit
oben, ber
Ehrgeiz
(hier:) inserieren
jdm etwas zusichern
Geschftssinn
Kandidat
Engagement,
Einsatz
vollenden, fertig
stellen
Bercksichtigung
Daten zur Kontaktaufnahme
Kurs
Studium
ausgezeichnete
Leistung
kennen lernen
auf Details
achten
sich vertiefen in ...
ein ... Kandidat/
Bewerber fr ...
sein
sorgfltig
nennen
sich ereignen,
vorkommen

to occur to
jdm einfallen, in
den Sinn kommen
organisational skills Organisationstalent
to perfect
perfektionieren
position
Stelle, Position
skill
Fhigkeit
to slip ones mind
jdm entfallen,
etw vergessen
strong
stark, gut
to succeed
Erfolg haben
weak
schwach
with regard to
in Bezug auf
work ethic
Arbeitsmoral
work experience (GB) Praktikum
It occurred to me
Es fiel mir ein,
that ...
dass .../Mir kam
der Gedanke,
dass ...
Die Partizipien
Wie Sie bereits wissen, wird grundstzlich zwischen Partizip Prsens und Partizip Perfekt
unterschieden.
In den folgenden Beispielstzen steht das Partizip Prsens vor einem Nomen und beschreibt
dieses nher:
the English-speaking
world
a good-looking girl
children. = People who work ...

People working here last year are almost all
unemployed now. = People who worked/were
working here ...
Opinions expressed in the papers are not
always objective. = Opinions which/that are
expressed ...
Opinions expressed in the 19th century were
often against women. = Opinions which/that
were expressed in the 19th century ...
Das Partizip Perfekt mit passiver Bedeutung

More than 100 stolen cars have been reported.
Man berichtete von mehr als 100 gestohlenen
Autos.
a well-paid job
ein gut bezahlter Job
a long-planned trip
eine lang geplante Reise
Das Partizip Prsens mit aktiver Bedeutung
Das Partizip steht nach dem Nomen, wenn es
durch andere Satzglieder erweitert ist.
Grammatik
a motivating lesson
20
eine motivierende
Stunde
die Englisch sprechende
Welt
ein gut aussehendes
Mdchen
Infobox
Partizipien stehen fr unterschiedliche Zeiten
sowie fr die Simple- oder Verlaufsform.
People working at home can look after their
People taking part in the training programme

are secretaries. Diejenigen, die am Schulungsprogramm teilnehmen, sind Sekretrinnen.
Erreicht wird damit die Verkrzung eines Relativsatzes (People who take part ... ).
Der Bedingungssatz
Looking at this picture, we can see that he has
red hair. Wenn wir dieses Bild anschauen,
sehen wir, dass er rote Haare hat.
Assuming the worst, Greg ran home after telephoning the police. Wenn wir vom schlimmsten
Fall ausgehen, so lief Greg nach Hause, nachdem er die Polizei angerufen hatte.
Der Kausalsatz
(Being) happy to be at home, Stacey hugged her
mother and father. Da/Weil sie froh war, wieder
zu Hause zu sein, umarmte Stacey ihre Mutter
und ihren Vater.
183

Das Partizip Prsens von to be kann im Satz
auch weggelassen werden.
Infobox
Ein Bewerbungsschreiben verfassen
Der Text eines Anschreibens, genannt covering
letter, besteht aus fnf Teilen.
1. Im ersten Teil wird die jeweilige Person mit
der Anrede Dear Madam or Sir angesprochen.
Nach dieser Anrede muss ein Komma stehen.
Auerdem wird das erste Wort am Briefanfang
gro geschrieben. Falls bekannt, soll der eigentliche Name genannt werden: Dear Mrs Henning, Dear Mr Lewis ...
2. Zunchst wird das Motiv erwhnt, zum
Beispiel: I am interested in applying for your
manager position. Ich mchte mich fr eine
Stelle als Manager bewerben.
3. In einem dritten Teil sollen Sie Ihre
Abschlsse und Qualifikationen beschreiben,
die Sie in Ausbildung und Beruf bereits erworben haben:
As a teacher, I possess a proven background in
psychology. Als Lehrer verfge ich ber ein groes Hintergrundwissen in Psychologie.
4. Hier bedankt man sich fr die Mglichkeit
der Bewerbung und betont noch einmal,
warum man den schriftlichen Weg der Kontaktaufnahme gewhlt hat.
5. Zum Schluss kommt die Gruformel. Briefe,
die an unbekannte Personen adressiert sind,
sollten mit Yours faithfully enden. Hier darf
wiederum das Komma nach der Gruformel
nicht fehlen. Wenn in der Anrede ein Name
genannt wurde, endet man mit Yours sincerely.
bung 6:
Haben Sie alle Vokabeln gelernt?
(occurred, ambition, work experience, degree
course, perfected, contact information, covering letter, organisational, immersed, meticulous)
184
1. I completed my _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ at the
university last autumn.
2. It never _ _ _ _ _ to me that I wouldnt have
time to apply for the job.
3. Being a perfectionist, I am _ _ _ _ _ .
4. When I studied abroad, I _ _ _ _ _ myself in
the culture to learn the language.
5. Always send a _ _ _ _ _ with your curriculum vitae when you apply for a position.
6. I like to keep everything in order, so my
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ skills are very strong.
7. I have lots of _ _ _ _ _ .
8. She has _ _ _ _ _ her language skills.
9. Be sure to add your _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ so that
the employer can call you for an interview.
10. She didnt actually work at the company,
she completed some _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
bung 7:
1. Maureen studied abroad in ...
a. Manchester.
b. Hamburg.
c. London.
2. When you read to a person you are reading ...
a. loudly.
b. out loud.
c. above.
20
3. Maureens mother thinks that her daughter

should be more ... about her experience in
Germany.
a. immersed
b. committed
c. specific
bung 8:
4. Maureen sees herself as a perfectionist

because she has ...
a. an eye for detail.
b. ambition.
c. organisational skills.
(Being) Happy to be home, she greeted her dog

and hugged the cat.
5. Maureen says that she is the right person

because ...
a. she has the appropriate characteristics
not to succeed.
b. she is interested in other positions with
Gablehouse.
c. she has immersed herself in Germanys
language and culture.
_________________________
6. commitment means ...

a. giving 100%.
b. doing something wrong.
c. having no ambition.
7. Maureen probably first learned German ...
a. at home.
b. at the university.
c. when she was in Hamburg.
8. In addition to studying in Germany, Maureen
also ... there.
a. worked
b. was born
c. had work experience
9. One should end official letters with ...
a. Dear Sir or Madam:
b. Yours faithfully,
c. contact information.
Bilden Sie aus dem ersten Satz ein Partizip! Folgen

Sie dem Beispiel!
Bsp.:
She was happy to be home. She greeted her
dog and hugged the cat.
1. He felt anxious about the interview. He drank

a cup of hot tea.
_________________________
2. They were excited about their new jobs. They
went out to dinner to celebrate.
_________________________
_________________________
3. We were afraid that our mother would die.
We travelled 300 miles to visit her.
_________________________
_________________________
4. They went shopping for a new bed. They ran
into some friends.
_________________________
_________________________
5. She was walking through the park. She lost
her dog.
_________________________
_________________________
185
21
Telefon
A Schn, dich zu hren!

n
Laurie telefoniert mit ihrer besten Freundin Paige.
Sie unterhalten sich ber Gott und die Welt.
Paige: (lifting receiver) Hello!
Laurie: Hi, can I speak to Paige, please?
Paige: What about you? Do you have any

ongoing projects that youre working on?
Laurie: Right now, Im the facilitator of
a charity project that is collecting food
and clothes for the hungry and the
Paige: Its me.
homeless.
Paige: That sounds like a noble cause.
Laurie: Hi Paige, this is Laurie.

Paige: Oh, what a pleasant surprise!
Laurie: It is. Whenever I can find the

time, I like to lend a hand to the needy.
How are you?

Laurie: Oh, Im a bit under the weather
Paige: Laurie, listen ... Ive something
at the moment.
cooking on the stove and its boiling

over. Can I call you back later?
Paige: Really? Whats the matter?

Laurie: Ive been ill for about a week,
Laurie: Certainly. Talk to you later.

Paige: Goodbye.
and my husband is away on a trip with his

friends. I guess Im just lonely.
Laurie: Bye.
Paige: Its difficult having an empty nest

after the kids leave.
Laurie: I thought Id give you a call to
see what youre up to.
Paige: Loneliness is hard to overcome by
yourself, isnt it?
Laurie: Thats true.
Paige: Well, Sammy is still a toddler,
Rachel has just started kindergarten, and
Alex is now a member of the boy scouts.
Laurie: You must be very proud of them.
Paige: Yes, we are. They are exceeding
all our expectations.
Laurie: Thats not surprising. They grew
up with two fantastic role models.
186
Vokabeln
a pleasant surprise
eine schne
berraschung
to be proud of
stolz sein auf
to be under
angeschlagen
the weather
sein
to be up to sth.
etwas vorhaben,
im Schilde
fhren
to boil over
berkochen
charity
Wohlttigkeit
cause
(hier:) Sache,
Vorhaben
to dial a number
eine Nummer
whlen
empty nest
ein leeres Nest
(Eltern)
to exceed
berschreiten,
bertreffen
to exceed expectations Erwartungen
bertreffen
Telefon
to facilitate
ermglichen,
erleichtern
facilitator
Organisator
to give someone a call jdn anrufen
the homeless
die Obdachlosen
the hungry
die Hungrigen
ill
krank
kindergarten
Kindergarten
to lend a hand to
jdm helfen
someone
to lift
aufheben, hochheben
local call
Ortsgesprch
loneliness
Einsamkeit
lonely
einsam
long-distance call
Ferngesprch
loving
liebend, liebevoll
member
Mitglied
the needy
die Bedrftigen
noble
(hier:) ehrenwert
ongoing
laufend
to overcome
berwinden
overcame overcome
receiver
Hrer,
Empfnger
residence
Wohnhaus
to return a call
zurckrufen
role model
Vorbild
scout
Pfadfinder
selfish
egoistisch
stove
Herd
telephone call
Telefonanruf
telephone directory Telefonbuch
telephone number
Telefonnummer
toddler
Kleinkind
to work on ...
an ... arbeiten
Can I call you back
Kann ich spter
later?
zurckrufen?
Sorry, Ive got the
Tut mir leid, ich
wrong number.
habe mich verwhlt.
Talk to you later.
Bis spter.
Whats the matter?
Was ist los?
21
Infobox
Wendungen zum Telefonieren
Am I speaking to Sue? Ist Sue am Apparat?
Is this David?
David am Apparat?
Hello, this is Julia.
Hallo, hier spricht Julia.
Hello, Tim!
Hallo, Tim!
Summer speaking ...
Summer am Apparat.
Hello, may/could I
Hallo! Kann ich bitte
please speak to/
mit ... sprechen?
with ..., please?
Whos speaking, please? Wer ist am Apparat?
Hold on, Ill get him.
Augenblick, bitte. Ich
hole ihn.
Sorry, youve got the Tut mir leid, Sie haben
wrong number.
die falsche Nummer.
Grammatik
Vor- und Nachsilben
Fr das Erschlieen von Bedeutungen aus dem
Kontext sind Vor- und Nachsilben sehr wichtig.
Wichtige Vorsilben
friendly
freundlich
unfriendly
unfreundlich
legal
rechtmig
illegal
illegal
possible
mglich
impossible
unmglich
correct
richtig
incorrect
falsch
regular
regelmig
irregular
unregelmig
to agree
zustimmen
to disagree
nicht zustimmen
to behave
sich benehmen
to misbehave
sich schlecht benehmen
187
21
Telefon
to understand
verstehen
to misunderstand
missverstehen
dirt
Dreck
dirty
dreckig
to construct
konstruieren
to reconstruct
rekonstruieren
quick
schnell
quickly
schnell (Adverb)
to write
schreiben
to rewrite
umschreiben
electronic
elektronisch
electronically
elektronisch (Adverb)
short
kurz
to shorten
krzen
modern
modern
to modernize/modernise
modernisieren
Wichtige Nachsilben
to combine
verbinden
combination
Verbindung, Kombination
to collect
sammeln
collection
Sammlung
to write
schreiben
writer
Autor
to invent
erfinden
inventor
Erfinder
to end
enden
ending
Ende
active
aktiv
activity
Aktivitt
to develop
entwickeln
development
Entwicklung
dark
dunkel
darkness
Dunkelheit
to enjoy
genieen
enjoyable
geniebar, angenehm
nation
Nation
national
national
power
Kraft
powerful
kraftvoll
end
Ende
endless
endlos
You:
to depress
deprimieren
depressing
deprimierend
_________________________
188
bung 1:
Formulieren Sie ein Telefongesprch zwischen Ihnen und einem Hotel (Fountain Blue Hotel).
Sie fragen nach einer Ms Dursley. Die Person an
der Rezeption fragt nach und sagt Ihnen dann, dass
sie leider heute nicht da ist. Sie bitten um Rckruf.
Hotel receptionist:
_________________________
_________________________
You:
_________________________
_________________________
Hotel receptionist:
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Telefon
21
Hotel receptionist:
5. _ _ _ _ _ Paiges children havent exceeded
_________________________
all their expectations.
_________________________
6. _ _ _ _ _ Laurie works for a charity project
You:
_________________________
_________________________
Hotel receptionist:
_________________________
that collects food and clothes for the homeless

and hungry.
7. _ _ _ _ _ Paige likes to help the needy whenever she has time.
_________________________
You:
bung 3:
_________________________
Bilden Sie aus den folgenden Wortstmmen Wrter

mit Vor- und Nachsilben und bersetzen Sie! Die Striche vor bzw. hinter dem Wort bedeuten jeweils, dass
an dieser Stelle eine Silbe eingefgt werden kann.
_________________________
Infobox
False Friends
Notiz notice
Notiz = note
notice = Kndigungsfrist
1. -typic- (2 Mglichkeiten)
_________________________
2. -qualify- (2 Mglichkeiten)
_________________________
bung 2:
3. fish- (3 Mglichkeiten)
_________________________
1. _ _ _ _ _ Paige calls Laurie to make reserva-
_________________________
tions.
_________________________
2. _ _ _ _ _ Paige and Laurie have known each
4. driv- (3 Mglichkeiten)
other for a long time.
_________________________
3. _ _ _ _ _ Laurie thinks that she just feels
_________________________
lonely because of her empty nest.
5. keep- (2 Mglichkeiten)
4. _ _ _ _ _ Lauries husband is away on a
_________________________
business trip.
_________________________
189
21
Telefon
6. meet_________________________
7. mix- (2 Mglichkeiten)
Im calling with regard to my telephone

bill that Ive just received.
_________________________
Operator: What is your inquiry?

Harry: Im under the impression that you
_________________________
have charged me for calls that I didnt
8. open- (3 Mglichkeiten)
make.
Operator: One moment please, Ill look
_________________________
_________________________
9. dark- (2 Mglichkeiten)
_________________________
up your account. All right, Ive found it.

Which charges are questionable?
Harry: That is precisely the problem. The
bill is not itemised for each phone call
and the amount is extraordinarily high.
_________________________
Operator: Did you telephone long

distance with China several times last
Infobox
month?
False friends
Chef chef
Chef = boss
chef = Kchenchef, Koch
Harry: Yes, I did. But I signed up for a

special rate for that purpose. It should
have been around 7 pence per minute.
Operator: The special deal has not been
applied to your account. There must
B Die Telefonrechnung
n
Harry hat fast jeden Monat ein Problem mit dem
Telefonunternehmen. Er ruft dort an, um einige offene Fragen zu klren ...
Telephone Operator: Hello, you have
reached Reading phone service, Sophie
speaking, how may I help you?
Harry: Hello, my name is Harry Higgins.
190
have been a mix-up.

Harry: Can you make amends for it?
Operator: Ill take away the miscalculated charges and recalculate them for
you. You will see the correction on your
next bill.
Harry: Actually, I will be moving to a
different address before next month.
Operator: If you like, I could forward it
to your new address.
Harry: Thanks. While Im at it, I might as
Telefon
special rate/deal
to take away
telephone bill
well cancel my service entirely, effective

on the first of next month.
21
Spezialtarif
wegnehmen
Telefonrechnung
Operator: One moment please. That is

taken care of.
Harry: Thanks for your help.
Operator: No problem!
Harry: Goodbye.
Vokabeln
to apply to
to be under the
impression that ...
calling rate
to charge
(hier:) anwenden
den Eindruck
haben, dass ...
Gebhr per Anruf
(hier:) berechnen, verlangen
collect call
R-Gesprch
correction
Korrektur
effective on
mit Wirkung
zum
entirely
vllig, komplett
extraordinary
auerordentlich
for that purpose
zu diesem Zweck
to forward
weiterleiten
inquiry
Anfrage
to itemise
nach Einzelgesprchen auflisten
itemised
aufgelistet
local call
Ortsgesprch
long-distance call
Ferngesprch
to make a phone call einen Anruf ttigen
to make amends for etwas wiedergutmachen
to miscalculate
sich verrechnen
mix-up
Durcheinander,
Versehen
to move
umziehen
precisely
genau
questionable
fragwrdig
to recalculate
nachrechnen
to sign up for
(hier:) abonnieren
... speaking
... am Apparat
Grammatik
Die Suffixe -ize und -ise
Bei dem Suffix -ize/-ise handelt es sich um
hufig auftretende Verbindungen. Es sind zwei
verschiedene Schreibweisen mit gleichem
Inhalt. -ise wird oft im britischen Englisch verwendet, -ize im amerikanischen Englisch.
Die Endung drckt einen Prozess aus, der
gerade im Ablauf begriffen ist.
Bsp.:
US
to modernize
to itemize
to organize
to standardize
GB
to modernise
modernisieren
to itemise
auflisten
to organise
organisieren
to standardise
standardisieren
bung 4:
Bilden Sie sinnvolle Stze!
1. Whats your
2. Nice to hear
3. May I ask the reason
4. Hold
5. How may
6. Can I
7. Could you
a. from you!
b. for your call?
c. the line!
d. name, please?
e. I help you?
f. block my calls?
g. call you back?
191
21
Telefon
C Ich mchte nicht

n
gestrt werden
Ms Calloway leitet eine Marketingfirma. Sie meldet
sich bei ihrer Sekretrin Stefanie.
I dont think your people are devoting

enough time to our project.
Ms Calloway: Were doing our best to
meet your and your companys needs
under the conditions. I think the time
Stefanie: Yes, Ms Calloway. What can I
frame is unrealistic, given the scope of

the project.
do for you?
Ms Calloway: Ill be busy all morning
Mr Davis: There is an overall lack of

commitment on your part.
and dont want to be bothered. Could

you block my incoming calls unless its
Ms Calloway: Lets not beat about the
Ms Calloway: Hello, Stefanie?
an emergency?
bush. We have not developed a marketing plan to your satisfaction.
Stefanie: I would be glad to. Hold on, Ms

Calloway, the light for the other line is
Mr Davis: Ive changed my mind about

our agreement. Were considering work-
flashing. (picks up the other line) Hello,

Xavier Marketing Management, how
ing with your competitor.
may I help you?
Ms Calloway: I regret to hear that, but if

your decision ...
Mr Davis: Hello, this is Blake Davis, from

Anthonys Crisps. Could you connect me
Mr Davis: It is.
Ms Calloway: Well, thank you for calling.
with Ms Virginia Calloway?

Stefanie: Just one moment, please. Ill
I appreciate your honesty.
see if shes available ... (changes lines)
Mr Davis: Goodbye.
Ms Calloway: Goodbye.
Ms Calloway, are you willing to take a

call from Mr Davis?
Stefanie: (calling her boss) Everything all

right?
Ms Calloway: All right, I guess you can

put him through.
Ms Calloway: Mr Davis hung up rather
Stefanie: Mr Davis, Im connecting you.

Ms Calloway: Hello, Mr Davis, how are you?
Mr Davis: Just fine, and you?
Ms Calloway: Fine, thanks.
Mr Davis: Ill get straight to the point.
192
abruptly and the project is off, but we

can cope with this situation.
Vokabeln
to appreciate
available
schtzen
erreichbar, verfgbar
Telefon
to be off
(hier:) abgesagt/
gestrichen sein
to block
blockieren,
abblocken
to bother
stren
to beat about the bush um den heien
Brei herumreden
to change lines
auf die andere
Leitung gehen
to change ones mind seine Meinung
ndern
commitment
Engagement
competition
Konkurrenz,
Wettbewerb
competitor
Konkurrent
to cope with
etwas bewltigen,
fertig werden mit
to devote time
Zeit aufbringen/
verwenden fr
emergency
Notfall
to flash
(auf-)leuchten
frame
Rahmen
given ...
gegeben, auf der
Basis von, auf
Grund von
to hang up
auflegen
honesty
Ehrlichkeit, Aufrichtigkeit
incoming
hereinkommend
main line
Hauptlinie, -leitung
to meet needs
den Bedrfnissen entsprechen
on your part
auf deiner/Ihrer
Seite, Ihrerseits
overall
im Groen und
Ganzen
to pick up
aufheben,
abnehmen
to pick up the
auf die andere
other line
Leitung gehen
to put a call through einen Anruf
durchstellen
to regret
bedauern
scope
Umfang, Reichweite
to take a call
einen Anruf entgegennehmen
to your satisfaction
unless
unrealistic
willing
Everything all
right?
21
zu deiner/Ihrer
Zufriedenheit
es sei denn,
wenn/falls ...
nicht
unrealistisch
gewillt, bereit
Ist alles in Ordnung?
Infobox
Englische Muttersprachler benutzen am Telefon
hufig den Vornamen; auch, wenn man sich
noch gar nicht kennt. Warten Sie einfach ab,
wie man Sie anspricht und tun Sie es dann dem
Gesprchspartner nach.
In Zweifelsfllen bleiben Sie besser beim Nachnamen.
Grammatik
Die Ausdrcke unless und if not
Unless kann mit if ... not gleichgesetzt werden.
Bsp.:
Im leaving unless you/if you dont apologise.
Wenn du dich nicht entschuldigst, gehe ich.
Id love to go swimming unless you/if you dont
want to do something else.
Ich wrde sehr gerne schwimmen gehen, wenn
du nicht etwas anderes machen willst.
bung 5:
Welche Antwort stimmt? Kreuzen Sie bitte jeweils
die richtige Antwort an!
1. Ms Calloway is
a. Stefanies secretary.
b. Stefanies assistant teacher.
193
21
Telefon
c. Stefanies boss.
d. the boss of Anthonys Crisps.
2. At the moment, Ms Calloway is
a. quite busy.
b. extremely busy.
c. so busy that she does not want
calls to be put through.
d. angry about her secretary.
3. Ms Calloway is
a. not available for anybody.
b. available for Brake Davis.
c. available for everybody.
d. available for Blake Davis.
4. Mr Davis ...
a. wants to stick to the agreement between
his company and Ms Calloways company.
b. is angry about a couple of things, but
doesnt want to cancel the agreement
between the two companies.
c. talks to Ms Calloway and then cancels
the agreement between his company and
Ms Calloways company.
d. is dishonest and not very loyal.
bung 6:
bersetzen Sie folgende Stze ins Englische und
verwenden Sie unless und if not!
1. Wir sollten eine Bergtour machen, wenn es
nicht regnet.
_________________________
_________________________
3. Wenn der Sturm nicht kommt, knnten wir
segeln gehen.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
4. Wenn du keine bessere Note bekommst, wirst
du auf eine andere Schule gehen mssen.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
bung 7:
Korrigieren Sie die falschen Stze!
1. Could you believe her to call me back?
_________________________
_________________________
2. Thanking you for calling.
_________________________
3. How will I help you?
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
4. Would you like to leaving a message?
_________________________
_________________________
2. Ich gehe nicht dahin, es sei denn ich werde
_________________________
bezahlt.
5. Ill just put you down!
_________________________
_________________________
194
Korrespondenz
A Was hast du erlebt?
n
Loraine hat Sandy seit Jahren nicht mehr gesehen
und will mit ihr wieder Kontakt aufnehmen.
Dear Sandy,
How are you? It seems like ages since
we saw each other. As the years go by, I
often wonder how you and your family
are doing, if you are coming to terms
with lifes struggles and if you have
found peace and contentment.
But first of all I want to tell you a couple of
things that have happened here. John and
I are doing well. He was quite disturbed by
his parents divorce last year, but we are
working through his anger. We took a
fabulous trip to Hawaii last year, that was
very invigorating. It was helpful to leave
everything behind for a couple of weeks.
My career is going well and I am thrilled
to be back at work after seven years of
22
Vokabeln
anger
to be disturbed
to be thrilled
career
to catch up
to come to terms with
contentment
to disturb
divorce
to divorce
to go by
the good old days pl
handwriting
housewife
invigorating
to leave everything
behind
to keep in touch
to manage to ...
to raise children
stay-at-home
mother
struggle
to work through
to write back
Wut
verstrt sein
begeistert sein
Beruf, Karriere
aufholen
fertig werden mit
Zufriedenheit
stren
Scheidung
sich scheiden lassen
vorbeiziehen,
verstreichen
die guten alten
Zeiten
Handschrift
Hausfrau
strkend
alles hinter sich
lassen
Kontakt halten
es schaffen zu ...
Kinder erziehen
Hausfrau und
Mutter
Mhe, Plackerei
durchgehen,
durcharbeiten
zurckschreiben
raising our children. Being a stay-athome mum and housewife isnt always
just fun, but I have enjoyed watching
them grow up.
I think about you often and wish we had
managed to keep in touch. Please write
back some time so that we can catch up
and talk about the good old days.
Yours, Loraine
Grammatik
Der Infinitiv Erster Teil
Der To-Infinitiv nach bestimmten Verben
Nach bestimmten Verben muss immer der ToInfinitiv stehen:
I am thrilled to be back at work after seven
years of raising our children.
Ich freue mich total, wieder zu arbeiten, nachdem ich sieben Jahre die Kinder aufgezogen
habe.
Karen wants to go shopping on Saturday.
Karen will am Samstag einkaufen gehen.
195
22 Korrespondenz
Der To-Infinitiv steht nach bestimmten Verben,
z. B.:
to agree
to arrange
to be able
to be allowed
to attempt
can afford
to choose
to claim
to decide
to demand
to expect
to forget
to have
to hope
to learn
to manage
to offer
to plan
to promise
to refuse
to remember
to seem
to try
to want
would like
zustimmen
vereinbaren
knnen
drfen
versuchen
sich leisten knnen
beschlieen, sich
entscheiden fr
behaupten
entscheiden
verlangen
erwarten
vergessen
mssen
hoffen
lernen
es schaffen
anbieten
planen, vorbereiten
versprechen
sich weigern
daran denken
scheinen
versuchen
wollen
wollen, dass
bung 1:
(raise children, come to terms with, keep in
touch, thrilled, invigorating, left, write, good
old days, behind, work)
3. She _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ everything
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ when she took her trip to
Nepal.
4. Swimming in the morning can be very
_________.
5. I try to _ _ _ _ _ _ with my old friend Marc
in Hamburg.
6. She was _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to win the contest
because she didnt expect it.
7. They need time to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ their problems.
8. I didnt have time to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ back
because I had to work.
9. Because of his _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , it is very
difficult to talk to him.
bung 2:
1. invigorating
a. the past
2. to make an effort
b. satisfaction
3. the good old days
c. mad
_________.
4. angry
d. to bother
2. An important task of a stay-at-home mum is
5. to disturb
e. energising
to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
6. contentment
f. to try
1. Our grandfather always talks about the
196
Korrespondenz
Infobox
Private Briefe und Geschftsbriefe
Informelle Briefe zwischen Freunden knnen
sehr salopp beendet werden. Gruwrter sind
meistens nicht allzu frmlich und eher vertraut,
wie Love, Yours, With Love etc.
In Geschftsbriefen ist die Gruformel am
Schluss des Briefes formeller, z. B. Yours sincerely oder Yours faithfully oder ein wenig persnlicher Kind regards.
Auf einem Briefumschlag schreibt man vor die
Absenderadresse oft From: seltener Sender: (US).
22
B Geschftskontakte
n
knpfen
Mike Snyder will geschftliche Kontakte knpfen,
um die neu produzierten Turnschuhe der Firma zu
verkaufen. Er schreibt einen Brief zur Kontaktaufnahme mit in Frage kommenden Geschftspartnern.
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing with regard to a business
proposal that I would like to make to
your company. With our new line of
products, I am convinced that we could
bung 3:
Fllen Sie die Lcken dieses privaten Briefs mit
den fehlenden Wrtern!
arrange a mutually beneficial business

relationship.
1. _ _ _ _ _ Jacob,
My company has a 20-year tradition of

manufacturing quality running shoes at
I have missed you a lot over the past two
affordable prices. We use the best ma-
months. School is going 2. _ _ _ _ _ (gut). I
terials and the newest technologies to

give our customers the most comfort-
have been getting good grades and I will be

leaving 3. _ _ _ _ _ (nchsten) month. I often
able track shoes around.

I would like your retail chain to be the
think 4. _ _ _ _ _ you when I am cycling
distributor of our new line of products.
around town and 5. _ _ _ _ _ the times that we
Please contact me at your earliest convenience to set up a meeting. I am look-
spent together. I am hoping to take a 6.
ing forward to speaking with you.
_ _ _ _ _ (Ferien) to come and see you very
Yours sincerely,
soon.
Mike Snyder
Please 7. _ _ _ _ _ back soon. I am looking 8.
Vokabeln
_ _ _ _ _ to hearing from you.

9. _ _ _ _ _ ,
to afford something
affordable
to arrange
sich etwas leisten

bezahlbar
arrangieren
Sandra
197
22 Korrespondenz
at your earliest
convenience
beneficial
business contacts pl
business proposal
comfortable
distributor
to establish
business contacts
to manufacture
material
mutual
product line
quality
regarding ...
retail chain
running shoes pl
to set up
technology
track shoe
tradition
so bald wie mglich (hflich)

ntzlich, zutrglich
Geschftskontakte
Geschftsvorschlag
bequem, komfortabel
Verteiler, Grohndler
Geschftskontakte
knpfen
herstellen, produzieren
Material
gegenseitig,
beiderseitig
Produktlinie,
-serie
Qualitt
bezglich ...
Einzelhandelskette
Laufschuhe
arrangieren
Technologie
Laufschuh
Tradition
Nach bestimmten Verben kann ein Objekt + ToInfinitiv stehen:

to advise
to ask
to cause
to encourage
to expect
to force
to help
to invite
to remind
to teach
to tell
to want/would like
to warn
raten
bitten
verursachen, dass
ermutigen
erwarten, dass
zwingen
helfen
einladen, auffordern
daran erinnern
lehren, beibringen
sagen
wollen, dass
dringend raten
bung 4:
(affordable, quality, technology, tradition, product line, business relationships, with regard to,
mutually, manufacture, running shoes)
1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ your last question, the
answer is definitely no.
2. Did you leave your _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ at the
gym?
3. As business partners, we are looking for a
Grammatik
Der Infinitiv Zweiter Teil
Der To-Infinitiv nach bestimmten Verben +
Objekt
I would like your retail chain to be the distributor of our products.
Ich htte gerne, dass Ihre Einzelhandelskette
unsere Produkte vermarktet.
She told us to meet in the car park.
Sie sagte, dass wir uns auf dem Parkplatz treffen (sollten).
198
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ beneficial decision.
4. We cannot buy the house because it is simply
not _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
5. One of the things we need to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
our products is _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
6. Our new _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ includes different
types of shoes.
Korrespondenz
22
7. Many businesses have a long _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4. Der Sturm bewirkte, dass viele Rohstoffe zer-
of good service.
strt wurden.
8. Setting up a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ is a long pro-
_________________________
cess if you have no experience.
_________________________
9. We cannot ignore _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ if we
hope to become a leading manufacturer of
computers.
bung 5:
bersetzen Sie folgende Stze mit Infinitivkonstruktionen!
C Ein Beschwerdebrief
n
Mr Lewis schreibt einen Brief an den Besitzer eines
Restaurants, in dem er und seine Familie neulich
sehr schlecht bedient wurden.
Dear Mr Sansom,
About a week ago, my family and I dined
1. Er sagte ihnen, dass sie sich auf einen Termin

einigen sollen.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. Er wollte seinen Vater zwingen zu helfen, was
das Geld betraf.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. Ich htte gern, dass Schuhfirmen bequeme
Schuhe zu bezahlbaren Preisen herstellen.
_________________________
_________________________
in your restaurant in celebration of my

sons graduation from university. As you
know, this is a very special occasion and
we had hoped that everything would go
as planned. Unfortunately, we encountered several disappointments as a result
of the rude staff at your restaurant.
The problem began when we had to wait
forty-five minutes for your waiter to
take our order. When he finally arrived
at our table, he didnt even apologise.
He acted as if bringing us water were a
lot to ask. Later, he dropped my wifes
meal into her lap. If we had known
before, we would not have come to your
restaurant.
In addition to the unacceptable service,
I was very disappointed by the quality of
_________________________
199
22 Korrespondenz
the food at your establishment. My filet
mignon looked almost green, and my
daughter found a live insect in her salad.
By the time our dishes arrived, they were
to do the right thing

to doubt
to drop
dry-cleaning
to encounter
already cold. Needless to say, there was

nothing enjoyable about the evening.
Because absolutely no effort was made
to improve the situation, and no one in
your restaurant seemed to care about
our satisfaction, I doubt that I will ever
eat in your restaurant again. I will certainly not recommend it to my friends.
As for the suffering that this ordeal has
caused both me and my wife, I am
asking you do the right thing and com-
establishment
graduation
in celebration of
to improve
insect
lap
live
needless to say
ordeal
prompt
to recommend
response
rude
pensate us for our dry-cleaning bill and

the price of the meal.
satisfaction
I will be awaiting your prompt response.

Yours sincerely,
special occasion
Mr Dale Lewis
Vokabeln
a lot to ask
apologise
as planned
to await
bugs pl
to compensate
to dine
disappointment
200
viel verlangt
sich entschuldigen
wie geplant
erwarten, entgegensehen
Ungeziefer
entschdigen,
ausgleichen,
kompensieren
speisen, dinieren,
essen
Enttuschung
suffering
staff
to take the order
unacceptable
tone
waiter
waitress
das Richtige tun

zweifeln
fallen lassen
chemische Reinigung
treffen, stoen
auf
Lokal, Laden
Abschlussprfung
um ... zu feiern
verbessern
Insekt
Scho
lebend, aktuell
unntig zu sagen
Tortur, Qual, Plage
sofortig, unmittelbar
empfehlen
Antwort
unhflich, unfltig, unverschmt
Zufriedenheit, Erfllung, Befriedigung
besonderer
Anlass
Leiden
Personal
Bestellung aufnehmen
inakzeptabel
Ton
Ober, Kellner
Kellnerin, Bedienung
Grammatik
Die Bedingungsstze Wiederholung
Die If-Stze Typ I (Prsens im If-Satz, Futur I im
Hauptsatz) wurden Ihnen bereits vorgestellt.
Korrespondenz
Hier zur Wiederholung die Bedingungstze des
Typs II und III.
Die Bedingungsstze Typ II
Bei den If-Stzen II steht im If-Teil Past Tense,
im Hauptsatz would/could+Infinitiv.
Bsp.:
If we knew that your service improves, we
would come to your restaurant again. Wenn
wir wssten, dass Ihr Service sich verbessert,
wrden wir wieder in Ihr Restaurant kommen.
Der Sprecher ist sich nicht sicher, ob ein Ereignis oder eine Handlung eintritt oder nicht. Die
Erfllung hngt von verschiedenen Bedingungen ab, die Mglichkeit der Realisierung
besteht bis zu einem gewissen Grad. Die Durchfhrung liegt noch in der Zukunft. Sie erfolgt
unter Umstnden, aber nicht zu 100 Prozent.
Im If-Satz des Bedingungssatzes Typ II steht
kein Futur!
Die Bedingungsstze Typ III
Bei Bedingungsstzen des Typs III steht im IfSatz Past Perfect, im Hauptsatz Konditional II.
Bsp.:
If we had known before, we would not have
come to your restaurant. Wenn wir das vorher
gewusst htten, wren wir nicht in Ihr Restaurant gekommen.
22
Zur unmittelbaren Unterscheidung von Typ II

und Typ III
Typ II: If the fire brigade came very fast, the
building would be saved.
Wenn die Feuerwehr sehr schnell kme, knnte
das Gebude gerettet werden.
Typ III: If the fire brigade had come very fast,
the building would have been saved.
Wenn die Feuerwehr sehr schnell gekommen
wre, htte das Gebude gerettet werden knnen.
Im ersten Beispiel besteht unter der Voraussetzung, dass die Feuerwehr schnell zur Stelle
ist noch die Chance, dass das Gebude nicht
oder nicht ganz abbrennt. Im zweiten Satz ist
die Situation schon vorber, es besteht keine
Chance mehr auf Rettung.
bung 6:
Setzen Sie die passende Vokabel ein!
(excuse, apologise, tone, doubt, onto, encountered, rude, as planned, in celebration of, satisfaction, needless to say, threw)
1. I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ that he wanted to hurt
you. That doesnt seem to be his intention.
Das Ereignis oder die Handlung ist bereits

abgeschlossen und es wird noch einmal darber gesprochen, was htte sein knnen.
Im If-Satz steht normalerweise nie would oder
could!
2. She told the children to always _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Eine Ausnahme bildet would zum Ausdruck

einer hflichen Bitte:
customers _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
Bsp.:
If you would (please) do the washing-up, I
could finish my cleaning job faster.
Wenn du bitte den Abwasch machen knntest,
wre ich schneller mit dem Putzen fertig.
themselves before leaving the table.

3. One of a businesss main goals should be the
4. We organised a party _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Leilas

birthday.
5. The party went _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ except that
the guest of honour was two hours late.
201
22 Korrespondenz
6. The owner of the restaurant refused to
2. You must really put a lot more energy into
_________ .
your school. Otherwise you probably fail the

exams (II).
7. Although his parents raised him to be polite,
_________________________
he was often _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
_________________________
8. I dont like your _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of voice

when you are angry.
_________________________
3. The owner of the restaurant answers their
letter. Maybe the family comes again. (II)
9. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , I will not eat filet mignon
_________________________
with insects in it.
_________________________
_________________________
10. They _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ some strange people

on their hike.
11. The waiter _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ all the plates of
food _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ the floor.
4. We dont say thank you. Aunt Margaret is

probably disappointed. (II)
_________________________
_________________________
bung 8:
bung 7:
Formulieren Sie anhand des vorgegebenen Beispiels Bedingungsstze des Typs II.
Bsp.:
We dont know if children are allowed in the
bar. We could take our children with us. (II)
If we knew that children were allowed in the
bar, we could take our children with us.
1. We might go camping next summer. Clarissas friends could join us. (II)
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
202
1. go
a. up
2. extend
b. as planned
3. inherit
c. thanks
4. be
d. thoughtful
5. enjoy
e. jewels
6. attend
f. reading
7. pick
g. a wedding
bung 9:
(fond of, hear, have dinner, decoration, constantly, baking, compensated, cooking, wonderful, vase)
Korrespondenz
22
1. I was thrilled to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ about their
1. The waiter made no effort to improve the
plans to marry.
situation. The Lewis family didnt come
2. She was _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ being thoughtful,
again. (III)
and for that, I am thankful.
_________________________
_________________________
3. My grandmothers specialties were always
_________________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
2. The waiter acted as if bringing water was a
4. On their wedding day, they looked absolutely
lot to ask. We decided to leave the restaurant
_________.
immediately (III).
5. Despite it being broken, I am very _ _ _ _ _
_________________________
this antique _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
_________________________
_________________________
6. We have designed a beautfiul flower arrangement for the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
3. The restaurant didnt answer the letter. They

never came again. (III)
7. We wanted to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ at an Indian
_________________________
restaurant.
_________________________
8. The guests were _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ for the bad
_________________________
food.
4. The dog was ill. They took him to the vet. (III)
_________________________
bung 10:
Formulieren Sie anhand des vorgegebenen Beispiels Bedingungsstze des Typs III!
Bsp.:
We didnt know there were so many children at
the open air concert last night. We didnt take
our children with us. (III)
If we had known that there were so many
children at the open air concert last night, we
would have taken our children with us.
_________________________
_________________________
5. The boy could swim. They let him jump into
the water. (III)
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
203
23 Medien
A Immer gut informiert
n
Marcus und Linda diskutieren ber die verschiedenen Arten von Zeitungen und Zeitschriften, die sie
gern lesen.
are well done, especially for the local

paper. And the writing is superb.
Marcus: Sometimes, the paragraphs are
too lengthy. And the entire newspaper
definitely has a conservative slant.
Marcus: Do you have a newspaper subscription?

Linda: Not yet. I do like to stay informed
about current events, but I havent subscribed to receive one yet.
Linda: Yes. I think if you can come to

terms with some of the political jargon,
then you can enjoy it more.
Marcus: Have you ever written a letter
to the editor?
Marcus: What kind of newspaper do you

like to read?
Linda: Just once, but it wasnt published.

I think my view was too liberal.
Linda: It varies. Most of the time, I pre-
Marcus: Thats true. They do tend to

censor opinions that are not in line with
fer serious journalism, but sometimes I

merely read the tabloids, just for fun, of
course!
Marcus: I read online newspapers, but
we also have a paper delivered to the
house. First, I read all of the headlines,
especially world affairs, the local news,
their own.
Vokabeln
to censor
classified advertisement
column
classifieds, the global coverage, and, if I
columnist
comic strip
crossword
current events pl
have time, I take a look at the comics. I

can never finish the crossword, though.
conservative
coverage
Marcus: I have a favourite column. Its

about relationships and its printed on
definite
Tuesday. Bill Hawkins is my columnist of
to deliver
choice, though his humour is sometimes

too morbid.
financial pages plpl

editor
and the sports section.

Linda: I look at the financial pages, the
Linda: Ive read that. I think the graphics
204
zensieren
Kleinanzeige
Kolumne, Spalte,
Sule
Kolumnist
Comic
Kreuzwortrtsel
aktuelle Ereignisse, Aktuelles
konservativ
Berichterstattung
definitiv, klar,
eindeutig, bestimmt
(aus)liefern,
zustellen
Wirtschaftsseiten
Herausgeber,
Verleger
Medien
global
graphics pl
headlines pl
to inform oneself
jargon
journalism
just for fun
to keep oneself
informed
in line with
lengthy
letter to the editor
local news
local paper
merely
morbid
newspaper of choice
online newspaper
political
to prefer
to publish
slant
sports section
to stay informed
to subscribe
subscription
superb
tabloid
to tend to ...
to vary
well done
world affairs pl
global, weltweit
Grafiken
Schlagzeilen
sich informieren
Jargon, Fachsprache
Journalismus
nur aus Spa
informiert bleiben, auf dem
Laufenden sein
bereinstimmen
mit
langwierig,
langatmig
Leserbrief
Lokalnachrichten
Lokalzeitung
blo, nur
(hier:) makaber
Zeitung meiner
Wahl
Internetzeitung,
Online-Zeitung
politisch
vorziehen, lieber
mgen
verffentlichen
Tendenz, Neigung
Sportteil
auf dem Laufenden sein
abonnieren
Abonnement
ausgezeichnet,
groartig, vorzglich, meisterhaft
Boulevardzeitung
tendieren, neigen zu ...
abweichen,
unterschiedlich
sein
gut gemacht
Weltpolitik
23
Infobox
Wortfeld Presse
taking a global view
of the matter
to get a slant on
something
to have an overall
picture of something
to take out a subscription to something
to pay ones
subscription
news presented in
tabloid form
tabloid journalism
to hit the headlines
a piece of gossip
gossip columnist
gossip column
magazine
gutter press
editorial
Opinions vary on
this point.
global gesehen
sich einen Eindruck
von etwas verschaffen
einen berblick ber
etwas haben
etwas abonnieren
seinen Beitrag zahlen
Nachrichten, die im Stil
der Boulevardpresse
aufgemacht sind
Sensations-,
Boulevardpresse
Schlagzeilen machen
eine Klatschgeschichte
Klatschkolumnist
Klatschspalte
Illustrierte
Regenbogenpresse
Leitartikel
In diesem Punkt gehen
die Meinungen
auseinander.
Grammatik
Der Ausdruck to have something done etwas
machen lassen
I had the clothes washed.
Ich lie meine Kleider waschen.
They had the newspapers printed.
Sie lieen die Zeitungen drucken.
I had my car washed.
Ich habe mein Auto waschen lassen.
Im having a dress made.
Ich lasse mir gerade ein Kleid machen.
205
23 Medien
Have + direktes Objekt + Partizip Perfekt drckt
aus, dass jemand veranlasst, dass etwas getan
wird. Das Subjekt ist passiv und lsst bestimmte Dinge erledigen.
bung 1:
bersetzen Sie!
1. Sie lieen die Comic Strips ihrer Wahl an die
Wand pinnen.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. Bezglich Zeitungen und Zeitschriften gehen
die Meinungen auseinander.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
3. Kleinanzeigen sind unerlsslich, wenn Sie ein
Haus kaufen wollen.
_________________________
_________________________
4. Online-Zeitungen geben einen schnellen
berblick ber die wichtigsten Schlagzeilen.
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
206
bung 2:
Kreuzen Sie den richtigen Satz an!
1. Linda ...
a. already has a newspaper subscription.
b. does not yet have a newspaper
subscription.
c. does not tell us whether she has a
newspaper subscription or not.
d. subscribes to another newspaper
whenever she likes.
2. Linda ...
a. does not like serious journalism.
b. never reads the tabloids.
c. sometimes reads the tabloids
just for fun.
d. prefers conservative journalism to
aggressive journalism.
3. Did Marcus tell Linda about his favourite
column?
a. Yes, he did.
b. No, they never ever talked about that
topic.
c. It is not said in the dialogue.
d. No, he told her about his favourite
magazines.
4. Linda ...
a. does not read the financial pages.
b. does not read the classifieds.
c. reads the financial pages only.
d. reads the classifieds, the financial
pages and the global coverage.
5. Marcus has ...
a. a columnist of his choice.
b. a tabloid of his choice.
c. graphics of his choice.
d. letters to the editor of his choice.
Medien
B Zeitschriften
n
Mara und Judy sprechen darber, warum Mara
neulich ihre Zeitschriftenabonnements gekndigt
hat. Das liegt nicht nur an den Preisen ...
23
at a raffle. But mostly, I read cooking

magazines, home-decorating, and
womens writing journals.
Mara: I like articles that are engaging
and titles that catch your attention. A
Judy: I see that your copy of Knitters

Monthly isnt on your coffee table.
good caption helps, too. I dont really

care for illustrations.
Mara: I had my name removed from
Judy: Oh I do, as long as they are caricatures.
their mailing list. It wasnt worth the

money that I spent on it.
Judy: Didnt you like the patterns?
Mara: They were too ordinary. And I had
Vokabeln
caption
coffee table
celebrity
trouble following them because the

directions were so badly formulated. I
even found errors that their editors
obviously overlooked.
Judy: You seem to have cancelled your
gossip magazines as well.
Mara: I had enough of them, the scandals keep repeating themselves.
Besides, they had stories on the most
obscure celebrities and the entire publi-
copy
directions
error
fishing
to format
to formulate
to get rid of
gossip
indispensable
journal
Judy: Are there subscriptions that you

have maintained, or did you get rid of
knitter
to leave out
magazine
to maintain
everything?
Mara: Well, I didnt cancel my husbands
maintenance
cation was badly formatted.
motorcycle maintenance and fishing

magazines. They are indispensable.
Judy: I recently received a years subscription to Bowlers Monthly. I won it
motorcycle
obscure
obviously
ordinary
berschrift, Titel,
Bildunterschrift
Couchtisch
Berhmtheit,
Prominenter
Kopie, Exemplar
(hier:)(Strick-)Anleitung
Fehler
Fischen
formatieren
formulieren
sich einer Sache
entledigen,
etwas loswerden
Klatsch
unerlsslich
Zeitung, Zeitschrift, Tagebuch
Stricker/-in
auslassen
Zeitschrift
unterhalten,
aufrechterhalten,
warten (Auto, etc.)
Instandhaltung,
Beibehalten
Motorrad
merkwrdig
offensichtlich
gewhnlich, normal, blich
207
23 Medien
to overlook
pattern
publication
raffle
recently
to remove
to repeat
scandal
bersehen
Muster, Schnittmuster, Vorbild
Verffentlichung
Tombola, Verlosung
krzlich
entfernen
wiederholen
Skandal
Grammatik
Die Indirekte Rede (Teil I)
Bislang haben Sie in den meisten Kapiteln
Dialoge kennen gelernt, in denen zwei Personen
direkt miteinander sprechen. Zur Wiedergabe
von uerungen Dritter, d. h. wenn ber eine
Aussage einer Person gesprochen wird, brauchen Sie die so genannte Indirekte Rede.
Anders als im Deutschen steht zwischen Einleitungssatz und indirekter Rede kein Komma.
Der Einleitungssatz im Present Tense, Present
Perfect, Future oder Conditional
Direkte Rede:
Marcus says: I have got some good news. My
dream has come true. I have found the perfect
place for us.
Markus sagt: Ich habe Neuigkeiten. Mein
Traum ist wahr geworden. Ich habe den perfekten Platz fr uns gefunden.
Indirekte Rede:
Marcus says (that) he has got some good news.
His dream has come true. He has found the
perfect place for them.
Markus sagte, er habe Neuigkeiten. Sein Traum
sei wahr geworden. Er habe den perfekten Platz
fr sie gefunden.
208
Bei der Wiedergabe in der indirekten Rede mssen beispielsweise Personal- und Possessivpronomina sowie Verbformen insofern verndert
werden als sie dem Standpunkt des Berichterstatters angepasst werden mssen. Im Deutschen wird in der indirekten Rede in der Regel
der Konjunktiv gebraucht.
Der Einleitungssatz im Past Tense oder Past
Perfect
Die indirekte Rede ist eine Form des Erzhlens.
Steht das einleitende Verb des Sagens oder
Denkens in einer Zeitstufe der Vergangenheit,
so findet bei der Wiedergabe eines Textes in der
indirekten Rede eine Zeitverschiebung nach folgenden Regeln statt:
Present Tense
Present Perfect
Past Tense
Past Perfect
will-Future
can
Past Tense
Past Perfect
Past Perfect
Past Perfect
would+Infinitiv
could
Bsp.:
I love living in London.
She said (that) she loved living in London.
(Present Progressive Past Progressive)
I have found something fantastic.
He said (that) he had found something
fantastic. (Present Perfect Past Perfect)
Actually, I saw it on TV. He said (that) he had
seen it on TV. (Simple Past Past Perfect
Simple)
I had more or less given up hope.
He said/told me (that) he had more or less
given up hope. (Past Perfect Simple Past
Perfect Simple)
Medien
Well all move there in a months time.
He thought we would all move there in a
months time. (will-Future would+Infinitiv)
But you can be sure youll like it.
He added (that) I could be sure I would like it.
(can could; will would)
23
C Fernsehen und Radio

n
Randy und Charles diskutieren ber ihre Fernsehund Radiogewohnheiten und sprechen ber die jeweiligen Vorteile der Medien.
Randy: Do you watch television?
bung 3:
Verwandeln Sie die nachstehenden Stze von der
direkten in die indirekte Rede! Achten Sie auf die
Zeit des Verbs im Einleitungssatz!
Charles: I do it to relax and switch off

after work, but I try not to sit in front of
it for too long.
1. You can win the first prize if you really try.
Randy: Do you turn on more educational

or entertaining shows?
My sister has told me (that) ...
Charles: I always turn to the news in the
_________________________
evening, and I like sitcoms, but what I

really hate is made-for-TV films.
_________________________
_________________________
Randy: Yes, theyre usually awful. I like

when recent films are broadcast on tele-
2. The Welsh are really different.
vision, though.
My parents say (that) ...
Charles: But the commercials can

become annoying.
_________________________
_________________________
Randy: Yes, they are quite a nuisance,

arent they?
_________________________
Charles: Thats why I like to watch
3. I always wanted to come back.
public television. They have superb programmes of great quality.
My mother said (that) ...

_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Randy: I prefer private stations. If you

can ignore the advertisements, they are
very watchable.
Charles: I think that watching television
is a good opportunity to bring friends
together.
Randy: I often watch one series with my
209
23 Medien
friends every week, but with time, it has
become the only thing that we have in
common!
Charles: Its exactly the opposite with
educational
entertaining
game
government-funded
to have company
radio programming these days. A long

time ago, radio was the prime means of
entertainment among families.
Randy: There are still many governmentfunded radio stations with adequate
programmes, but I only tune in when I
am by myself. Its as if I have company
with me.
Charles: Yes, it is quite a solitary activity, isnt it? I listen to the car radio when
Im driving.
Randy: Public radio has many ploys to
get you to listen to it, usually in the
form of games and contests.
Charles: What I cant stand is that the
music played is always mainstream. And
the disc jockeys put on the same songs
over and over again.
Vokabeln
adequate
among
annoying
to broadcast
channel
commercial
contest
210
adquat, angemessen
unter, zwischen,
bei
rgerlich, lstig
senden
Kanal
Werbespot
Wettkampf, Wettbewerb
to have in common
to ignore
a long time ago
mainstream
means pl
nuisance
opposite
over and over again
ploy
prime
prime time
private
public
to put on (music)
quality
recent
series
to sit in front of ...
sitcom
solitary
to stand s.th.
station
superb
to switch off
to tune in
to turn on
to turn to
Bildungs...
unterhaltsam
Spiel
von der Regierung finanziert
Gesellschaft
haben
gemeinsam
haben
ignorieren
vor langer Zeit
Hauptrichtung
Mittel, Mglichkeit
rgernis, Plage
Gegenteil
immer wieder
Trick, Masche
wichtig, wesentlich
Hauptsendezeit
privat
ffentlich
Musik auflegen
Qualitt
(hier:) neu
Serie, Sendereihe
vor ... sitzen
Situationskomdie
einsam, einzig,
abgelegen
etwas ertragen
Sender, Station
hervorragend
abschalten
reinhren
einschalten
umschalten
Medien
Grammatik
Die Indirekte Rede (II)
Fragen in der indirekten Rede
a) Fragen ohne Fragewort
Do you play an instrument?
They wanted to know/They asked me whether/
if I played an instrument.
Fragen ohne Fragewort in der direkten Rede
werden in der indirekten Rede mit whether
oder if (ob) eingeleitet.
b) Fragen mit Fragewort
Why did you move here, Harry?
The group asked him why he had moved there.
What sports are you best at?
They wanted to know what sports he was best at.
Ein Fragewort in der direkten Rede wird in der
indirekten Rede beibehalten.
Der Imperativ in der indirekten Rede
Direkte Rede:
Doctor: Stop smoking. You mustnt drink so
much. You should do some exercise. Please
come and see me again in a week or two.
Indirekte Rede:
The doctor told Mr X to stop smoking.
He warned him not to drink so much.
He advised him to do some exercise.
He asked him to come and see him again in
a week or two.
Aufforderungsstze werden in der indirekten
Rede meist als Infinitivkonstruktion wiedergegeben (bejaht: to, verneint: not to ...). Auer
den Infinitivkonstruktionen ist auch should/
ought to (sollte) gebruchlich.
The doctor told him not to drink/that he ought
not drink so much.
He said that he should exercise regularly.
23
Die Zeit- und Ortsangaben

Die folgenden Vernderungen von Zeit- und
Ortsangaben beim Wechsel von direkter zu
indirekter Rede sind blich:
today
tonight
this week
yesterday
last night
tomorrow
next week
next Monday
three days ago
here
that day
that night
that week
the day before
the night before
the following/next day
the next/following week
the next/following
Monday
three
days before
there
As if
Mit as if (als ob) kommt ein Vergleich zum Ausdruck.
Vergangenheit und Gegenwart
She talked as if she were crazy.
Sie sprach, als ob sie verrckt wre.
He worked as if he were not tired at all.
Er arbeitete, als ob er berhaupt nicht mde
wre.
They acted as if they had trouble in understanding.
Sie verhielten sich, als ob sie Verstndnisprobleme htten.
In allen Fllen steht im Satz, der mit as if eingeleitet wird und eine Hypothese ausdrckt, also
Past Tense. Die einzige Ausnahme bildet to be,
das in allen Fllen mit were wiedergegeben wird.
Zukunft
Hier werden im Satz, der mit as if eingeleitet
wird, die Formen would oder could benutzt.
They eat as if they would never have the
opportunity to eat again.
Sie essen als ob sie nie wieder die Gelegenheit
dazu haben wrden.
211
23 Medien
They danced as if they could happily go on
forever.
Sie tanzten, als ob sie ewig so weitertanzen
knnten.
bung 5:
Setzen Sie folgende Fragen und Infinitivkonstruktionen in die indirekte Rede!
1. Do they like me?
bung 4:
Setzen Sie folgende Stze in die indirekte Rede!
Beginnen Sie mit I asked ...!
1. Whats Peters address?
_________________________
2. Whens the new manager coming?
_________________________
3. How does she know my name?
I wondered _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_________________________
2. Will you be ready in time?
I wanted to know _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_________________________
3. Is there any food in the house?
Mum asked _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_________________________
_________________________
4. Why are all the windows open?
_________________________
Infobox
bung 6:
Setzen Sie die direkte Rede in die indirekte Rede! Der
Einleitungssatz ist jeweils in Klammern angegeben.
1. Hes ill. (She thought)
_________________________
Among
He was among friends at the party.
Er war unter Freunden auf der Party.
Among all of the ideas, his was the best.
Unter allen Ideen war seine die beste.
He is among our best players.
Er gehrt zu unseren besten Spielern.
This habit is widespread among the French.
Diese Sitte ist weit verbreitet bei den Franzosen.
Discuss it among yourselves first.
Macht das zuerst unter euch aus.
2. Ill be back tomorrow. (He said)

_________________________
3. I dont like this music. (She said)
_________________________
4. Where is the bus station? (She asked me)
_________________________
5. Have you finished? (I asked him)
_________________________
6. Nobody loves me. (I felt)
_________________________
212
Technik
A Der Computer
n
Crystal hat seit Jahren nicht mehr in ihrem erlernten Beruf gearbeitet, weil sie sich auf ihre Familie
konzentrieren wollte. Sie versucht gerade, ihre
Computerkenntnisse aufzufrischen.
24
adjust the font, the size of the letter,

you can underline words and put them
into italics. Otherwise, it functions as if
you were typing on a typewriter.
Crystal: Do I use the space bar only to
Crystal: I remember quite a bit. This is the

screen, this is the keyboard, this is the hard
drive, but where is the floppy disc drive?
Will: We use only compact discs and no
floppies. They are more dependable and
last longer.
Crystal: What have I forgotten? This
large box is the monitor, the computer is
hooked up to the printer, but I dont
know what these gadgets are.
Will: First, we have a scanner, with
which you can scan images and transform them into a digital form. Then, we
have a modem, with which you can hook
up to the internet.
format the lines?

Will: No, there is a centering function
and one to align the text to the right or
to the left. Be sure to always save your
document in your folder. Tomorrow, I
will teach you how to create databases
and spreadsheets and work with tables
and graphs. Dont be intimidated. These
days, computers are user-friendly.
Crystal: Can I simply turn it off now?
Will: No, you have to go through the
motions and shut it down. I would be
happy to demonstrate that for you.
Vokabeln
to adjust
Crystal: Ive heard a lot about that. Its

called the information superhighway,
isnt it?
Will: Yes. Another term is the world
wide web". Your primary obligations are
to align
centering function
to centre
to click on
compact disc
to rewrite documents. With the mouse,

you click on this icon and it opens a pro-
to create
gram. Or, you click and hold and then
cursor
database
to demonstrate
drag the cursor to the desired program.

Crystal: That sounds simple enough.
Will: By clicking on these icons, you can
dependable
anpassen, angleichen, einrichten

anpassen, ausrichten
Zentrierfunktion
zentrieren
klicken auf
Kompaktdisc,
CD-ROM
schaffen,
(hier:) anlegen
Cursor
Datenbank
demonstrieren,
zeigen,vorfhren
zuverlssig, verlsslich
213
24 Technik
digital
disc
document
to drag
file
floppy disc drive
folder
font
to function
gadget
Digital-, digital
Diskette
Dokument
ziehen
Ordner, Datei
Diskettenlaufwerk
Mappe, Ordner
Schriftart
funktionieren
Apparat, Gert,
Vorrichtung
graph
Diagramm,
Schaubild
to go through the
(hier:) die ganze
motions
Prozedur/alle
Schritte einzeln
durchgehen
hard disc
3,5-Zoll-Diskette
hard disc drive
Festplattenlaufwerk
disk (US)
Diskette
to hold held held (an-/fest-)halten
to hook up
zuschalten,
anschlieen
icon
Ikone, Symbol
image
Bild
information superDatenautobahn
highway
to intimidate
einschchtern
keyboard
Tastatur
italics
Kursivschrift, druck
in italics
kursiv
to last longer
lnger halten
letter
Buchstabe, Brief
modem
Modem
monitor
Monitor
mouse
Maus
obligation
Verpflichtung,
Aufgabe
primary
primr, Hauptprinter
Drucker
rumour
Gercht
to save
speichern, retten
to scan
scannen
scanner
Scanner
214
screen
to shut down
space bar
spreadsheet
table
term
to transform
to transform into a
digital form
to turn off
typewriter
typing
to underline
user-friendly
Bildschirm
herunterfahren(PC)
Leertaste
Tabellenkalkulation
Tabelle, Tisch
Begriff, Ausdruck
verwandeln,
umwandeln
digitalisieren
abschalten
Schreibmaschine
Tippen
unterstreichen
benutzerfreundlich
Infobox
Programme und Program
Im britischen Englisch schreibt man
programme im Gegensatz zum amerikanischen
program. Aber: Handelt es sich um ein Computer-/Softwareprogramm, heit es grundstzlich
program.
Infobox
Handy
Das Wort handy bedeutet im Englischen nicht
Mobiltelefon! Das ist ein mobile phone. Handy
kommt im Englischen in einer ganzen Reihe
von Wendungen vor.
Hier einige davon:
She was handy at repairing things.
Sie war bei Reparaturen sehr geschickt.
He is a handy construction worker.
Er ist ein praktisch veranlagter Bauarbeiter.
to keep something handy
etwas griffbereit halten
That comes in handy.
Das kommt sehr gelegen.
Technik
24
Grammatik
7. She was _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ about the loss of
Der Ausdruck According to ...

According to the experts, smoking is unhealthy.
Den Experten nach/Expertenmeinungen zufolge
ist Rauchen ungesund.
According to Dr Lyton, he has been sick for a week.
Laut Dr. Lyton ist er seit einer Woche krank.
Calls are separated according to the rate per
minute.
Anrufe werden im Minutentakt abgerechnet.
her grandparents.
8. One advantage is that you can receive
_________.
9. I was annoyed by the salesman because he
really seemed to be _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ me to buy
something.
10. I am impressed by my new mobile phones
_________.
bung 1:
Fgen Sie das passende Wort in die Lcke ein!
(standard, very sad, storage, basic, voicemail,
are calculated, features, charges, user-friendly,
satellite dish, pushing)
1. Most computers come with _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
features.
2. We just purchased a new _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ so
bung 2:
Bilden Sie Stze mit according to!
1. Dr Jones thinks that most sicknesses can be
prevented.
_________________________
that we can receive international channels.

2. A famous politician says that culture should
3. Unfortunately, you cannot save the docube promoted.
ment because you dont have enough
_________.
4. This information is very _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
I am sure that you will understand.
_________________________
3. The botanist believes that everyone can enjoy
themselves in the garden.
5. My mobile phone package is rather easy to
_________________________
figure out. I got the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ package.
4. Some computer programmers think that its
6. The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ for the phone _ _ _ _ _
simple to create computer programs.
by how many minutes you use it.
_________________________
215
24 Technik
5. The woman at the counter told us that the
toilets were around the corner.
_________________________
B Das Internet
n
Crystal lernt zum ersten Mal das Internet kennen.
Allerdings hat sie schon sehr viel darber gehrt.
6. The salesman says all of their products are in

Will: Today Im going to show you the
stock or can be ordered.

_________________________
7. The philosopher believes that there is no real
meaning in life.
_________________________
ropes of the internet and the intranet.

Crystal: Whats the difference between
the two?
Will: Internet is a globally connected
information base. Intranet is within a
8. Dr Atkins told us that medicine should be
company or organisation. Well start

with the basics. This is your internet
taken as directed.
provider. There are different names, all
_________________________
have advantages and disadvantages.

Crystal: Do I need a password?
Will: Only to access your e-mail
account. You will have a company
Infobox
account and you can sign up for a
At my desk
calculator
CD-ROM drive
CD writer
disc drive
DVD drive
glue stick
highlighter
hole punch
mobile phone (GB)
monitor
mouse pad
pencil sharpener
speaker
stapler
sticky tape
Taschenrechner
CD-ROM-Laufwerk
CD-Brenner
Diskettenlaufwerk
DVD-Laufwerk
Klebestift
Leuchtstift
Locher
Handy
Bildschirm
Mauspad
Bleistiftspitzer
Lautsprecher
Hefter
Klebeband
private account if you want.

Crystal: What does the @ stand for?
Will: You read it as at. If you know
what your website is, type it in here. The
official name is the url. Main websites
are called domains. That means that
related sites are linked to this site.
Crystal: What is a link?
Will: Do you see how this cursor is a
different shape when I place it on this
line of text? If I double-click on it, it will
take me to another address. In this way,
the internet is like a huge spiders web.
216
Technik
Crystal: I see. Does it always take so
long?
Will: If it does, you can click on reload
and the page will be brought up again. If
you decide against bringing up this
page, you can always click on stop, to
stop loading.
Crystal: Thats relatively simple. How do
I perform a search?
Will: There are many search engines on
the internet. First, you type in the
address of your favourite some are
domain
to double-click
e-mail account
entries pl
hit
huge
i.e. (id est)
internet provider
key
to link
linked
password
to perform a search
provider
to reload
Crystal: Ill type in British Monarchy.

What is that list?
rope
the ropes of the
internet
return key
to search
search engine
shape
to sign up for ...
Will: That is the number of hits that your

search found. That means that there are
spiders web
to stand for ...
better than others and then you place

a word to be searched into this box and
press the return key.
24
Domne, Bereich
doppelklicken
E-Mail-Konto
Eintrge
Treffer, Hit
enorm, gewaltig
d.h., das heit
Internetanbieter
Taste
verbinden
verbunden
Passwort
eine Suche
durchfhren
Anbieter
neu laden, nachladen
Tau, Lasso
Grundlagen
des Internets
Eingabetaste
suchen
Suchmaschine
Form, Gestalt
sich anmelden
bei .../fr ...
Spinnennetz
stehen fr ...
over three hundred thousand entries

that include the words British Monarchy.
Vokabeln
to access
advantage
box
British monarchy
to click on
to decide against
disadvantage
Grammatik
Zugang haben
zu ...
Vorteil
Feld, Kstchen,
Schachtel
die britische
Monarchie
klicken auf
sich gegen
etwas entscheiden
Nachteil
Die bersetzung von Prpositionen im Zusammenhang

Prpositionen mssen in manchen Fllen
zusammen mit der Wendung gelernt werden,
mit der sie verwendet werden, weil sie von
einer Sprache in die andere nicht immer wrtlich bersetzt werden knnen.
bei
I was at my aunts house.
Ich war bei meiner Tante.
217
24 Technik
Mrs Carter works for a computer firm.
Frau Carter arbeitet bei einer Computerfirma.
Tennis is very popular with my friends.
Tennis ist bei meinen Freunden sehr beliebt.
You cant play tennis in this weather.
Du kannst bei diesem Wetter nicht Tennis spielen.
4. Wait _ _ _ _ _ tomorrow to reread the essay.

Otherwise you wont see the mistakes you have
made because you are too tired now.
5. Everybody was able to cope with the PC pro-
bis
Can you finish that by tomorrow?
Kannst du das bis morgen fertig machen?
Wait till/until tomorrow.
Warte bis morgen.
So far/Up to now weve been lucky.
Bis jetzt haben wir Glck gehabt.
Read as far as/up to line 26, please.
Lies bitte bis Zeile 26.
Everybody was frightened except (for) Linda.
Alle bis auf/auer Linda hatten Angst.
gram _ _ _ _ _ (_ _ _ _ _ ) Ron, who was
von
These books are by Roy North.
Diese Bcher sind von Roy North.
This is a photo of Roy North.
Das ist ein Foto/eine Aufnahme von Roy North.
Today I got a letter from Roy Johnson.
Heute habe ich einen Brief von Roy Johnson
erhalten.
8. This PC handbook was not written _ _ _ _ _
bung 3:
The _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ connects you to the
Fllen Sie die Lcke mit der richtigen Prposition!
unwilling to take part in the extra lessons.

6. Roy was working _ _ _ _ _ XYZ _ _ _ _ _
1990 1995. He has been working _ _ _ _ _
Entel computers since 1996.
7. Projectors are very popular _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
teachers and instructors.
Bill Gates himself.
bung 4:
Setzen Sie das passende Wort ein! Orientieren Sie
sich dabei am Dialog.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or, in short, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
For this you need a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . Within a
1. I learnt how to use the computer _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ you call it _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
my colleagues office.
To have _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to your
2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I have never had access
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ account you need a
_ _ _ _ _ the internet.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . To get to a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3. You cannot take your laptop outside
you place the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ on a line of text
_ _ _ _ _ this weather.
which indicates an internet address and
218
Technik
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ on this very line. If it seems to
take too long, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ again on
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . If you want to
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a search, type in the
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . You always find a tremendous number of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , i.e.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ that include the keyword you
put in the box to perform your search
_________.
24
it to him.) Wow! You can have

satellite reception and all day internet access! You can send digital
images and short films, and play card
games!
Crystal: What about practical, everyday
usage?
Kyle: You have your basic package
here, with address and personal data
storage.
Crystal: How many names can I store?
Kyle: Its not that cut and dry. It goes by
the size of the store information.
Crystal: All right. Are there any attach-
C Das erste Handy

n
Crystal kauft sich ein Handy, da sie sehr oft unterwegs ist, seitdem sie ihren neuen Job hat. Allerdings wei sie nicht, wie sie damit umgehen soll.
Crystal: Hello, Kyle! I am completely
frustrated with this new mobile phone.
Theyre supposed to be quite easy-to-
ments that I should buy?

Kyle: Not really. It comes with a power
cord that you can plug into an electrical
outlet, and with this you can charge
your battery. It will need to be recharged
every day.
Crystal: What buttons do I press to make
a call?
use, but I cant figure it out. Do you
Kyle: These here. You press this to lock

your phone and this to make it vibrate
think you could help me?

Kyle: I would be glad to. What kinds of
instead of ring.
features does it have?

Crystal: Well, the salesman was pushing
Crystal: What is that for?

Kyle: When you are in a meeting, it
this new line that is capable of sending
wont interrupt the discussion.

Crystal: Wow! What fabulous things
text messages around the globe.

Kyle: Thats pretty standard these days.
they come up with!
Lets have a look at it. (She hands
219
24 Technik
Grammatik
Vokabeln
all day
attachment
basic package
battery
to be capable of
something
to be frustrated
button
to charge
to come up with
something
cut and dry
electrical outlet
feature
globe
to go by ...
to hand
to lock
mobile phone
personal data
to plug into
power cord
to push
to recharge
satellite reception
short film
standard
storage
to store
text message
usage
utilitarian
to vibrate
I would be glad
to.
220
den ganzen Tag lang

Zusatzgert,
Dateianhang
Basispaket
Batterie, Akku
etwas knnen,
in der Lage sein
frustriert sein
Taste, Knopf
aufladen
sich etwas
ausdenken
klar, eindeutig,
ganz klar
Steckdose
Eigenschaft,
Charakteristikum
Erdball
sich richten
nach ...
reichen
sperren (Tasten)
Handy
persnliche
Daten
anstecken, einschalten
Stromkabel
(hier:)(auf)drngen
neu aufladen
Satellitenempfang
Kurzfilm
handelsblich,
Standard
Speicherplatz
speichern, lagern
SMS
Gebrauch,
Benutzung
ntzlich
vibrieren
Gern.
Der Ausdruck instead

Im Folgenden lernen Sie etwas ber die Verwendung von instead.
Instead of am Satzanfang
Steht instead am Anfang eines Satzes, so folgt
die Prposition of und dann ein Gerundium.
Instead of spending money on a mobile phone,
we could save for a new car.
Anstatt Geld fr den Kauf eines Handys auszugeben, knnten wir auf ein neues Auto sparen.
Instead ohne Prposition
Id recommend not buying the expensive
motorcycle. Instead, why dont we save for a
new car?
Ich wrde empfehlen, das teure Motorrad nicht
zu kaufen. Stattdessen sollten wir auf ein
neues Auto sparen.
We were going to go swimming, but instead,
we went dancing.
Wir wollten (eigentlich) schwimmen gehen,
aber stattdessen sind wir tanzen gegangen.
bung 5:
Kreuzen Sie die richtige Antwort an!
1. Crystal is upset because ...
a. she has lost her mobile phone.
b. she doesnt know how to use her phone.
c. she cant find her friend Kyle.
2. What was the salesman trying to do?
a. Make Crystal buy a very new product.
b. Sell her an older mobile phone.
c. Keep her from buying anything.
3. What is Crystal most interested in?
a. special features
b. attachments
c. practical uses
Technik
4. What does Crystal still need to buy before
using her phone?
a. a power cord
b. nothing
c. a basic package
5. The phone is capable of ...
a. making short films.
b. sending text messages.
c. functioning as an electrical outlet.
6. When can Crystal access the internet?
a. On almost all days.
b. A few times per day.
c. All the time.
7. Who is more excited about the phone?
a. Kyle
b. Crystal
c. They are both excited.
bung 6:
24
4. Ive got a broken leg, so I cannot join you at

the tennis court. Why dont we go and see the
new film at the cinema _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ?
bung 7:
bersetzen Sie nun die Stze aus bung 6 oben
ins Deutsche!
1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_________________________
Setzen Sie instead oder instead of in die Lcken ein!
_________________________
1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ going by bike, all of them
3. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
take their cars to go to work.
_________________________
2. I dont like swimming. I prefer playing tennis
_________________________
_________.
_________________________
3. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ lying in the sun, we should
4. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
remember the doctors warnings that too much
_________________________
sun can cause serious illnesses and even
_________________________
cancer.
_________________________
_________________________
221
Der wichtigste Wortschatz

Englisch Deutsch
A
a bit ein bisschen
a head of lettuce Salatkopf
a little something ein Mitbringsel
ability Fhigkeit
aboard an Bord
above oben
abrupt pltzlich, abrupt
absolutely absolut
accent Akzent
accept akzeptieren
accident Unfall
accommodation Unterkunft
accompany begleiten
accounting Buchhaltung
accurate akkurat
ache Schmerz
achieve leisten, erreichen
acquaintance Bekannte(r)
act handeln
action Aktion, Handlung, Tat
add to hinzufgen, addieren
admission Eintritt, Einlass
address concerns Sorgen ansprechen
adequate adquat
adult Erwachsene(r)
advantage Vorteil
advertising Werbung
advertising campaign Werbekampagne
advise (be)raten, empfehlen
affair Angelegenheit
afford sich leisten
after nach
after all letztendlich
after that danach
afterwards nachher
again wieder
against gegen
age Alter
agenda Agenda, Tagesordnung
agree upon bereinkommen
air Luft
airmail Luftpost
airport Flughafen
aisle (Mittel)Gang
alarmed schockiert
all day den ganzen Tag lang
all of them alle (davon)
all over berall
all the time die ganze Zeit
all together/altogether ingesamt
allocate zuteilen, zuweisen
alone allein
always immer
222
amazing erstaunlich
ambition Ehrgeiz
ambulance Krankenwagen
among unter
annoy rgern
annually jhrlich
another time ein anderes Mal
antique Antiquitt
any irgendwelche/r/s
anymore nicht mehr
anything irgend etwas
apathetic apathisch, antriebsarm
ape Affe
apologise sich entschuldigen
appearance Aussehen
apple Apfel
appliances pl Gerte
apply to (hier:) zutreffen
appreciate schtzen
appropriate angemessen
apricot Aprikose
April April
arm Arm
around here in dieser Gegend, Umgebung
around the um ... herum
around the house im Haus
arrangement Anordnung
arrogant arrogant
art Kunst
art history Kunstgeschichte
artifact, artefact Artefakt
as planned wie geplant
ask fragen
ask out sich verabreden mit
assist assistieren
associate Kollege, Mitarbeiter
assuming angenommen
assure of versichern, dass
at capacity bis zur Auslastung
at present im Moment
at the top oben
atrocious grausam
attachments pl Zusatzgert, Anhang
attack attackieren
attempt Versuch
attend teilnehmen an
attraction Sehenswrdigkeit
attractive attraktiv
August August
aunt Tante
automatically automatisch
autumn Herbst
available erreichbar
avoid vermeiden
await erwarten
away on business geschftlich unterwegs
B
baby Baby
back Rcken
backward rckwrts
bagpipes pl Dudelsack
balance Saldo
balance balancieren
balcony Balkon
bald glatzkpfig
ball Ball
banana Banane
band Band
bar bar
bar Theke
barely kaum
basement Untergeschoss
basic fundamental, elementar, einfach
basically im Grunde genommen
bass Kontrabass
bathe baden, waschen
bathing suit Badeanzug
battery Batterie, Akku
be able to stand sth. etwas aushalten
be afraid Angst haben
be back zurck sein
be capable of knnen
be convinced berzeugt sein
be exact um genau zu sein
be familiar with kennen
be fond of mgen
be free frei haben
be from kommen aus
be frustrated frustriert sein
be good at etwas gut machen
be interested in Interesse haben an
be involved in an etwas beteiligt sein
be locked up gefangen sein
be meant for fr etwas bestimmt sein
be on ones way auf seinem Weg sein
be proud of stolz sein auf
be right recht haben
be safe um sicher zu sein
be sick of something die Nase voll von
etwas haben
be specific um genau zu sein
be under the impression that ... den
Eindruck haben, dass ...
be used to an etwas gewhnt sein
be wrong Unrecht haben
bear Br
bear fruit Frchte tragen
bear witness Zeuge sein
beat schlagen
beat around the bush um den heien
Brei herumreden
because of aufgrund, wegen

bed Bett
bed linen Bettwsche
bedroom Schlafzimmer
beef Rindfleisch
beer Bier
before bevor, vor
begin beginnen, anfangen
belong hingehren, gehren
beloved (innig) geliebt
berry Beere
besides auerdem
best man Trauzeuge
better besser
big gro
bilingual zweisprachig
birch Birke
bird Vogel
birthday party Geburtstagsparty
biscuits pl Pltzchen
black schwarz
blackberry Brombeere
blender Mixer
block blockieren
block out verbergen
blond blond
blood pressure Blutdruck
bloodshot blutunterlaufen
bloom blhen
blossom Blte, blhen
blue blau
blueberry Blaubeere
bodily krperlich
boil kochen
boil over berkochen
book buchen
border Grenze
border Rahmen
boring langweilig
borrow ausleihen
boss Chef
bother stren
box Kiste
brain Gehirn
brand name Markenname
bread Brot
break even kostendeckend arbeiten
break up Schluss machen
breakfast Frhstck
breathe atmen
bride Braut
bridesmaid Brautjungfer
brilliant genial
bring up erwhnen
bring up aufbringen
broadcast senden
brother Bruder
brown braun
brothers and sisters pl Geschwister
browse schmkern, sich im Laden
umsehen
budget Budget
bug Insekt
build bauen
bunny Kaninchen
burgundy dunkelrot
business Geschft
business trip Geschftsreise
butter Butter
button Knopf
buy kaufen
by now mittlerweile
C
cabinet Broschrank
cactus Kaktus
calendar Kalender
calculate kalkulieren
call rufen, anrufen, nennen
call back zurckrufen
calling rate Gebhr per Anruf
cake Kuchen
can (to be able to) knnen
cancer Krebs
candidate Kandidat
candle Kerze
candy Sigkeit
capital Hauptstadt
car Auto, Wagen
career Karriere
caring liebevoll, einfhlsam
carrot Karrotte
carry tragen
carry-on luggage Handgepck
carton Karton
case Kasten
cash register Kasse
casual wear informelle Bekleidung
catch fangen
celebrate feiern
celebrity Berhmtheit
century Jahrhundert
certainly sicherlich
challenge herausfordern, Herausforderung
change Wechselgeld
change sich ndern
changing rooms Umkleidekabinen
channel Kanal
characteristics pl Eigenschaften
charge aufladen
charity Wohlttigkeit
charming entzckend
cheap billig
checked kariert
check-up Kontrolluntersuchung
cheese Kse
chemicals pl Chemikalien
cherry Kirsch
chest Brustkorb
chestnut Kastanie
chicken Huhn, Hhnerfleisch
childhood Kindheit
children pl Kinder
Chinese chinesisch
chores pl (Haus)Arbeiten, Pflichten
church Kirche
citizen Brger
citizenship Staatsbrgerschaft
classic klassisch
claws pl Krallen
clean putzen
clean out ausrumen
clear klar, deutlich
clearance-sale Rumungsverkauf
clear up aufklren
click on anklicken
clients pl Klienten
climb up aufsteigen
close nah
close an account ein Konto schlieen
closet Garderobe
clothes pl Kleidung
clutch fest (er)greifen, packen
coffee Kaffee
coffee table Couchtisch
collect call R-Gesprch
collect sammeln
colour Farbe
column Kolumne
column Spalte
come kommen
come to mind in den Sinn kommen
come to terms with bewltigen
command befehlen
commercials pl Werbung
commit a crime ein Verbrechen begehen
commitment Verpflichtung, Engagement
committed engagiert
cold Erkltung
commute pendeln
company Firma
company logo Firmenlogo
competition Konkurrenz
complaint Beschwerde
complete vollenden, ausfllen
complimentary copy Freiexemplar
computer Computer
consensus bereinstimmung
concerning bezglich
223

concert Konzert
confirm besttigen
conscientious gewissenhaft
conservative konservativ
constantly stndig
consult konsultieren
contact Kontakt
contact kontaktieren
contest Wettkampf
controlling Controlling, Finanzwesen
convince berzeugen
cook Koch/Kchin
cook kochen
cookbook Kochbuch
cool khl
cope with etwas bewltigen
copy Kopie
cordially freundlich, herzlich
corner Ecke
corporate Firmen ...
correct korrekt, richtig
correction Verbesserung
cost kosten
cottage Cottage, Htte
cotton Baumwolle
couple einige
course Kurs
cousin Cousin, Cousine
cover letter Anschreiben
creative kreativ
credit card Kreditkarte
cricket Kricket
crime Verbrechen
cross paths Wege kreuzen
crossword Kreuzwortrtsel
crucial entscheidend
culture Kultur
cup Tasse
cup of tea eine Tasse Tee
current aktuell
current account Girokonto
current events pl aktuelle Ereignisse
customer Kunde
cut and dry klar, eindeutig
cut a deal sich einigen
cut costs Kosten einschrnken
cut to the case zum Thema kommen
cycling Rad fahren
D
daffodil Narzisse
daily tglich
daily schedule Tagesablauf
dangerous gefhrlich
dark dunkel
darling Liebling
224
data Daten
daughter Tochter
daughter-in-law Schwiegertochter
day Tag
day of the week Tag der Woche
day trip Tagesausflug
debate debattieren
December Dezember
decide entscheiden
decide against sich gegen etwas
entscheiden
decision Entscheidung
decoration Dekoration
defense Verteidigung
defensive defensiv
definite bestimmt
definitely bestimmt, definitiv
definition Definition
delay Versptung
delicious lecker
deliver liefern
delivery Lieferung
demand fordern
depart abfahren
department Abteilung
department store Kaufhaus
depend on ankommen auf, abhngen von
deposit einzahlen
describe beschreiben
desired gewnscht
desk Schreibtisch
dessert Nachtisch
detail Detail
detailed detailliert
determine festlegen, entscheiden
die of sterben an
different unterschiedlich, anders
dine essen
dining room Esszimmer
dinner jacket Smoking
disadvantage Nachteil
disagree nicht bereinstimmen
disappointment Entuschung
disapprove of sth. etwas missbilligen
disc Diskette
disease Krankheit
dish Gericht
dishes Geschirr
dispatch verschicken
dispatcher Lieferer, Sender
distance Entfernung
distinguish unterscheiden
district Bezirk
do machen, tun
do a job eine Aufgabe erledigen
do the right thing das Richtige tun
doctor Arzt
dog Hund
doll Puppe
dolphin Delfin
donate spenden
donor Spender
donut Donut
double-click doppelklicken
doubt zweifeln
down hinunter, ab
down below unten
downtown Stadtmitte
dozen Dutzend
drawer Schublade
dream Traum
dress Kleid
drive fahren
driver Fahrer
drivers license Fhrerschein
drop fallen lassen
drunk betrunken
dry trocken
dry abtrocknen
dryer Trockner
due to aufgrund, angesicht, wegen
dust Staub
dust Staub wischen
duties pl Pflichten
dye Frben
dying scene Sterbeszene
E
ear Ohr
earn verdienen
Easter Ostern
easy einfach
eating habits pl Essgewohnheiten
economy Wirtschaft
education Bildung
educational Bildungs...
effective effektiv
efforts pl Bemhungen
eight acht
elbow Ellbogen
electrical outlet Steckdose
elevator/lift Fahrstuhl
elm Ulme
email account E-Mail-Konto
emergency Notfall
emergency services pl Notfalldienste
end up enden, landen
engine Maschine
enjoy genieen
enough genug
entertaining unterhaltsam
entrance Eingang

entries pl Eintrge, (Buchungen)
envelope Kuvert, Umschlag
environment Umwelt
epidemic Epidemie
escape entfliehen, entkommen
etiquette Hflichkeit
Europe Europa
evening classes pl Abendkurse
event Ereignis
eventually schlielich, endlich
ever je
ever since seitdem
every other day jeder 2. Tag
everyday alltglich
exactly genau
examine prfen
example Beispiel
exceed berschreiten, bertreffen
excellent ausgezeichnet
exchange tauschen, wechseln
excited gespannt
exclude ausschlieen
exclusively ausschlielich
excursion Ausflug
executive assistant Sekretrin
exercise Bewegung
exercise sich bewegen
exhibition Austellung
exhibit ausstellen
exit Ausfahrt
expenses Ausgaben, Kosten
expensive teuer
experience erfahren, erleben
express ausdrucken
extraordinary auerordentlich
extremely extrem
eye Auge
eye for detail ein Auge frs Detail
F
face Gesicht
facilitator Organisator
facility Einrichtung
faithful treu
fall Herbst
fall asleep einschlafen
familiar vertraut, bekannt
famous bekannt, beliebt
fan Fan
fantastic fantastisch
far weit, fern
far away weit entfernt
fare Preis (Verkehrsmittel)
farmer Bauer
fashion Mode
fast food Fast Food
father Vater
father-in-law Schwiegervater
favourite Lieblingsfear frchten
feature Eigenschaft
February Februar
fee Gebhr
feed fttern
feeding time Ftterzeit
feel left out sich ausgeschlossen fhlen
fence Zaun
festivity Feierlichkeit
field Feld
fifty fnfzig
fight Gefecht, Streit
figure out entziffern
file Akte, Ordner, Datei
filing cabinet Aktenschrank
film Film
finally schlielich, letztendlich
finally endlich
finance Finanzwesen
finance finanzieren
financial pages pl Wirtschaftsseiten
financially secure finanziell sicher
find out herausfinden
fine, thanks gut, danke
finger Finger
firm fest
first Erstes, der/die/das Erste
first class erste Klasse
first communion Erstkommunion
fit passen
fit together zusammenpassen
fitness club Fitnesscenter
flat fee Pauschalgebhr
floor Stockwerk
floor Boden, Stockwerk
florist Florist
flower Blume
flowering blhend
flute Flte
folder Mappe, Ordner
follow folgen
food Essen
foot Fu
football Fuball
for ages seit einer Ewigkeit
for that purpose zu diesem Zweck
for the most part zum grten Teil
forbid verbieten
force zwingen
foreign fremd
fork Gabel
formal wear formale Bekleidung
format formatieren
fortunate glcklich
forward vorwrts
forward weiterleiten
foundation Stiftung
France Frankreich
freetime Freizeit
fresh frisch
freshly-squeezed frisch gepresst
Friday Freitag
friendly freundlich
from von
from day to day von Tag zu Tag
from now on von jetzt an
from ... to von ... bis ...
fruit Obst
frying pan Pfanne
full time Vollzeit
fund Gelder bewilligen, finanzieren
funding Finanzierung
funny lustig, witzig
furniture Mbel
future Zukunft
G
gain experience Erfahrungen sammeln
gain something etwas gewinnen
gain weight zunehmen (Gewicht)
game Spiel
garden Garten
gather sammeln
generate generieren, erzeugen
generation Generation
get ahead vorankommen
get around something etwas umgehen
get down to business zur Sache
kommen
get in contact with Kontakt aufnehmen
mit
get married heiraten
get old lter werden
get ready sich vorbereiten
get rid of befreien, loswerden
get to know kennen lernen
get up aufstehen
get used to sich gewhnen an
giraffe Giraffe
give somebody a call jemanden anrufen
glad froh
glasses pl Brille
globe Erdball
go on a diet Dit halten
go to school zur Schule gehen
goal Tor
goal Ziel
goalkeeper Torwart
going grey grau werden
225

good gut
good-looking gut aussehend
gossip Klatsch
government Regierung
government-funded von der Regierung
finanziert
graduation Abschluss
grand groartig
grandfather Grovater
grandmother Gromutter
grandpa Opa
grape Traube
graph Graphik
grass Gras
great toll
green grn
green beans pl grne Bohnen
greenhouse Treibhaus
groom Brutigam
grow up aufwachsen
guess rate
guest Gast
H
ham Schinken
hand Hand, reichen
handful Hand voll
handle anfassen
handle sich mit etwas befassen
hand luggage Handgepck
hand-made handgefertigt
hang up auflegen
hard times pl harte Zeiten
hard-boiled hart gekocht
hard-working fleiig
have in common gemeinsam haben
have things in order alles in Ordnung
halten
have to mssen
head Kopf
head anfhren
head for auf dem Weg sein zu
headache Kopfweh
headlines pl Schlagzeilen
health Gesundheit
healthy gesund
heart Herz
heart attack Herzinfarkt
heartburn Sodbrennen
heavy schwer
hello hallo, guten Tag
help Hilfe
heritage Erbe, Erbschaft
hi hallo
hide verstecken
hierarchy Hierarchie
226
high hoch
high blood pressure hoher Blutdruck
highbrow intellektuell
highway Autobahn
hilarious vergngt, ausgelassen
hire mieten, chartern, jdn anstellen
history Geschichte
hits pl Treffer
hobby Hobby
hold halten
holiday Feiertag
holidays pl Ferien, Urlaub
homework Hausaufgaben
honest ehrlich
honesty Ehrlichkeit
honour ehren
hoover Staub saugen
hope hoffen
horn Horn
horrendous schrecklich
hospital Krankenhaus
hotline Hotline
house, at home Haus, zu Hause
household Haushalt
hug umarmen
huge sehr gro, enorm
humid feucht
hurt verletzen
I
ID card Ausweis
ideally idealerweise
identification Identifikation
identity card Personalausweis
if and when wenn und wann
if needed falls bentigt
ill krank
illegal illegal
immediate sofort
immediate nchstimmerse oneself sich vertiefen
impolite unhflich
importance Bedeutung, Wichtigkeit
important wichtig, bedeutend
impress beeindrucken
improve verbessern
in a line of in einer Reihe von
in bloom blhend
in fashion/fashionable modisch
in favour of fr etwas sein
in front of vor
in my opinion ... meiner Meinung nach
in season in der Saison
in stock auf Lager
in the back hinten
in the meantime in der Zwischenzeit
in the vicinity in der Nhe, Nachbarschaft

in town in der Stadt
inconclusive nicht berzeugend, nicht
schlssig
incredible unglaublich
indecisiveness Unschlssigkeit
indigestion Magenverstimmung
individuals pl Individuen
inflexible starr, unnachgiebig
influenza Grippe
information centre Informationszentrum
ingredients pl Zutaten
inherit erben
injury Verletzung
inquire nachfragen, sich erkundigen
inquiry Anfrage, Erkundigung
insects pl Insekten
insurance Versicherung
interest rate Zinssatz
interim vorlufig
international international
internet Internet
internship Praktikum
interpersonal zwischen Menschen
interrupt unterbrechen
intersection Kreuzung
interview Vorstellungsgesprch
intricate kompliziert, komplex
introduce jmd vorstellen, einfhren
invitation Einladung
invite einladen
Ireland Irland
irrelevant nicht relevant
issue (Streit-)Thema
itemised aufgelistet
its a pity es ist schade
J
jacket Jacke
jail Gefngnis
January Januar
jargon Jargon
jazz Jazz
jewellery Schmuck
jogging Joggen
join mitkommen
joke Witze erzhlen
journalism Journalismus
journal Journal, Zeitschrift, Tagebuch
juice Saft
July Juli
jump springen
June Juni
just gerade noch, gerade eben, blo
just a moment einen Moment
just for fun nur aus Spa

K
keep behalten
keep it simple es einfach lassen
keep oneself informed informiert bleiben
key Taste, Schlssel
kind nett, lieb
kind of irgendwie, gewissermaen
kindergarten Kindergarten
kitchen Kche
knee Knie
knife Messer
knitter Stricker
knitting Stricken
knowledge Wissen
L
lamp Lampe
language Sprache
large gro
last letzte(r,s)
last night letzte Nacht
last say das letzte Wort
last year letztes Jahr
last dauern
laundry Wsche
lawn Rasen
lawyer/attorney Rechtsanwalt
lay off entlassen
lay the table den Tisch decken
lazy faul
learn a language eine Sprache erlernen
least am wenigsten
leave out auslassen
left links
lend leihen
lend a (helping) hand to behilflich sein
lend oneself to something sich hergeben
zu
length Lnge
lengthy lang, langatmig
less is more weniger ist mehr
letter Brief
lettuce (Blatt-)Salat
lick lecken
life Leben
lifestyle Lebensstil
lift (auf)heben
lift weights Gewichte heben
light hell, Licht
like wie
like mgen, gern haben
lily Lilie
lime Limette
line Schlange, Linie
linen Leinen, Wsche
link verbinden, anschlieen
lion Lwe
list Liste
little klein, wenig
live lebendig
live wohnen
lively lebhaft
liver Leber
living room Wohnzimmer
local call Ortsgesprch
local news Lokalnachrichten
local paper Lokalzeitung
lock (ab)sperren
loneliness Einsamkeit
lonely einsam
long lang
long-distance call Ferngesprch
long time ago vor langer Zeit
look schauen
look after sich kmmern um
look for suchen nach
look forward to sich freuen auf
look towards the future in die Zukunft
schauen
lose weight abnehmen
lost verloren
loud laut
lovely schn
loving liebend, liebevoll
lucky glcklich
luggage Gepck
lunch Mittagessen
lung Lunge
M
machine Maschine, Automat
magazine Zeitschrift
maid of honour Brautjungfer
main dish Hauptgericht
main entrance Haupteingang
main line Hauptlinie
mainstream Hauptstrmung
maintain behaupten, aufrechterhalten
maintenance Instandhaltung
make machen
make a ... candidate ein ... Kandidat
sein
make a decision eine Entscheidung treffen
make amends for Schadenersatz leisten
make an attempt versuchen, etwas zu tun
make it etw schaffen
make sure sicher stellen
manage to es schaffen
manager Manager
map Karte
maple Ahorn
March Mrz
market etwas vermarkten

marketing Marketing
marriage Ehe
marry heiraten
match Spiel
match zusammenpassen
matching zusammenpassend
maximum Maximum, HchstMay Mai
maybe vielleicht
me too ich auch
mean gemein
mean meinen
means pl Mittel
measure messen
meat Fleisch
medium medium, mittelgro
meet sich treffen
melt schmelzen
melting pot Schmelztiegel
member Mitglied
memorabilia Andenken
mention erwhnen
message Botschaft
middle Mitte, Mittelmigraine Migrne
minimum Minimum
minus minus
miss verpassen
mix mischen
mixture Mischung
mobile phone Handy
Monday Montag
money Geld
monster Ungeheuer
mood Laune
more mehr
morning Morgen
mother Mutter
mother-in-law Schwiegermutter
motivation Motivation
motorcycle Motorfahrrad
mouth Mund
move on weitergehen
mow mhen
multiplied by multipliziert mit
multiply multiplizieren
mum Mama
music Musik
N
name nennen
nap Schlfchen
napkin Serviette
narrow schmal, eng
nation Staat
227

nationality Nationalitt
near nah
necessary ntig
neck Hals, Nacken
neighbour Nachbar
nephew Neffe
newspaper Zeitung
next to neben
nibble knabbern
nice sympathisch
night school Abendkurse
no matter what egal was
noble nobel, gromtig
none kein/e
nose Nase
nosy neugierig (neg.)
not nicht
not bad nicht schlecht
not the least bit keineswegs
not yet noch nicht
nothing nichts
November November
now jetzt
number(s) Zahl(en)
nurse Krankenschwester
nutritionalist Ernhrungsberater
opera Oper
opportunity Gelegenheit
opposite Gegenteil
orange orange
orchestra Orchester
orchid Orchidee
order bestellen
order in hereinkommen lassen
ordinary gewhnlich, normal, blich
originally ursprnglich
ounce Messeinheit fr Gewichte
out aus
out of fashion/unfashionable unmodisch,
aus der Mode
out of town auerhalb der Stadt
outside drauen
outside of auerhalb
over ber
over and over again immer wieder
overall im Groen und Ganzen
overcome berwinden
overlook bersehen
overweight bergewichtig
own eigen
own besitzen
P
O
oak Eiche
oboe Oboe
obscure merkwrdig
October Oktober
odd komisch, merkwrdig
of von
of you von dir, von Ihnen
offence Straftat, Beleidigung
offensive anstig
offer Angebot
offer anbieten
often oft
old alt
older lter
on board an Bord
on location vor Ort
on our hands in unseren Hnden
on sale im Ausverkauf
on the other hand andererseits
on the way auf dem Weg
on time pnktlich
on your part deinerseits
once in a while ab und zu
one day eines Tages
ongoing weiterfhrend
online newspaper Internetzeitung
open door offene Tr
open an account ein Konto erffnen
228
package Paket
padding Polsterung
pain Schmerz
pancake Pfannkuchen
paper (hier) Tageszeitung
paper clip Heftklammer
paper weight Briefbeschwerer
park parken
parking lot Parkplatz
passengers pl Passagiere
passport Reisepass
password Passwort
past Vergangenheit
pat on the back anerkennend auf die
Schulter klopfen
patient Patient
patient geduldig
patterns pl Muster
paw Pfote, Pranke
pay rise Gehaltserhhung
pay attention to ... achten auf
paycheck Gehaltscheck
peach Pfirsich
pear Birne
pen Pferch
pen Kugelschreiber, Stift
pencil Bleistift
pepper Paprika, Pfeffer
percussion Schlaginstrument
perfect perfektionieren
perfectionist Perfektionist/in
perform a search eine Suche
durchfhren
perseverance Beharrlichkeit, Ausdauer
personal persnlich
personal call Privatgesprch
personality Persnlichkeit
piano Klavier
pick out auswhlen
pick up aufheben
pictures pl Bilder, Photos
piece Stck
pine Kiefer
pint Messeinheit fr Flssigkeiten
pitch (Zelt-)Platz
place Ort, Lokalitt
place stellen
plain einfach
plane Flugzeug
plate Teller
platform Gleis
play spielen
ploy Trick, Masche
plug in einstecken, anschlieen
plus plus
plus sizes pl bergren
pocket money Taschengeld
point to zeigen auf
polar bear Eisbr
policy Police
polish polieren
polite hflich
political politisch
poor arm, schlecht
popular culture Pop-Kultur
position Stelle
positive sicher, zustimmend,
berzeugt
post office Post
post absenden, anschlagen
postcard Postkarte, Ansichtskarte
postpone verschieben
potato(es) Kartoffel(n)
pound Pfund
poverty Armut
powerful mchtig
practical praktisch
practise ben
precise genau
pregnant schwanger
prescribe verschreiben
present Geschenk
presently im Moment, gerade
pressure Druck
previous bisherig

price Preis
prime erst, wichtigst, wesentlichst
print drucken
printing paper Druckerpapier
priority Prioritt
private privat
proclaim erklren, ausrufen
producer Hersteller
product Produkt
production Herstellung
professional professionell
profit from profitieren von
programming Programmierung
promote frdern
protect schtzen
proud stolz
provide with versorgen, ausstatten mit
public ffentlich
publication Verffentlichung
pull out abfahren (Zug)
pullover Pullover
punnet Schale, Krbchen
purchase kaufen
push schieben
put stellen
put a call through einen Anruf
durchstellen
put off verschieben
put on (music) Musik auflegen
put on a show eine Schau abziehen
puzzle Puzzle, Rtsel
Q
quality Qualitt
qualities pl Eigenschaften
questionable fragwrdig
quick schnell
quiet leise
quilt Quilt, Steppdecke
quite ganz
quite a few ziemlich viel
R
rabbit Hase
radio Radio
random willkrlich
rap Rap
raspberry Himbeere
rate Kurs, Rate
really echt/wirklich
reasonable vernnftig
receiver Hrer
recently krzlich, vor Kurzem
recharge neu aufladen
recognise (wieder)erkennen
recommend empfehlen
reconstruct rekonstruieren
red rot
redo noch einmal machen
refer to sich beziehen auf
register anmelden, registrieren
regret bedauern
regular gewhnlich, regelmig
regulation Regelung
relax sich entspannen
relevant relevant
reload nachladen
relocate umsiedeln
remove entfernen
renovate renovieren
repeat wiederholen
representative Stellvertreter, Abgeordneter
research Recherche, Forschung
research recherchieren, forschen
residence Wohnsitz
response Antwort
responsibility Verantwortung
restore restaurieren
result Ergebnis
resume wieder aufnehmen, weitermachen
mit
retain zurckbehalten, einbehalten
retired pensioniert
return Rckfahrt, zurck
return a call zurckrufen
rhythm Rhythmus
ribbon Band
right richtig, korrekt
right rechts
ring up anrufen
ripe reif
roast Braten, gebraten
rock Rockmusik
room Zimmer, Raum
rose Rose
round Runde
routine Routine
row Reihe
rowdy laut, rpelhaft
rude unhflich, flegelhaft
ruin ruinieren
run around herumlaufen
run down herunterlaufen
run in the family in der Familie liegen
run tests Untersuchungen durchfhren
rushed voreilig
S
safe sicher
salad Salat
sale Ausverkauf
sales report Verkaufsbericht
salt Salz
same gleich
sarcophagus Sarkophag
satellite Satellit
satisfaction Befriedigung
Saturday Samstag
sauce Soe
sausage Wurst
save sparen
scale Umfang, Ebene, Reichweite
scandal Skandal
scholar Gelehrte(r)
school Schule
science Wissenschaft
scissors pl Schere
scope Ausma, Umfang, Reichweite
score Punkt(e) gewinnen
sea Meer
seal Seehund
search engine Suchmaschine
search suchen
season Saison
season ticket Abonnement
seat Sitzplatz
second zweite/r/s
second class zweite Klasse
security Sicherheit
see sehen
see the sights die Sehenswrdigkeiten
sehen
seem scheinen
selfish selbstschtig
sell verkaufen
separate trennen
September September
series Serie
serious ernst, seris
seriousness Ernst
serve servieren
set up aufstellen
several einige
sewing Nhen
sexes pl Geschlechter
shake Shake
shake schtteln
shaken geschttelt
shaker Mixbecher, Streuer
shape Form, Gestalt
sharp scharf
shelf Regal
shirt Hemd
shop Geschft
shopping Shopping
short klein (Gre), kurz
short films pl Kurzfilme
shot Spritze
229

show zeigen
show around herumzeigen
shut up die Klappe halten
siblings pl Geschwister
sick krank
sickness Krankheit
side dish Beilage
sights pl Sehenswrdigkeiten
sign Schild
sign up for sich verpflichten, sich
anmelden
similar hnlich
simple einfach
since seit, seitdem, weil
sink Becken
sister Schwester
sit down sich hinsetzen
sit in front of vor der /dem ... sitzen
situation Situation/Lage
sitcom Situationskomdie
six years sechs Jahre
sixteen sechzehn
size Gre
skill Fhigkeit
skin Haut
skirt Rock
skyscraper Wolkenkratzer
slim schlank
slip ones mind jdm entfallen, etw
vergessen
slowly langsam
small klein
smoke rauchen
smoker Raucher
so also
so far bis jetzt
so that damit
socket Steckdose
soft-boiled weich gekocht
soil Erde, Boden
soil schmutzig machen
solitary einsam
solve a puzzle die Lsung finden
sometimes manchmal
son Sohn
son-in-law Schwiegersohn
sound sich anhren, klingen
specialist Spezialist
spectacular spektakulr
speed Geschwindigkeit
spend time Zeit verbringen
spiders web Spinnennetz
splash platschen
spoken gesprochen
spoon Lffel
sports section Sportseite
230
spring Frhling
stadium Stadion
stagnate stagnieren
stair Treppe
stand owner Standbesitzer
stand for stehen fr
stand up aufstehen
standard handelsblich, standard
stare anstarren
start anfangen
station Station, Bahnhof
station Sender
stationery Schreibwaren, Papier
stay bleiben
stay on task bei der Aufgabe
bleiben
steal/stole stehlen
still noch
stir umrhren, aufwhlen
stock fhren, vorrtig haben
storage Lager
storage Speicherplatz
store lagern
straight geradeaus
strange merkwrdig
strangely enough komischerweise
strawberry Erdbeere
street Strae
strengths pl Strken
strings pl Saiteninstrumente
stripes pl Streifen
strong stark
study abroad Auslandsstudium
study studieren, lernen
stuffy stickig
subscribe abonnieren
subscription Abonnement
succeed Erfolg haben
successful erfolgreich
such solchsudden pltzlich
sugary mit Zucker
suits Anzge
summer Sommer
Sunday Sonntag
superb ausgezeichnet
supplier Lieferant(in)
support untersttzen
sure sicher, gewiss
surprised berrascht
surprising berraschend
sweater Pulli/Pullover
sweet s, lieb
sweets pl Sigkeiten
swimming Schwimmen
swing schwingen
switch off abschalten

symptom Symptom
T
tail Schwanz
take nehmen
take a break eine Pause machen
take a call einen Anruf entgegennehmen
take a course einen Kurs belegen
take a temperature Temperatur messen
take a vote eine Abstimmung durchfhren
take away wegnehmen
take for granted etwas fr
selbstverstndlich halten
take pictures Fotos machen
take place stattfinden
taken care of erledigt
tape Klebeband
task Aufgabe
taste Geschmack
taxi cab Taxi
tea Tee
teach lehren, beibringen, unterrichten
teacher Lehrer
tear out herausreien
teatime Teezeit
techno Technomusik
telephone bill Telefonrechnung
telephone telefonieren
tell sagen, erzhlen
temperature Temperatur
tempo Tempo
tend to tendieren, neigen zu
tennis Tennis
text messages pl SMS
that dass
that way auf diese Art und Weise
that works das geht
thats good to know gut zu wissen
the back der Rcken
the best der, die, das Beste
the drums Trommel
the flu Erkltung
the homeless pl Obdachlosen
the hungry pl die Hungrigen
the next der/die/das Nchste
the wash die Wsche
these diese/r/s
these days heutzutage
thin dnn, mager
thing/s Ding/e, Sache/n
think denken
those die dort drben
though obwohl, jedoch
three drei

thunder Donner
Thursday Donnerstag
ticket Karte
tidy (up) aufrumen
tie Krawatte
tiger Tiger
tight eng, streng
tiles pl Fliesen
timeliness Pnktlichkeit
times ... Mal
tired mde
to zu
today heute
toddler Kleinkind
toe Zeh
tomorrow morgen
tone Ton
tooth/teeth Zahn/Zhne
touch anfassen, berhren
tour Tour, Fhrung
tourist Tourist
toy Spielzeug
traffic Stau
train Zug
transport Transportsystem
travel reisen
tree Baum
trip Reise
trombone Posaune
trouble rger
trousers pl Hosen
trunk Rssel
truth Wahrheit
try on anprobieren
Tuesday Dienstag
tulip Tulpe
tune to Sender, Programme einschalten
turn einbiegen
type Typ
U
umbrella Regenschirm
unattractive nicht attraktiv
uncle Onkel
under unter
under pressure unter Druck
under the weather angeschlagen
underneath unter
unemployed arbeitslos
unfortunate unglcklicherweise
unhealthy ungesund
university Universitt
unlucky Pech haben, unglcklich

unrealised unerkannt
unrelated unverwandt
untamed ungezhmt
until bis
until now bis jetzt
up aufwrts, auf
up to par auf der Hhe
upstairs in den oberen Stockwerken
uptown Villenviertel
usage Gebrauch
use benutzen, Nutzen
V
vacuum cleaner Staubsauger
valid gltig
valuables pl Wertsachen
value Wert
value wertschtzen
variety Sorte
vary variieren
vase Vase
vegetarian vegetarisch
very sehr
vibrate vibrieren
violent gewalttig
violin Geige
violinist Geiger
visit besuchen
vitamin Vitamin
vomit sich erbrechen, bergeben
W
waffle iron Waffeleisen
waffles pl Waffeln
wait and see abwarten, mal sehen
waiting room Wartezimmer
wake wecken
wallet Geldbeutel
walnut Walnuss
wardrobe Garderobe
warm up aufwrmen
wash waschen
washing machine Waschmaschine
waste time Zeit verschwenden
watch over aufpassen auf
water Wasser
weak schwach
weakness Schwche
wear tragen
wedding Hochzeit
wedding gift Hochzeitsgeschenk
Wednesday Mittwoch
weed Unkraut
weekend Wochenende
weight Gewicht
well done gut gemacht
wet nass
what was
where wo
white wei
whole ganz
whole grain Vollkorn
why yes aber ja
wife Ehefrau
wild wild
wing Flgel
winter Winter
with regard to bezglich
with time mit der Zeit
withdraw money Geld abheben
witty witzig, geistreich
woman Frau
work arbeiten
work (hier) funktionieren, gehen
work on ... an ... arbeiten
work ethic Arbeitsmoral
working hours pl Arbeitsstunden
workplace Arbeitsort
world Welt
world affairs pl Weltereignisse
worry about Sorgen machen um, sich
kmmern um
worse schlimmer/schlechter
wrap verpacken
wrist Handgelenk
wrist watch Armbanduhr
write down aufschreiben
writing schreiben
wrong falsch, inkorrekt
Y, Z
years old Jahre alt
yellow gelb
yesterday gestern
yet noch/schon
you both ihr beide
young jung
younger jnger
your dein/e/r/s
yourself dich
zoo zoo
231
Lsungen
1
bung 1:
1. Where 2. Where 3. What 4. How 5. Where 6. Are
bung 2:
1. years 2. are 3. suburb 4. meet 5. grew 6. fine 7. town 8. from
bung 3:
1. e 2. c 3. h 4. f 5. a 6. g 7. d 8. b
bung 4:
1. is 2. has 3. are 4. Does 5. am 6. have 7. is 8. is 9. Do
bung 5:
1. John likes music.
2. Do you live in London?
3. I am a pianist.
4. Is your father from South Africa?
5. My mother likes jazz music.
bung 6:
1. her, hers 2. you, me, your, mine 3. their, They, it 4. their 5. He,
His, his
bung 7:
1. b 2. a 3. a 4. a 5. b
bung 8:
1. I like going to the theatre.
2. It is/Its your turn.
3. Are you enjoying the music?
4. I would like/Id like to introduce my friend to you.
5. Do you like jazz music?
6. Maybe we meet after the show.
7. I play the piano.
8. Good luck!
9. Thats right!
bung 9:
1. a 2. b 3. b 4. a
bung 10:
1. Are you going to the theatre?
2. I didnt catch that.
3. This is a terrible connection.
4. Are you going to see the show?
5. I like running in the park.
6. Lets talk about it later.
7. She has to introduce her boyfriend.
bung 11:
1. I am going to see a show.
2. I am going to make a connection.
3. I am going to listen to music.
4. I am going to go to the bank.
5. I am going to live in London.
6. I am going to start a conversation.
2
bung 1:
1. is am 2. black blue 3. at on 4. by on 5. How What
6. dressing rooms changing rooms
bung 2:
1. Marys hair is blond. Shes wearing a red shirt.
2. Mothers hair is brown. Shes wearing green glasses.
3. Steves hair is black. Hes wearing a pair of grey trousers.
232
4. Jakes hair is red. Hes wearing a pair of jeans.

bung 3:
1. a 2. a 3. an 4. an 5. an 6. a
bung 4:
1. His hair is going grey.
2. He is trying on the shirt.
3. What are you doing?
bung 5:
1. The man was slim. He was attractive and intelligent.
2. The old man was kind and polite. He had short grey hair.
bung 6:
1. had 2. was 3. were 4. was 5. had 6. had 7. was 8. were
bung 7:
1. b 2. a 3. a 4. b 5. a
bung 8:
1. Right now we are/were going to the theatre.
2. He is/Hes having a party at the moment.
3. Right now they are/theyre writing for the newspaper.
4. I am/Im drinking a coffee at the moment.
5. It is/Its raining too much at the moment.
bung 9:
h, e, a, f, b, c, d, g, i
bung 10:
1. the, the 2. this 3. those 4. these 5. the 6. this 7. This/The 8. This
9. the/that 10. the
bung 11:
1. w 2. w 3. r 4. r
bung 12:
1. He is a nice, charming man.
2. The interview was very informative.
3. What are your best qualities?
4. It is important to study at the university.
5. Currently, I am looking for a new job.
6. There are no bad questions.
3
bung 1:
1. good 2. school 3. little food 4. sure 5. grandfather
bung 2:
1. Give your father a hug!
2. Remember to support your children.
3. Be careful!
4. Wait for the bus!
5. Could you please remind me to do my homework?
bung 3:
1. b 2. b 3. a 4. a
bung 4:
1. They had little to eat.
2. He went to school ten years ago.
3. Be polite!
4. She supports her family after school.
bung 5:
1. b 2. a 3. b 4. a 5. a 6. b 7. b 8. a 9. b
bung 6:
1. Stan is nice. Luke is nicer. Tracy is the nicest.
2. Stacy is funny. Mary is funnier. Sue is the funniest.
Lsungen
3. Adam is intelligent. Brian is more intelligent. Liam is the most
intelligent.
4. Lucy is hungry. Melissa is hungrier. Angela is the hungriest.
5. Matt is good at football. Florian is better at football. Joe is
the best at football.
bung 7:
1. me 2. her 3. it 4. him 5. her 6. us 7. them 8. his
bung 8:
1. Your family always supports you.
2. Lets go to the beach.
3. My dream woman has both strengths and weaknesses.
4. Her nephew is the son of her sister.
bung 9:
1. I am so happy for you!
2. I am so sorry!
3. We must find out her name.
4. After one month she was back at work.
5. By the way, what are you doing this weekend?
6. Is the birthday party taking place today?
4
bung 1:
1. organic 2. several, delicious 3. recommends 4. All right
5. Freshly-squeezed 6. deliver 7. ripe 8. indeed
bung 2:
1. b 2. b 3. b 4. a 5. a
bung 3:
1. We would like to buy fifteen punnets of strawberries.
2. She would like to have six pints of freshly-squeezed orange
juice.
3. He would like to buy three firm pears.
4. The stand owner would like to ask for a high price.
5. He would like to deliver six boxes of blackberries daily.
bung 4:
1. four pounds, thirteen pence 2. two pounds, nineteen pence
3. nine pounds, sixteen pence 4. one pound, seven pence 5. five
pounds, twenty pence 6. seven pounds, eleven pence 7. ten
pounds, twelve pence 8. fifteen pounds, three pence 9. twenty
pounds, seventeen pence 10. fourteen pounds, eight pence
bung 5:
1. He is forty-eight years old.
2. Make sure the chicken is fresh.
3. What kind of vegetables are in the dish?
4. No problem. Let me order the food.
5. Are you sure that the main dish is vegetarian?
6. That comes to 53.96 (altogether).
7. Green beans, potatoes, aubergines/eggplants and carrots are
very healthy.
8. We need main dishes, side-dishes and a dessert.
bung 6:
1. sixty kilograms
2. forty-seven pounds
3. seventy-six grams
4. eighty-three pounds
5. thirty-three litres
bung 7:
1. We baked a cake for the birthday party.
2. Either she stayed for the show or she studied late.
3. They wanted to take a holiday but they had no time.
4. She loved flowers.
5. She forgot the chocolate flavour.
6. You walked to the park in town.
bung 8:
1. Eggs 2. must 3. flavour 4. forgot 5. mind 6. careful 7. total
5
bung 1:
1. thirty-two 2. five hundred and forty-one 3. twelve 4. nineteen
bung 2:
1. fashion 2. accompany 3. special offer 4. expensive 5. wardrobe,
sweater 6. enough 7. second 8. stock 9. medium 10. holiday
11. cotton
bung 3:
1. w 2. r 3. w 4. r
bung 4:
1. tie 2. zero 3. top 4. expensive 5. wallet 6. to accompany
7. unpleasant 8. cotton 9. formal wear
bung 5:
1. e 2. f 3. d 4. b 5. c 6. a
bung 6:
1. is 2. were, are 3. have 4. tried 5. try 6. ll take 7. reducing 8. take
9. take
bung 7:
4, 1, 2, 7, 5, 8, 3, 6, 9
bung 8:
1. The men are putting on uncomfortable shoes and their dinner
jackets.
2. These three women like most going to the big shop in
Carnaby Street. There are bathing suits on sale there.
bung 9:
1. w 2. w 3. r 4. r 5. w 6. r 7. r
bung 10:
1. bought 2. gave 3. paid 4. sang 5. came 6. forgot 7. caught
8. could 9. took
bung 11:
bought, forgot, thought, caught, sat, wrote, forgave, sang
Lsungswort: trousers
6
bung 1:
1. We dont 2. Youre 3. Lets 4. I dont, thats
bung 2:
1. b 2. a 3. b 4. a 5. b 6. a
bung 3:
1. We have 2. he did not 3. I am, do not 4. That is, You are
5. There are
bung 4:
1. I gladly bought ... 2. He nervously looked ... 3. It is extremely
nice ...
bung 5:
1. h 2. d 3. e 4. b 5. g 6. a 7. c 8. f
233
Lsungen
bung 6:
1. He didnt lift a finger.
2. She keeps everything in order.
3. He takes care of the flowers and the trees in the garden.
4. From now on the children/kids take care of mowing the grass.
bung 7:
1. Why dont you bake/Could you bake a cake for the party?
2. Why dont you mix/Could you mix these four ingredients
together?
3. Why dont/Could you tell me the truth about what you did in
school?
4. Why dont you/Could you take some fresh fruit over to the
neighbours?
5. Why dont/Could you pour me some of that freshly-squeezed
orange juice?
6. Why dont/Could you cook some eggs for breakfast?
7. Why dont/Could you wait here for me while I go to the shop?
8. Why dont/Could you wake the kids and ask them to lay the
table.
bung 8:
1. The dry ingredients are flour, baking powder, salt, and sugar.
2. The wet ingredients are milk, the egg, and butter.
3. The name of the final mixture is "batter".
4. You serve them with butter and maple syrup.
5. You need a (greased) frying pan.
6. A knob of butter.
(mehrere Varianten mglich!)
7
bung 1:
8, 6, 9, 3, 1, 7, 5, 2, 10, 4
bung 2:
1. morning 2. evening 3. afternoon 4. evening 5. noon 6.
midday 7. day after tomorrow
bung 3:
1. c 2. d 3. f 4. a 5. b 6. e
bung 4:
1. They postponed the meeting to March 23rd.
2. She is looking forward to the birthday party on February 12th.
3. That does not/doesnt work because I have got/Ive got an
important appointment on August 22nd.
bung 5:
1. Were/Im going skiing in March.
2. The holidays last from April to September.
3. My favourite month is May.
4. December has the most holidays.
5. We/I put off the party until June.
bung 6:
1. Are you still going to school?
2. Does she still act like nothing happened?
3. Do we still have plans to go out for dinner?
4. We were wondering if you still wear broken trousers.
5. Does your mother still go out every Saturday?
bung 7:
1. ill, appointment 2. housewarming party 3. message 4. Sorry
5. employees 6. pity 7. listen to 8. back 9. about 10. hear
234
bung 8:
1. Its ten forty-one in the morning.
2. Its twelve thirty-five in the afternoon.
3. Its nine fifty-six in the evening.
4. Its four thirteen in the afternoon.
bung 9:
1. Yes, its (a) quarter past ten.
2. Yes, its four thirty/half past four.
3. Yes, its midday/noon.
4. Yes, its six forty-five/(a) quarter to seven.
bung 10:
1. w 2. r 3. r 4. w 5. w 6. r 7. w 8. r 9. r
bung 11:
4, 2, 1, 7, 6, 10, 5, 9, 3, 8
bung 12:
1. listening 2. hear 3. listening
8
bung 1:
1. c 2. d 3. e 4. b 5. a 6. g 7. f 8. i 9. h
bung 2:
1. greasy 2. dessert 3. appetizer 4. drinks 5. vanilla 6. insist 7. need
8. hungry Lsungswort: starving
bung 3:
1. picky 2. full, bill 3. insisted 4. set menu 5. plenty 6. picks
bung 4:
1. some 2. some 3. any 4. some
bung 5:
6, 1, 9, 4, 3, 5, 7, 2, 8
bung 6:
1. w 2. w 3. r 4. w 5. r
bung 7:
1. Whom 2. Who 3. Whom 4. who 5. whom
bung 8:
1. Is she the person who is serving dinner tonight?
2. He is the doctor who is taking care of their grandfather.
3. There is the woman who is waiting for us.
4. She alone is the person who has all of the right qualities.
bung 9:
1. a 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. c
bung 10:
1. order 2. relax 3. want 4. splendid 5. cup 6. interrupt 7. Speaking
8. After all 9. Teatime 10. milk
bung 11:
1. the same 2. similar to 3. the same 4. the same 5. similar to, the
same 6. the same 7. similar to
9
bung 1:
1. aisle, window 2. wait and see 3. book 4. piece of luggage
5. sell 6. see, available 7. security 8. necessary 9. credit card
bung 2:
1. Have they already gone on a day trip to Stonehenge?
2. Has she already stayed at an expensive hotel in London?
3. Have they already looked at a new house in town?
Lsungen
bung 3:
1. c 2. f 3. d 4. a 5. h 6. e 7. b 8. g
bung 4:
1. Have you ever taken a day trip in the mountains? Yes, I
booked a day trip in the mountains several years ago and I took
one last Wednesday.
2. Have you ever booked airline tickets with a travel agency? Yes,
I booked airline tickets with a travel agency nine months ago and I
also booked tickets last Monday.
3. Have you ever visited a family in England? Yes, I visited a
family in England in 1990 and I also visited them in 1999.
4. Have you ever forgotten your mothers birthday? Yes, I forgot
my mothers birthday in 1995 and I also forgot it just
yesterday.
5. Have you ever been on holiday in the USA? Yes, I went on
holiday in the USA/I went there in 1986 as a student and I also
went there in 1997 with my kids.
6. Have you ever gone to the supermarket with your neighbour?
Yes, I went to the supermarket with my neighbour last Tuesday
and I also went there two weeks ago.
bung 5:
1. a 2. b 3. b 4. b 5. a 6. a
bung 6:
1. f 2. b 3. e 4. a 5. c 6. d
bung 7:
1.Thats incredibly nice of you, but I can carry my luggage
myself.
2. This is an excellent exchange rate.
3. Pick me up from platform five at 10 oclock.
4. Do you have to pay fees?
bung 8:
1. w 2. r 3. r 4. w 5. r 6. w 7. r 8. r 9. w 10. w
bung 9:
1. themselves 2. myself 3. himself
10
bung 1:
1. Everybody/-one 2. everything 3. everywhere 4. everybody
5. everybody 6. every 7. everything 8. everybody 9. everything
10. everywhere 11. everything, Everybody
bung 2:
1. complain 2. Thanks anyway 3. include 4. say 5. awful
6. recreational 7. indoor pool
bung 3:
1. She had better pack her luggage.
2. They had better send a postcard to the family.
3. We had better take the dog to the kennel.
4. He had better not envy his neighbour.
bung 4:
1. Julie/She is going to Mallorca.
2. Nicole/She offered her to be a pet-sitter for her dog.
3. The holiday package is all-inclusive.
4. Julie/She is going to send Nicole/her a postcard.
5. No, she hasnt.
6. The resort/It offers direct access to bikes, roller blades, and
surf boards for example.
7. Julie/She is not interested in parties.

8. The holiday is one week long.
bung 5:
1. d 2. g 3. a 4. c 5. f 6. b 7. e
bung 6:
1. What I liked best were the skyscrapers.
2. What they enjoyed most were the museums.
3. What annoyed them most were the tourists.
4. What she enjoyed least was the fashion district.
5. What he saw most often were people with different
nationalities.
6. What Sarah liked best was the jewellery.
7. What I did not like was the food.
bung 7:
1. What I liked best was the shopping.
2. Have you had the opportunity to see the Empire State
Building?
3. Did she have the opportunity to see Big Ben when she was in
London?
4. By the way, how are you?
bung 8:
1. She could help to pitch the tent.
2. They could go camping since it was less expensive.
3. Could you give me the hammock, please?
11
bung 1:
1. f 2. g 3. d 4. b 5. a 6. e 7. c 8. h
bung 2:
1. I have experienced a lot in Africa.
2. This sandwich from last week is gross.
3. Many people cannot escape poverty.
4. He had fallen asleep and he slept until his mother made
breakfast.
bung 3:
1. She was watching a film when she fell asleep.
2. Mother was making breakfast when her son woke up.
3. We were researching an area of North America when
something interrupted us.
4. They were shopping when they ran into some friends.
5. We were cooking when the telephone rang.
bung 4:
1. d 2. e 3. g 4. f 5. c 6. a 7. h 8. b
bung 5:
1. While I was feeding the dog, she watered/was watering the
plants. (abhngig von der Dauer!)
2. While they were cleaning the house, we ate dinner/were eating.
3. While I was studying for my exam, they were lying in the sun.
4. While we were travelling through Greece, she was in Italy.
bung 6:
1. got married 2. died, cancer 3. call 4. representative, company
5. to know 6. Congratulations 7. business trip 8. practise
9. international
bung 7:
1. Once, as they were crossing the border to Finland, someone
stole their wallet.
235
Lsungen
2. Once, as she was eating dinner with friends, she found a
tooth in her meal.
3. Once, as I was hiking in the mountains, I got lost.
bung 8:
1. Have you ever seen such a doctor?
2. I am French, but I live in Portugal.
3. The man inherited a lot of money from his Greek uncle.
bung 9:
1. few 2. many 3. few 4. many 5. couple 6. few 7. couple 8. couple
9. several 10. several
bung 10:
1. w 2. r 3. r 4. r 5. r
12
bung 1:
1. e 2. g 3. a 4. f 5. c 6. b 7. d
bung 2:
1. a 2. b 3. a 4. a 5. b 6. b 7. b
bung 3:
1. Go straight through the crossroads.
2. You have written down the directions.
3. Follow the street until it ends.
4. How can I get from the park to the next information centre?
5. Be careful not to get lost.
6. We immediately need the motorway exit.
7. I think that I have missed the exit.
8. Im sorry, I was wrong.
9. You cannot park at the corner, but you can go to Station Road.
10. It was kind of them to lend us their car.
bung 4:
1. c 2. a, g 3. d 4. a 5. f 6. b 7. e
bung 5:
1. First turn left, then go straight through the crossroads.
2. Go to the information centre and ask them for directions.
3. Turn left into Carey Street and turn into the car park.
4. Exit the motorway, turn right and then turn into the street.
5. Make sure you write down the directions.
6. Hire a car, take the main road south to Bath and get off at
exit two.
7. Make sure to follow your fathers car until he turns right.
8. Go north on motorway 75 until you reach the town.
9. Go outside the museum, turn right at the next corner and
then ask again.
bung 6:
1. r 2. r 3. w 4. w 5. r 6. r 7. r 8. w 9. r 10. r
bung 7:
1. at 2. to, over, on, to 3. at, on 4. for 5. since 6. by 7. in, in, in
8. on 9. with
13
bung 1:
1. If she orders a beer, he will pay for it.
2. If my husband earns more money, we will travel to Italy.
3. If you buy the blue dress, you will look great at the party.
bung 2:
1. If it rains, we wont go to the beach.
236
2. If the skies clear up, well have a picnic.

3. If its cloudy well watch a film at home.
bung 3:
1. Will you wash the car if it rains?
2. Will we go skiing if it snows at Christmas?
3. Will they help the children if something happens?
4. Will you tell her the truth if she finds out the whole story?
bung 4:
1. distinguish 2. difference 3. government, foundations 4. donated
5. greenhouse, humid
bung 5:
1. If I was rich, I would buy a new house.
2. If my husband earned more money, we would travel to Italy.
3. If I was younger, I would learn to ski.
4. If he was a rock star, he would marry a model.
bung 6:
1. e 2. d 3. b 4. h 5. j 6. i 7. a 8. f 9. g/j 10. c
bung 7:
1. If I had known you were coming, I would have made a pizza.
2. If we had arrived earlier, we would/could have seen the lions.
3. If he had the money, he would have bought the sports car.
14
bung 1:
1. d 2. g 3. e 4. f 5. h 6. a 7. b 8. i 9. j 10. c
bung 2:
1. w 2. r 3. r 4. w 5. w
bung 3:
1. b 2. a 3. b 4. b 5. a 6. a
bung 4:
1. Next week, she will be travelling to England.
2. Next year, he will be working for a Japanese company.
3. On Wednesday, we will be visiting our relatives.
4. In November, I will be buying a new coat.
bung 5:
1. Lewis/He plays the violin in an orchestra.
2. Lewis/He will have been listening to jazz for twenty-one years.
3. Lewis likes best about jazz the rhythms and the mood that it
puts you in.
4. He thinks that techno music is not music because a computer
generates it.
bung 6:
6, 3, 5, 2, 10, 8, 9, 1, 4, 7
bung 7:
1. In one month we will have been researching this area for ten
years.
2. In two years the children will have been going to university
for four years.
3. In four hours I will have been writing letters all day.
bung 8:
1. intention 2. raise, status 3. witty, humour 4. bestseller, book
5. plot twist 6. hearsay and gossip 7. pride 8. Personally 9. no
better
bung 9:
1. the peoples prejudice
2. the authors intention
Lsungen
3. the stories plot twists
4. the princesses jewellery
bung 10:
1. Not only is the novel boring, the author also cannot write
well.
2. Not only is the protagonist strange, he also repeatedly
humiliates his relatives.
3. Not only is the dialogue clever, the subject matter is also
extremely interesting.
bung 13:
1. The newspapers are being printed by the printer.
2. The children are being taken to the zoo by father.
3. The lawn is being mowed by Jack.
4. The babys first birthday is being celebrated by the family.
5. The new owner of the house is being contacted.
6. The child is being woken by the thunder.
7. The family is being consulted about their future by the
business man.
15
bung 1:
1. The tree is decorated in celebration of Christs birth.
2. At Christmas the entire family gets together.
3. What else needs to be done?
bung 2:
1. The rolls need to be baked (by you).
2. The food should be prepared (by them).
3. The potatoes should be peeled (by her).
4. Christmas should be celebrated (by us).
5. An orchestra needs to be formed (by them).
6. The song needs to be played (by him) at the birthday party.
bung 3:
1. h 2. f 3. b 4. a 5. d 6. g 7. c 8. i 9. e
bung 4:
1. The Christmas tree is decorated by the family.
2. Before they were cooked, the potatoes were peeled by her.
bung 5:
1. bathed 2. noticed 3 lend 4. Sweets 5. placed, hiding places
6. Afterwards, eggs 7. hiding 8. bunnies
bung 6:
7, 5, 1, 4, 2, 8, 6, 3
bung 7:
1. c 2. d 3. f 4. g 5. a 6. b 7. e
bung 8:
1. Has the cake been made (by you)?
2. Have the Easter eggs been hidden (by her)?
3. Have the sweets and chocolate been hidden by father?
4. Has the child been scared by thunder?
5. Has the bunny been bought (by them)?
6. Has the baby been woken (by someone)?
7. Has all the food that was bought been eaten (by them)?
bung 9:
1. The ham could have been bought by mother.
2. The children could have been hugged by their uncle.
3. The puzzles could have been solved by the experts.
bung 10:
1. i 2. e 3. h 4. c 5. f 6. a 7. g 8. b 9. d
bung 11:
1. r 2. r 3. w 4. w 5. w 6. w 7. r
bung 12:
1. She has been advised by her mother.
2. Plans are being made.
3. The invitations are being printed.
4. The best men are being contacted today.
16
bung 1:
1. g 2. e 3. f 4. h 5. b 6. c 7. a 8. d 9. i
bung 2:
1. epidemic 2. examined 3. migraines 4. prescribed, aches
5. results, ran 6. waiting room 7. health, granted 8. aware
9. complaints 10. specialist
bung 3:
1. herself 2. themselves 3. himself 4. yourself/ves 5. itself
bung 4:
1. b 2. a 3. c
bung 5:
1. You should not take it for granted that you are healthy.
2. He vomitted because he was suffering from/he was having
extreme migraines.
3. He broke his leg in a football game.
bung 6:
1. Before the doctor prescribed medication, he had examined the
patient.
2. Before they described the thiefs appearance to the police, they
had taken a picture of him.
3. Before the doctor determined the mans illness, he had taken
his temperature.
4. Before he changed his diet, he had exercised every day and
tried to lose weight.
5. Before she joined the basketball team, she had gained some weight.
6. Before she went on a diet, she had eaten lots of fatty food
and no whole grains.
bung 7:
1. sent 2. hotline 3. breathing 4. emergency 5. immediate 6. ordered
7. On the way 8. Smokers 9. heartburn 10. check-up, symptoms
11. life or death situation
bung 8:
1. too 2. two 3. to 4. too 5. to 6. to 7. to 8. too 9. too 10. Two
bung 9:
1. w 2. r 3. w 4. w 5. r 6. r 7. r 8. w 9. r
bung 10:
1. They had been exercising regularly before the baby came.
2. He had been eating poorly until the heart attack.
3. We had been playing tennis and eating lots of fruit and
vegetables.
4.The mans temperature had been rising dramatically before he
stopped breathing.
5. They had been smoking all their lives.
6. He had been feeling bad until the doctor gave him the
appropriate medication.
237
Lsungen
17
bung 1:
1. form of identification 2. withdraw, cash machine 3. salary, direct
deposit 4. assist 5. interest rate 6. customer service representative
7. current 8. save, these days 9. passport
bung 2:
1. e 2. f 3. c 4. h 5. g 6. b 7. i 8. a 9. d
bung 3:
1. You must pay interest rates annually.
2. Husband and wife sometimes open an account separately.
3. People often make a deposit when they buy expensive
things.
4. Half of the money always goes into the current account.
5. She usually receives her salary monthly.
bung 4:
1. mistaken 2. reimbursed 3. overdraw 4. establishment 5. complaint
6. overdraft facility 7. Additionally
bung 5:
1. the required information
2. the offered solution
3. the promised gifts
4. the opened account
5. the withdrawn money
bung 6:
1. the accepted form
2. the promised amount
3. the required form of identification
4. the cancelled cheque
5. the closed account
6. the deposited money
7. the calculated interest rate
8. the patronised store
9. the justified complaint
10. the answered question
bung 7:
1. airmail 2. envelope 3. safe 4. plus 5. wrap 6. tape 7. ribbon
8. postcard 9. fragile
Lsungswort: insurance
bung 8:
1. Four times five is/equals twenty.
2. One hundred divided by four equals twenty-five.
3. Seven plus sixteen equals twenty-three.
4. One times eight is eight.
5. Sixty divided by twelve equals five.
6. Twenty times forty equals eight hundred.
7. Four times seven is greater than five times five.
8. Six times eight is less than two times twenty-seven.
9. Four times six equals eight times three.
10.Ten divided by two is greater than twelve divided by three.
bung 9:
1. If we add the price of the envelopes, that comes to twenty
pounds.
2. Fragile items should be insured and sent by airmail.
3. They bought enough postcards for the whole family, but they
did not have enough stamps.
238
18
bung 1:
1. attempt 2. driving 3. succeed 4. straight 5. ahead 6. motivation
7. applied 8. writing 9. stand 10. perseverance
bung 2:
1. She doesnt like making decisions.
2. He hates getting up in the morning.
3. There arent enough musicians playing the song.
4. Its fun reading books.
5. Their mother doesnt like cleaning.
6. Taking the train is not as fast as walking.
7. The family likes reading, discussing and travelling together.
bung 3:
1. effect 2. effect 3. affect 4. affect 5. effect
bung 4:
1. progress 2. global scale 3. honest 4. environmental 5. proof
6. develop 7. Cans, bottles 8. evidence, causes 9. natural resources
bung 5:
1. lack 2. lacking 3. lacks 4. lack 5. lack 6. lacking 7. lacking
bung 6:
1. pay rise 2. teacher 3. chairman 4. decrease 5. increase 6. evident
7. disagree
Lsungswort: reading
bung 7:
1. b 2. a 3. a 4. c 5. b
bung 8:
1. d 2. a 3. e 4. g 5. f 6. c 7. b
bung 9:
1. I disagree. I am not of your opinion.
2. You are for/in favour of the new policy, but against the
newest/latest programme, arent you?
3. How much money has been allocated to the pay rise?
19
bung 1:
1. d 2. e 3. f 4. c 5. b 6. a
bung 2:
1. He is an interesting person because he is thoughtful.
2. He doesnt work because he is jobless.
3. They have already broken five dishes because they are
careless.
4. The words are hard to understand because they are
meaningless.
5. He will get the job because he is powerful.
bung 3:
1. from, to 2. with 3. of 4. before 5. to 6. on 7. of
bung 4:
1. however 2. However 3. Moreover 4. Moreover 5. however
6. however 7. Moreover 8. However
bung 5:
1. Their actions are of no meaning.
2. He is a man of great importance.
3. The house is of little value.
4. His words were of no significance to me.
5. The manual was of no use.
bung 6:
1. commitment 2. marketing, target group 3. stagnates, laid
Lsungen
4. profit 5. accurate 6. advertising campaign 7. marketing 8. break
even 9. got down 10. at capacity 11. gear 12. finance
bung 7:
1. b 2. g 3. e 4. a 5. f 6. c 7. d
bung 8:
1. c 2. a 3. c 4. c 5. c 6. a 7. b 8. a
bung 9:
1. Due to low sales we need to lay off workers.
2. Because of these inaccurate graphs/the inaccuracy of the
graphs we cannot use them.
20
bung 1:
1. so that 2. since 3. whether 4. that 5. after 6. Both ... and 7. As
8. as soon as/when 9. even if 10. Whenever
bung 2:
1. responsible 2. overpaid 3. polite 4. comedian 5. newspaper
6. degree 7. headquarters 8. overqualified 9. health insurance
Lsungswort: bilingual
bung 3:
1. She was a waitress, but then she went to school to become a
doctor. 2. They both had good jobs, but then they became
dissatisfied. 3. The job market was terrible, but then it became
good when the economy got better. 4. She used to be a novelist,
but then she became a writer for the newspaper. 5. His German
was terrible, but then he moved to Berlin and soon became
fluent. 6. He used to be underqualified and underpaid, but then
he became overqualified and overpaid.
bung 4:
1. became 2. become 3. become 4. became 5. become 6. become
7. becomes 8. became 9. becomes 10. becomes
bung 5:
1. than 2. then 3. than 4. Then 5. then 6. than 7. than 8. Then
9. than 10. then
bung 6:
1. degree course 2. occurred 3. meticulous 4. immersed 5. covering
letter 6. organisational 7. ambition 8. perfected 9. contact
information 10. work experience
bung 7:
1. b 2. b 3. c 4. a 5. c 6. a 7. a 8. c 9. b
bung 8:
1. Feeling anxious about the interview, he drank a cup of hot tea.
2. (Being) Excited about their new jobs, they went out to dinner
to celebrate.
3. (Being) Afraid that our mother would die, we travelled 300
miles to visit her.
4. (Being) Shopping for a new bed, they ran into some friends.
5. (Being) Walking through the park, she lost her dog.
21
bung 1:
Hotel receptionist: Hello, Fountain Blue Hotel.
You: Hello, may I speak to Ms Dursley, please?
Hotel receptionist: Hold on, let me check if she is available.
Whos speaking please?
You: This is A.B. Thank you.
After a while:
Hotel receptionist: Sorry, Im afraid Ms Dursley has a day off

today.
You: Oh, well, let me think ... Is there a chance she can return
my call when shes back?
Hotel receptionist: Of course. Ill give her a message.
You: Thank you so much. Bye.
bung 2:
1. w 2. r 3. r 4. w 5. w 6. r 7. w
bung 3:
1. typical (typisch), untypical (untypisch) 2. qualifying
(qualifizierend), disqualify (disqualifizieren) 3. fisher (Fischer),
fishing (fischend, Fischen), fished (fischte) 4. driver (Fahrer),
driving (fahrend, Fahren), driven (getrieben) 5. keeper
((Wild-)Hter), keeping (haltend) 6. meeting (Treffen) 7. mixed
(gemischt), mixing (mixend) 8. openly (offen), opening (ffnung,
ffnend), openness (Offenheit) 9. darkly (dunkel), darkness
(Dunkelheit)
bung 4:
1. d 2. a 3. b 4. c 5. e 6. g 7. f
bung 5:
1. c 2. c 3. d 4. c
bung 6:
1. We should make a tour in the mountains unless it rains/if it
does not rain.
2. Im not going unless I get/if I dont get paid.
3. Unless the storm comes/If the storm does not come, we could
go sailing.
4. Unless you get/If you do not get a better mark, you will have
to go to another school.
bung 7:
1. ask statt believe 2. Thank statt Thanking 3. may/can statt will
4. leave statt leaving 5. through statt down
22
bung 1:
1. good old days 2. raise children 3. left, behind 4. invigorating
5. keep in touch 6. thrilled 7. come to terms with 8. write 9. work
bung 2:
1. e 2. f 3. a 4. c 5. d 6. b
bung 3:
1. Dear 2. well 3. next 4. about 5. of 6. holiday 7. write 8. forward
9. Love
bung 4:
1. With regard to 2. running shoes 3. mutually 4. affordable
5. manufacture, technology 6. product line 7. tradition 8. business
relationship 9. quality
bung 5:
1. He told them to arrange an appointment.
2. He wanted to force his father to help with regard to money.
3. I would like shoe companies to manufacture comfortable shoes
at affordable prices.
4. The storm caused many raw materials to be destroyed.
bung 6:
1. doubt 2. excuse 3. satisfaction 4. in celebration of 5. as planned
6. apologise 7. rude 8. tone 9. Needless to say 10. encountered
11. threw, onto
239
Lsungen
bung 7:
1. If we went camping next summer, Clarissas friends could/
would be able to join us.
2. If you really put a lot more energy into your school, you
would probably not fail the exams.
3. If the owner of the restaurant answered their letter, the family
might come/would maybe come again.
4. If we did not say thank you, Aunt Margaret would probably be
disappointed.
bung 8:
1. b 2. c 3. e 4. d 5. f 6. g 7. a
bung 9:
1. hear 2. constantly 3. baking, cooking 4. wonderful 5. fond of,
vase 6. decoration 7. have dinner 8. compensated
bung 10:
1. If the waiter had made some/more effort to improve the
situation, the Lewis family would have come again.
2. If the waiter had not acted as if bringing water was a lot to
ask, we would not have decided to leave the restaurant
immediately.
3. If the restaurant had answered the letter, they would have
come again.
4. If they had known that the dog was ill, they would have taken
him to the vet.
5. If they had known that the boy could swim, they would have
let him jump into the water.
23
bung 1:
1. They had the comic strips of their choice pinned to the wall.
2. As far as newspapers and magazines are concerned, opinions
vary.
3. Classified ads/advertisements are indispensable if you want to
buy a house.
4. With (the help of) online newspapers you can rapidly get an
overall picture of the most important headlines.
bung 2:
1. b 2. c 3. a 4. d 5. a
bung 3:
1. ... I could win the first prize if I really tried.
2. ... the Welsh are really different.
3. ... she had always wanted to come back.
bung 4:
1. I asked what Peters address was. 2. I asked when the new
manager was coming. 3. I asked how she knew my name. 4. I
asked why all the windows were open.
bung 5:
1. ... if/whether they liked me. 2. ... if/whether you would be
240
ready in time. 3. ... if/whether there was any food in the house.
bung 6:
1. She thought (that) he was ill. 2. He said (that) he would be
back the next/following day. 3. She said (that) she didnt like that
music. 4. She asked me where the bus station was. 5. I asked
him if/whether he had finished. 6. I felt that nobody loved me.
24
bung 1:
1. standard 2. satellite dish 3. storage 4. user-friendly 5. basic
6. charges, are calculated 7. very sad 8. voicemail 9. pushing
10. features
bung 2:
1. According to Dr Jones, most sicknesses can be prevented.
2. According to a famous politician, culture should be promoted.
3. According to the botanist, everyone can enjoy themselves in
the garden.
4. According to some computer programmers, its simple to
create computer programs.
5. According to the woman at the counter, the toilets are around
the corner.
6. According to the salesman, all of their products are in stock
or can be ordered.
7. According to the philosopher, there is no real meaning in life.
8. According to Dr Atkins, medicine should be taken as directed.
bung 3:
1. at 2. Up to now, to 3. in 4. until/till 5. except (for) 6. for, from,
for 7. with 8. by
bung 4:
internet, world wide web, www, provider, company, intranet,
access, e-mail, password, website, cursor, double-click, click,
reload, perform, address, search engine, hits, entries, successfully
bung 5:
1. b 2. a 3. c 4. b 5. b 6. c 7. c
bung 6:
1. Instead of 2. instead 3. Instead of 4. instead
bung 7:
1. Anstatt mit dem Fahrrad zu fahren, fahren alle mit dem Auto
zur Arbeit.
2. Ich schwimme nicht gerne. Stattdessen spiele ich lieber Tennis.
3. Statt in der Sonne zu liegen, sollten wir uns an die
Warnungen der rzte erinnern, dass zu viel Sonne ernsthafte
Krankheiten und sogar Krebs verursachen kann.
4. Ich habe ein gebrochenes Bein und kann mich nicht mit dir
am Tennisplatz treffen. Warum sehen wir uns stattdessen nicht
den neuen Film im Kino an?

BK Comp 000065de

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BK Comp 000065de

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

business engl. 24 Std Schmutzt.

2011 Compact Verlag GmbH Mnchen

2 Sich selbst und andere beschreiben.

3 Familie und Freunde. . . . .

1 Erste Gesprche fhren.

7 Verabredungen und Termine . . . . . . .

10 Urlaub und Reisen . . . . .

11 Lnder und Nationalitten .

13 Umwelt und Natur . . .

17 Post und Bank . . . . . . . . .

15 Feste und Feierlichkeiten.

20 Berufe und Weiterbildung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Der wichtigste Wortschatz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Erste Gesprche fhren

A Das erste Treffen

Sarah: Hello, how are you?

Erste Gesprche fhren

Erste Gesprche fhren

Erste Gesprche fhren

Bilden Sie Fragen! Verwenden Sie hierfr die gelernten Fragewrter!

Finden Sie die am besten passende Antwort!

1. _ _ _ _ _ are you from?

1. How are you?

2. Where are you from?

3. What is your name?

4. Do you live here in London?

My name is John Stuart.

5. Where did you grow up?

Im fine, thank you.

6. Are you Sarah Mayes?

5. _ _ _ _ _ did you grow up?

7. When did you come to London?

8. Are you from the capital?

3. We _ _ _ _ _ in London. (to be)

2. What _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ you doing?

4. _ _ _ _ _ he work at a bank? (to do)

3. I live in a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of the capital.

5. I _ _ _ _ _ from Capetown. (to be)

6. They _ _ _ _ _ a bank. (to have)

7. It _ _ _ _ _ a nice day. (to be)

8. He _ _ _ _ _ a pianist. (to be)

7. Capetown is a _ _ _ _ _ in South Africa.

9. _ _ _ _ _ you know a town in South Africa?

8. Where are you _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ?

Erste Gesprche fhren

Steven: Pleased to meet you.

2. do in London you live?

Sarah: Steven and I met at the bank

where we both work.

come tonight. I have to warm up. Maybe

4. father your from is South Africa?

Sarah and Steven: Sure! Good luck!

B Darf ich vorstellen?

Erste Gesprche fhren

2. Can _ _ _ _ _ (du) bring _ _ _ _ _ (mir)

Will man ein Substantiv nicht wiederholen, so

_ _ _ _ _ (dein) book? Ive lost _ _ _ _ _ (mei-

3. Have a look at _ _ _ _ _ (ihr, Plural) car.

Erste Gesprche fhren

3. Does he like jazz?

bersetzen Sie die Stze ins Englische! Achten Sie

know where I can buy theatre tickets?

1. Mir gefllt es, ins Theater zu gehen.

bersetzen Sie die Stze ins Englische! Achten Sie

5. Mit welchem Wort zeigt man berraschung?